openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

October 2014

25 participants
969 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90482 - trunk/lcn/bg/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-30 10:35:21 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90482 Modified: trunk/lcn/bg/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.bg.po Log: mergedmerged Modified: trunk/lcn/bg/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.bg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/bg/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.bg.po 2014-10-30 09:35:19 UTC (rev 90481) +++ trunk/lcn/bg/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.bg.po 2014-10-30 09:35:21 UTC (rev 90482) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-03 17:52+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-30 10:31+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-21 13:49+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Borislav Mitev <morbid_viper(a)tkzs.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bulgarian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -23,517 +23,297 @@ "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:9(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:10(title) #, fuzzy -msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 13.1</phrase> Release Notes" -msgstr "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.1beta</phrase> Бележки по изданието" +#| msgid "Prerelease Notes" +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Бележки по предварителното издание" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:11(releaseinfo) -msgid "Version: 13.1.8 (2013-11-19)" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:12(releaseinfo) +msgid "@VERSION@" msgstr "" -#. bnc#809347 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:14(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:13(productname) #, fuzzy -msgid "Copyright © 2013 SUSE LLC" -msgstr "Copyright © 2009 Novell, Inc." +#| msgid "openSUSE.org" +msgid "openSUSE" +msgstr "openSUSE.org" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:15(para) -#, fuzzy -msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file." -msgstr "Имате право да копирате, разпространяване и/или променяте този документ при условията на GNU Свободен лиценз за документация, версия 1,2 или по-нова версия, публикувана от Фондацията за свободен софтуер, без непроменимите раздели, без текстовете по предната и задната корица. Копие от лиценза е включено като файл <filename>fdl.txt</filename>." - -#. Previous Release Notes -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:53(para) -msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:14(productnumber) +msgid "13.2" msgstr "" -#. <para os="slprof"> -#. This public beta test is part of the &opensuse; project. Information -#. about the project is available at <ulink url="http://opensuse.org"/>.</para> -#. -#. <para os="slprof">Find information about known bugs for this beta in the -#. &opensuse; wiki at <ulink url="http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs"/>. -#. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of &opensuse; -#. &suse-version; in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink -#. url="http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports"/>. If you would like to -#. see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the -#. <quote>Release Notes</quote> component. -#. </para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:75(para) -msgid "These release notes cover the following areas:" -msgstr "Бележките по изданието покриват следните области:" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:81(para) -msgid "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: These entries are automatically included from openFATE, the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para) +msgid "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" msgstr "" -#. <para>For the moment, these snippets are listed unsorted—we are -#. working on improvements.</para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:89(para) RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:120(para) -msgid "N/A" +#. Previous Release Notes +#: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para) +msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:98(para) -msgid "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Read this if you want to install the system from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:103(para) -#, fuzzy -msgid "<xref linkend=\"general\"/>: Information that everybody should read." -msgstr "Общи: Информация, която всеки трябва да прочете." - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:108(para) -#, fuzzy -msgid "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Issues related to the process if you run a system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version." -msgstr "Надграждане: Въпроси и проблеми, свързани с процеса на надграждане от предишна версия на openSUSE." - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:113(para) -#, fuzzy -msgid "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user." -msgstr "Технически: Този раздел съдържа известен брой технически промени и подобрения за опитния потребител." - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:119(title) -msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "Разни" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:141(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title) msgid "Installation" msgstr "Инсталиране" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:144(title) -#, fuzzy -msgid "For Detailed Installation Information" -msgstr "Започване на инсталация или обновяване" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:146(para) -msgid "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:152(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:103(title) msgid "General" msgstr "Общи" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:156(title) -msgid "openSUSE Documentation" -msgstr "Документация на openSUSE" - -#. <listitem> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:160(para) -msgid "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the bash shell." -msgstr "" - -#. <para> -#. Find the documentation in -#. <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after -#. installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-manuals_$LANG</systemitem>, -#. or online on <ulink url="http://doc.opensuse.org"/>. -#. </para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:204(para) -msgid "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." -msgstr "" - -# %s is e.g. SCSI, CD-ROM, USB -#. bnc#843201 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:215(title) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Load %s Modules" -msgid "Dropped YaST Modules" -msgstr "Зареждане на %s модули" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:217(para) -msgid "The following YaST modules were obsolete and rarely used these days:" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:223(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-autofs" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:228(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-dbus-client" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:233(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-dirinstall" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:238(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-fingerprint-reader" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:243(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-irda" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:248(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-mouse" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:253(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-phone-services" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:258(systemitem) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Disable display power management" -msgid "yast2-power-management" -msgstr "Забраняване на управлението на енергията за монитора" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:263(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-profile-manager" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:268(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-sshd" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:273(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-tv" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:277(para) -msgid "The main reason for dropping was to decrease the maintenance effort and better focus on other more used modules." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:284(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:172(title) msgid "UEFI—Unified Extensible Firmware Interface" msgstr "" -#. <para>CHECKIT:12.3</para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:286(para) -msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:173(para) +msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:294(para) -msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) +msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." msgstr "" #. bnc#850056 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:311(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:198(title) msgid "UEFI, GPT, and MS-DOS Partitions" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:312(para) -msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:199(para) +msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:318(para) -msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to generate automatically a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:205(para) +msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:326(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:214(para) msgid "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-bootable system." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:332(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:220(para) msgid "The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to avoid this problem completely." msgstr "" #. bnc#850052 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:340(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:228(title) msgid "Booting When in Secure Boot Mode" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:341(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:229(para) msgid "This only affects machines in UEFI mode with secure boot enabled." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:344(para) -msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 12.3. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine it the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:232(para) +msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:357(title) -msgid "Adobe Reader (acroread) and Other PDF Readers" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:359(para) -msgid "Adobe no longer provides (security) updates for Adobe Reader (<systemitem>acroread</systemitem>). Therefore the <systemitem>acroread</systemitem> package was dropped from the distribution to protect openSUSE users." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:365(para) -msgid "openSUSE includes various PDF viewing tools like Okular, Evince, and poppler-tools. These tools are actively maintained and get security fixes from openSUSE and their upstream authors." -msgstr "" - -#. <para> -#. If you require Adobe Reader specific features, prefer wine with the -#. still supported Windows version over the insecure Linux version. You -#. can get both these versions from Adobe. -#. </para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:378(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:245(title) #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Download the EPUB files from <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Documentation\"/>." -msgid "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader\"/>." -msgstr "Свалянето на EPUB файловете от <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Documentation\"/>." - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:386(title) -#, fuzzy msgid "System Upgrade" msgstr "Система" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:390(title) -msgid "Upgrading with Zypper (dup) Requires /etc/fstab Cleanup" -msgstr "" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:252(title) +msgid "Technical" +msgstr "Технически" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:392(para) -msgid "When upgrading with <command>zypper dup</command> (YaST upgrade handles it automatically) users should remove the following <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> entries if present:" +#. bnc#850053 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:256(title) +msgid "Garbage on the Screen During Installation with the Nouveau Driver" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:397(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"tmpfs /dev/shm\n" -"devpts /dev/pts\n" -"sysfs /sys sysfs\n" -"proc /proc proc" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:257(para) +msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:402(para) -msgid "This is especially important for Gnome users, otherwise the Gnome terminal will fail with \"<literal>grantpt failed: Operation not permitted</literal>\". These mount points are managed by <command>systemd</command> and should no longer be present in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:261(para) +msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." msgstr "" -#. bnc#790805 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:429(title) -msgid "SYSLOG_DAEMON Variable Removed" +#. bnc#902947 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:271(title) +msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:430(para) -msgid "The SYSLOG_DAEMON variable has been removed. Previously, it was used to select the syslog daemon. Starting with openSUSE 12.3, only one syslog implementation can be installed at a time on a system and will be selected automatically for usage." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:273(para) +msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:436(para) -msgid "For details, see the syslog(8) manpage." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:279(para) +msgid "The migration process requires two steps:" msgstr "" -#. bnc#850054 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:443(title) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Interface" -msgid "Duplicated Network Interfaces" -msgstr "Мрежов интерфейс" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:444(para) -msgid "The current version of systemd uses a new convention for assigning predictable names to network interfaces. YaST is changed accordingly." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:284(para) +msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:449(para) -msgid "Some reports indicate a bug in YaST when conversion from one naming scheme to another takes place. If the same network interface has two different names, you have been hit by this bug. In this case remove the different network interfaces in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network</filename> and use YaST to configure the network anew." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:291(para) +msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:457(para) -msgid "For more information about predictable network interface names, see <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfac…"/>." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:298(para) +msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:467(title) -msgid "Technical" -msgstr "Технически" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:471(title) -msgid "Initializing Graphics with KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)" +#. bnc#850058 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:335(title) +msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings" msgstr "" -#. 13.2: to be removed from the release notes: -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=849188 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:476(para) -msgid "With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, ATI and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter problems with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable KMS by adding <literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command line. To set this permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add it to the <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default load options line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text file as root and running the terminal command" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:336(para) +msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:487(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:339(screen) #, no-wrap -msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg" +msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:488(para) -msgid "for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the kernel command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also done as root. This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module (intel, radeon, nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in <filename>initrd</filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:340(para) +msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:497(para) -msgid "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:341(para) +msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:505(para) -msgid "On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</literal> driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver (<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>." -msgstr "" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:374(title) +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "Разни" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:515(para) -msgid "On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the <literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify the <literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:375(para) +msgid "N/A" msgstr "" -#. bnc#850053 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:525(title) -msgid "Garbage on the Screen During Installation with the Nouveau Driver" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:528(para) -msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:535(para) -msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." -msgstr "" - -#. via mail: ddiss -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:672(title) +#. bnc#809347 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:381(title) #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Other Versions" -msgid "Samba Version 4.1" -msgstr "Други версии" +#| msgid "Memory Information" +msgid "More Information and Feedback" +msgstr "Информация за паметта" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:673(para) -msgid "Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This functionality is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-wide MIT Kerberos." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:385(para) +msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs." msgstr "" -#. bnc#796161 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:683(title) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configuration" -msgid "Configuring Postfix" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:684(para) -msgid "With openSUSE 12.3, <filename>SuSEconfig.postfix</filename> was renamed as <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename>. If you set sysconfig variables in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/postfix</filename> or <filename>/etc/sysconfig/mail</filename>, you must manually run <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename> as root." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:388(para) +msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" msgstr "" -#. bnc#816211 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:752(title) -msgid "xinetd: Logging to the System Log" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:389(screen) +#, no-wrap +msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:753(para) -msgid "The new default for <command>xinetd</command> changes the default target for logging from <filename>/var/log/xinetd.log</filename> to the system log. This means all messages from <command>xinetd</command> will appear in a system log as a facility daemon and log level info." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:390(para) +msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:760(para) -msgid "If you want to switch back the the old way, find a proper snippet in <filename>/etc/xinetd.conf</filename>. The template for the logrotate script for <filename>xinetd.log</filename> can be found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/xinetd/logrotate</filename>." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:393(para) +msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." msgstr "" -#. bnc#842381 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:770(title) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Other Versions" -msgid "Apache Version 2.4" -msgstr "Други версии" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:771(para) -msgid "Apache 2.4 features various changes in the configuration files. For more information about upgrading from a previous version, see <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/upgrading.html\"/>." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:397(para) +msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." msgstr "" -#. bnc#816211 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:780(title) -msgid "tomcat: Logging to the System Log" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:400(para) +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:781(para) -msgid "The tomcat startup scripts doe no longer write the output to <filename>/var/log/tomcat/catalina.out</filename>. All messages are now redirected to the system log via <systemitem>tomcat.service</systemitem> (<systemitem>tomcat-jsvc.service</systemitem>) and log level info." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:405(para) +msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE." msgstr "" -#. bnc#839661 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:792(title) -msgid "Darktable: Refreshing Cache Files Needed" -msgstr "" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:410(para) +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC" +msgstr "Copyright © 2009 Novell, Inc." -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:793(para) -msgid "If upgrading from a previous release to openSUSE 13.1 old cache files may no longer work. In this case removing <filename>~/.cache/darktable/mipmaps</filename> is necessary." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para) +msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE." msgstr "" -#. bnc#847801 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:802(title) -msgid "Locate: Replacing findutils-locate by mlocate" -msgstr "" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para) +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "openSUSE.org" +msgid "The openSUSE Team." +msgstr "openSUSE.org" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:804(para) -msgid "The <command>mlocate</command> tool is the replacement for <command>findutils-locate</command>. In the default configuration <command>mlocate</command> behave the same as <command>findutils-locate</command>. Because of an improved permission handling, it could take up to 24 hours, until the database file will become available to regular users." -msgstr "" +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:0(None) +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Борислав Митев <morbid_viper(a)tkzs.org>, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:812(para) -msgid "In case you encounter a \"Permission denied\" message shortly after installing <command>mlocate</command>, run" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 13.1</phrase> Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.1beta</phrase> Бележки по изданието" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:816(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "/etc/cron.daily/mlocate.cron" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:817(para) #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Invalid root device." -msgid "as root once." -msgstr "Невалидно устройство за коренно." +#~ msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file." +#~ msgstr "Имате право да копирате, разпространяване и/или променяте този документ при условията на GNU Свободен лиценз за документация, версия 1,2 или по-нова версия, публикувана от Фондацията за свободен софтуер, без непроменимите раздели, без текстовете по предната и задната корица. Копие от лиценза е включено като файл <filename>fdl.txt</filename>." -#. bnc#848969 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:824(title) -msgid "KDE and Bluetooth" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "These release notes cover the following areas:" +#~ msgstr "Бележките по изданието покриват следните области:" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:825(para) -msgid "The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-incompatbile version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some other components of the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace only supports Bluez version 4 in its currently-released versions." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"general\"/>: Information that everybody should read." +#~ msgstr "Общи: Информация, която всеки трябва да прочете." -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:832(para) -msgid "Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work jet, like file transfer." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Issues related to the process if you run a system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version." +#~ msgstr "Надграждане: Въпроси и проблеми, свързани с процеса на надграждане от предишна версия на openSUSE." -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:838(para) -msgid "For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE as the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user." +#~ msgstr "Технически: Този раздел съдържа известен брой технически промени и подобрения за опитния потребител." -#. bnc#850058 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:846(title) -msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "For Detailed Installation Information" +#~ msgstr "Започване на инсталация или обновяване" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:847(para) -msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working, if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "openSUSE Documentation" +#~ msgstr "Документация на openSUSE" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:853(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service" -msgstr "" +# %s is e.g. SCSI, CD-ROM, USB +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Load %s Modules" +#~ msgid "Dropped YaST Modules" +#~ msgstr "Зареждане на %s модули" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:854(para) -msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Disable display power management" +#~ msgid "yast2-power-management" +#~ msgstr "Забраняване на управлението на енергията за монитора" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:858(para) -msgid "Even if it helps report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to cover also corner cases." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Download the EPUB files from <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Documentation\"/>." +#~ msgid "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader\"/>." +#~ msgstr "Свалянето на EPUB файловете от <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Documentation\"/>." -#. bnc#850057 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:866(title) -msgid "Skype" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Network Interface" +#~ msgid "Duplicated Network Interfaces" +#~ msgstr "Мрежов интерфейс" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:867(para) -msgid "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux (v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> from the command line:" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Other Versions" +#~ msgid "Samba Version 4.1" +#~ msgstr "Други версии" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:872(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Configuration" +#~ msgid "Configuring Postfix" +#~ msgstr "Настройка" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:873(para) -msgid "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Other Versions" +#~ msgid "Apache Version 2.4" +#~ msgstr "Други версии" -#. bnc#851588 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:881(title) -msgid "AutoYaST" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Invalid root device." +#~ msgid "as root once." +#~ msgstr "Невалидно устройство за коренно." -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:882(para) -msgid "If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in the profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second stage. Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are skipped, which normally leads to more or less completely unusable installations." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:890(para) -msgid "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1." -msgstr "" - -#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:0(None) -msgid "translator-credits" -msgstr "Борислав Митев <morbid_viper(a)tkzs.org>, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009" - #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Package Installation" #~ msgid "No Network after Installation" @@ -678,9 +458,6 @@ #~ msgid "VMware Server v2" #~ msgstr "Сървър за имена" -#~ msgid "Prerelease Notes" -#~ msgstr "Бележки по предварителното издание" - #~ msgid "N/A—Codename openSUSE 11.2" #~ msgstr "НЯМА—кодовото име на openSUSE 11.2" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90481 - trunk/lcn/be/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-30 10:35:19 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90481 Modified: trunk/lcn/be/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.be.po Log: mergedmerged Modified: trunk/lcn/be/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.be.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/be/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.be.po 2014-10-30 09:35:17 UTC (rev 90480) +++ trunk/lcn/be/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.be.po 2014-10-30 09:35:19 UTC (rev 90481) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-03 17:52+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-30 10:31+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,496 +15,223 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:9(title) -msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 13.1</phrase> Release Notes" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:10(title) +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Заўвага да выпуску" + +#: xml/release-notes.xml:12(releaseinfo) +msgid "@VERSION@" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:11(releaseinfo) -msgid "Version: 13.1.8 (2013-11-19)" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:13(productname) +msgid "openSUSE" msgstr "" -#. bnc#809347 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:14(para) -msgid "Copyright © 2013 SUSE LLC" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:14(productnumber) +msgid "13.2" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:15(para) -msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para) +msgid "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" msgstr "" #. Previous Release Notes -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:53(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para) msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" msgstr "" -#. <para os="slprof"> -#. This public beta test is part of the &opensuse; project. Information -#. about the project is available at <ulink url="http://opensuse.org"/>.</para> -#. -#. <para os="slprof">Find information about known bugs for this beta in the -#. &opensuse; wiki at <ulink url="http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs"/>. -#. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of &opensuse; -#. &suse-version; in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink -#. url="http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports"/>. If you would like to -#. see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the -#. <quote>Release Notes</quote> component. -#. </para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:75(para) -msgid "These release notes cover the following areas:" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:81(para) -msgid "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: These entries are automatically included from openFATE, the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." -msgstr "" - -#. <para>For the moment, these snippets are listed unsorted—we are -#. working on improvements.</para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:89(para) RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:120(para) -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:98(para) -msgid "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Read this if you want to install the system from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:103(para) -msgid "<xref linkend=\"general\"/>: Information that everybody should read." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:108(para) -msgid "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Issues related to the process if you run a system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:113(para) -msgid "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:119(title) -msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:141(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title) #, fuzzy msgid "Installation" msgstr "Новая ўсталёўка" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:144(title) -msgid "For Detailed Installation Information" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:146(para) -msgid "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:152(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:103(title) msgid "General" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:156(title) -msgid "openSUSE Documentation" -msgstr "" - -#. <listitem> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:160(para) -msgid "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the bash shell." -msgstr "" - -#. <para> -#. Find the documentation in -#. <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after -#. installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-manuals_$LANG</systemitem>, -#. or online on <ulink url="http://doc.opensuse.org"/>. -#. </para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:204(para) -msgid "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. bnc#843201 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:215(title) -msgid "Dropped YaST Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:217(para) -msgid "The following YaST modules were obsolete and rarely used these days:" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:223(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-autofs" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:228(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-dbus-client" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:233(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-dirinstall" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:238(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-fingerprint-reader" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:243(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-irda" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:248(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-mouse" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:253(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-phone-services" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:258(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-power-management" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:263(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-profile-manager" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:268(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-sshd" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:273(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-tv" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:277(para) -msgid "The main reason for dropping was to decrease the maintenance effort and better focus on other more used modules." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:284(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:172(title) msgid "UEFI—Unified Extensible Firmware Interface" msgstr "" -#. <para>CHECKIT:12.3</para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:286(para) -msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:173(para) +msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:294(para) -msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) +msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." msgstr "" #. bnc#850056 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:311(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:198(title) msgid "UEFI, GPT, and MS-DOS Partitions" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:312(para) -msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:199(para) +msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:318(para) -msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to generate automatically a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:205(para) +msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:326(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:214(para) msgid "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-bootable system." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:332(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:220(para) msgid "The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to avoid this problem completely." msgstr "" #. bnc#850052 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:340(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:228(title) msgid "Booting When in Secure Boot Mode" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:341(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:229(para) msgid "This only affects machines in UEFI mode with secure boot enabled." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:344(para) -msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 12.3. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine it the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:232(para) +msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:357(title) -msgid "Adobe Reader (acroread) and Other PDF Readers" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:359(para) -msgid "Adobe no longer provides (security) updates for Adobe Reader (<systemitem>acroread</systemitem>). Therefore the <systemitem>acroread</systemitem> package was dropped from the distribution to protect openSUSE users." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:365(para) -msgid "openSUSE includes various PDF viewing tools like Okular, Evince, and poppler-tools. These tools are actively maintained and get security fixes from openSUSE and their upstream authors." -msgstr "" - -#. <para> -#. If you require Adobe Reader specific features, prefer wine with the -#. still supported Windows version over the insecure Linux version. You -#. can get both these versions from Adobe. -#. </para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:378(para) -msgid "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:386(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:245(title) msgid "System Upgrade" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:390(title) -msgid "Upgrading with Zypper (dup) Requires /etc/fstab Cleanup" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:392(para) -msgid "When upgrading with <command>zypper dup</command> (YaST upgrade handles it automatically) users should remove the following <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> entries if present:" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:397(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"tmpfs /dev/shm\n" -"devpts /dev/pts\n" -"sysfs /sys sysfs\n" -"proc /proc proc" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:402(para) -msgid "This is especially important for Gnome users, otherwise the Gnome terminal will fail with \"<literal>grantpt failed: Operation not permitted</literal>\". These mount points are managed by <command>systemd</command> and should no longer be present in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." -msgstr "" - -#. bnc#790805 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:429(title) -msgid "SYSLOG_DAEMON Variable Removed" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:430(para) -msgid "The SYSLOG_DAEMON variable has been removed. Previously, it was used to select the syslog daemon. Starting with openSUSE 12.3, only one syslog implementation can be installed at a time on a system and will be selected automatically for usage." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:436(para) -msgid "For details, see the syslog(8) manpage." -msgstr "" - -#. bnc#850054 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:443(title) -msgid "Duplicated Network Interfaces" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:444(para) -msgid "The current version of systemd uses a new convention for assigning predictable names to network interfaces. YaST is changed accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:449(para) -msgid "Some reports indicate a bug in YaST when conversion from one naming scheme to another takes place. If the same network interface has two different names, you have been hit by this bug. In this case remove the different network interfaces in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network</filename> and use YaST to configure the network anew." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:457(para) -msgid "For more information about predictable network interface names, see <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfac…"/>." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:467(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:252(title) msgid "Technical" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:471(title) -msgid "Initializing Graphics with KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)" -msgstr "" - -#. 13.2: to be removed from the release notes: -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=849188 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:476(para) -msgid "With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, ATI and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter problems with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable KMS by adding <literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command line. To set this permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add it to the <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default load options line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text file as root and running the terminal command" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:487(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:488(para) -msgid "for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the kernel command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also done as root. This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module (intel, radeon, nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in <filename>initrd</filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:497(para) -msgid "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:505(para) -msgid "On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</literal> driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver (<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:515(para) -msgid "On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the <literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify the <literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter." -msgstr "" - #. bnc#850053 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:525(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:256(title) msgid "Garbage on the Screen During Installation with the Nouveau Driver" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:528(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:257(para) msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:535(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:261(para) msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." msgstr "" -#. via mail: ddiss -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:672(title) -msgid "Samba Version 4.1" +#. bnc#902947 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:271(title) +msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:673(para) -msgid "Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This functionality is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-wide MIT Kerberos." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:273(para) +msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." msgstr "" -#. bnc#796161 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:683(title) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configuration Completed" -msgid "Configuring Postfix" -msgstr "Наладжванне завершана" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:684(para) -msgid "With openSUSE 12.3, <filename>SuSEconfig.postfix</filename> was renamed as <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename>. If you set sysconfig variables in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/postfix</filename> or <filename>/etc/sysconfig/mail</filename>, you must manually run <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename> as root." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:279(para) +msgid "The migration process requires two steps:" msgstr "" -#. bnc#816211 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:752(title) -msgid "xinetd: Logging to the System Log" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:284(para) +msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:753(para) -msgid "The new default for <command>xinetd</command> changes the default target for logging from <filename>/var/log/xinetd.log</filename> to the system log. This means all messages from <command>xinetd</command> will appear in a system log as a facility daemon and log level info." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:291(para) +msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:760(para) -msgid "If you want to switch back the the old way, find a proper snippet in <filename>/etc/xinetd.conf</filename>. The template for the logrotate script for <filename>xinetd.log</filename> can be found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/xinetd/logrotate</filename>." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:298(para) +msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system." msgstr "" -#. bnc#842381 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:770(title) -msgid "Apache Version 2.4" +#. bnc#850058 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:335(title) +msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:771(para) -msgid "Apache 2.4 features various changes in the configuration files. For more information about upgrading from a previous version, see <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/upgrading.html\"/>." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:336(para) +msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" msgstr "" -#. bnc#816211 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:780(title) -msgid "tomcat: Logging to the System Log" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:781(para) -msgid "The tomcat startup scripts doe no longer write the output to <filename>/var/log/tomcat/catalina.out</filename>. All messages are now redirected to the system log via <systemitem>tomcat.service</systemitem> (<systemitem>tomcat-jsvc.service</systemitem>) and log level info." -msgstr "" - -#. bnc#839661 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:792(title) -msgid "Darktable: Refreshing Cache Files Needed" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:793(para) -msgid "If upgrading from a previous release to openSUSE 13.1 old cache files may no longer work. In this case removing <filename>~/.cache/darktable/mipmaps</filename> is necessary." -msgstr "" - -#. bnc#847801 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:802(title) -msgid "Locate: Replacing findutils-locate by mlocate" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:804(para) -msgid "The <command>mlocate</command> tool is the replacement for <command>findutils-locate</command>. In the default configuration <command>mlocate</command> behave the same as <command>findutils-locate</command>. Because of an improved permission handling, it could take up to 24 hours, until the database file will become available to regular users." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:812(para) -msgid "In case you encounter a \"Permission denied\" message shortly after installing <command>mlocate</command>, run" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:816(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:339(screen) #, no-wrap -msgid "/etc/cron.daily/mlocate.cron" +msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:817(para) -msgid "as root once." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:340(para) +msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow." msgstr "" -#. bnc#848969 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:824(title) -msgid "KDE and Bluetooth" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:341(para) +msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:825(para) -msgid "The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-incompatbile version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some other components of the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace only supports Bluez version 4 in its currently-released versions." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:374(title) +msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:832(para) -msgid "Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work jet, like file transfer." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:375(para) +msgid "N/A" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:838(para) -msgid "For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE as the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing." +#. bnc#809347 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:381(title) +msgid "More Information and Feedback" msgstr "" -#. bnc#850058 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:846(title) -msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:385(para) +msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:847(para) -msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working, if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:388(para) +msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:853(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:389(screen) #, no-wrap -msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service" +msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:854(para) -msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:390(para) +msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:858(para) -msgid "Even if it helps report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to cover also corner cases." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:393(para) +msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." msgstr "" -#. bnc#850057 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:866(title) -msgid "Skype" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:397(para) +msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:867(para) -msgid "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux (v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> from the command line:" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:400(para) +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:872(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:405(para) +msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:873(para) -msgid "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:410(para) +msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC" msgstr "" -#. bnc#851588 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:881(title) -msgid "AutoYaST" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para) +msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:882(para) -msgid "If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in the profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second stage. Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are skipped, which normally leads to more or less completely unusable installations." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para) +msgid "The openSUSE Team." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:890(para) -msgid "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1." -msgstr "" - #. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:0(None) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:0(None) msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Configuration Completed" +#~ msgid "Configuring Postfix" +#~ msgstr "Наладжванне завершана" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Abo&rt Installation" #~ msgid "No Network after Installation" #~ msgstr "Перапыніць усталеўку" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90480 - trunk/lcn/ar/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-30 10:35:17 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90480 Modified: trunk/lcn/ar/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ar.po Log: mergedmerged Modified: trunk/lcn/ar/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ar.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ar/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ar.po 2014-10-30 09:35:15 UTC (rev 90479) +++ trunk/lcn/ar/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ar.po 2014-10-30 09:35:17 UTC (rev 90480) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: translation(a)suse.de\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-28 11:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-30 10:31+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-04 08:41+0300\n" "Last-Translator: malhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: openSUSE\n" @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 " -"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n" "X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n" #: xml/release-notes.xml:10(title) @@ -38,542 +37,207 @@ msgid "13.2" msgstr "13.2" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:16(para) -msgid "" -"openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or " -"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office " -"work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" -msgstr "" -"أوبن سوزي نظام تشغيل مجاني يمستند إلى لينكس لجهاز الحاسب، والحاسب المحمول أو " -"الخادم. يمكنك تصفح الويب وإدارة رسائل البريد الإلكتروني والصور، القيام " -"بأعمال المكتب، وتشغيل أشرطة الفيديو أو الموسيقى هناك الكثير من المرح!" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para) +msgid "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" +msgstr "أوبن سوزي نظام تشغيل مجاني يمستند إلى لينكس لجهاز الحاسب، والحاسب المحمول أو الخادم. يمكنك تصفح الويب وإدارة رسائل البريد الإلكتروني والصور، القيام بأعمال المكتب، وتشغيل أشرطة الفيديو أو الموسيقى هناك الكثير من المرح!" #. Previous Release Notes -#: xml/release-notes.xml:49(para) -msgid "" -"If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous " -"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:" -"Release_Notes\"/>" -msgstr "" -"إذا قمت بالترقية من إصدار قديم إلى هذا الإصدار openSUSE، انظر ملاحظات " -"الإصدار السابق المدرجة هنا: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:" -"Release_Notes\"/>" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para) +msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" +msgstr "إذا قمت بالترقية من إصدار قديم إلى هذا الإصدار openSUSE، انظر ملاحظات الإصدار السابق المدرجة هنا: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" # dialog title for ftp installation -#: xml/release-notes.xml:86(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title) msgid "Installation" msgstr "التثبيت" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:89(title) -msgid "For Detailed Installation Information" -msgstr "للحصول على معلومات مفصلة عن التثبيت" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:91(para) -msgid "" -"For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123." -"documentation\"/>." -msgstr "" -"للحصول على معلومات مفصلة عن التثبيت، راجع <xref linkend=\"sec.123." -"documentation\"/>." - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:97(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:103(title) msgid "General" msgstr "عام" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:101(title) -msgid "openSUSE Documentation" -msgstr "وثائق أوبن سوزي" - -#. <listitem> -#: xml/release-notes.xml:105(para) -msgid "" -"In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation " -"instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and to " -"the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics such as " -"deployment and software management and an introduction to the bash shell." -msgstr "" -"في <emphasis>بدء التشغيل</emphasis>، تجد إرشادات التثبيت خطوة بخطوة، وكذلك " -"مقدمات لسطح المكتب كيدي وجنوم وليبر أوفيس. وأيضا المواضيع الأساسية للإدارة " -"مثل نشر وإدارة البرامج، ومقدمة للتعرف على الشل." - -#. <para> -#. Find the documentation in -#. <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after -#. installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-manuals_$LANG</systemitem>, -#. or online on <ulink url="http://doc.opensuse.org"/>. -#. </para> -#: xml/release-notes.xml:146(para) -msgid "" -"Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_" -"$LANG</filename> after installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-startup_" -"$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." -msgstr "" -"ستجد الوثائق في <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</" -"filename> بعد تثبيت حزمة <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, أو " -"على الإنترنت في<ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:160(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:172(title) msgid "UEFI—Unified Extensible Firmware Interface" msgstr "UEFI—واجهة البرنامج الثابت الممتد" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:161(para) xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) -#: xml/release-notes.xml:200(para) xml/release-notes.xml:223(para) -#: xml/release-notes.xml:261(para) xml/release-notes.xml:278(para) -#: xml/release-notes.xml:288(para) xml/release-notes.xml:302(para) -#: xml/release-notes.xml:315(para) xml/release-notes.xml:326(para) -msgid "CHECKIT:13.1" -msgstr "جربها:13.1" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:173(para) +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." +msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." +msgstr "قبل تثبيت أوبن سوزي على نظام يستخدم إقلاع UEFI (واجهة البرنامج الثابت الممتد) ينصح بالتحقق من تحديثات البرامج الثابتة للأجهزة الموصي بها من البائع. وجود 8 Windows مثبتة مسبقاً هو إشارة قوية إلى أن النظام يستخدم إقلاع UEFI." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:162(para) -msgid "" -"Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified " -"Extensible Firmware Interface) you are urgently advised to check for any " -"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to " -"install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication " -"that your system boots using UEFI." -msgstr "" -"قبل تثبيت أوبن سوزي على نظام يستخدم إقلاع UEFI (واجهة البرنامج الثابت " -"الممتد) ينصح بالتحقق من تحديثات البرامج الثابتة للأجهزة الموصي بها من " -"البائع. وجود 8 Windows مثبتة مسبقاً هو إشارة قوية إلى أن النظام يستخدم إقلاع " -"UEFI." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." +msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." +msgstr "<emphasis>معلومات أساسية:</emphasis> هناك علل في بعض البرامج الثابتة UEFI تؤدي إلى الإنهيار إذا تمت كتابة بيانات كثيرة جداً إلى منطقة تخزين UEFI. هذه البيانات \"الكثيرة\" ليس هناك تقدير لها. أوبن سوزي تقلل الخطر بعدم كتابة أكثر من الحد الأدنى المطلوب لإقلاع نظام التشغيل الحد الأدنى يخبر البرنامج الثابت UEFI عن موقع أوبن سوزي على محمل الإقلاع. تم تعطيل ميزات نواة لينكس التي تستخدم منطقة تخزين UEFI (<literal>pstore</literal>) بشكل افتراضي. ومع ذلك يوصي بتثبيت أي تحديثات برامج ثابتة يوصي بها بائع الأجهزة." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:167(para) -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it " -"to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody " -"really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk " -"by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The " -"minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE " -"boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area " -"for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been " -"disabled by default. Nevertheless it is recommended to install any firmware " -"updates the hardware vendor recommends." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>معلومات أساسية:</emphasis> هناك علل في بعض البرامج الثابتة UEFI " -"تؤدي إلى الإنهيار إذا تمت كتابة بيانات كثيرة جداً إلى منطقة تخزين UEFI. هذه " -"البيانات \"الكثيرة\" ليس هناك تقدير لها. أوبن سوزي تقلل الخطر بعدم كتابة " -"أكثر من الحد الأدنى المطلوب لإقلاع نظام التشغيل الحد الأدنى يخبر البرنامج " -"الثابت UEFI عن موقع أوبن سوزي على محمل الإقلاع. تم تعطيل ميزات نواة لينكس " -"التي تستخدم منطقة تخزين UEFI (<literal>pstore</literal>) بشكل افتراضي. ومع " -"ذلك يوصي بتثبيت أي تحديثات برامج ثابتة يوصي بها بائع الأجهزة." - #. bnc#850056 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:180(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:198(title) msgid "UEFI, GPT, and MS-DOS Partitions" msgstr "UEFI، GPT، وأقسام MS-DOS" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:182(para) -msgid "" -"Together with the EFI/UEFI specification a new style of partitioning " -"arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique " -"identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify " -"devices and partition types." -msgstr "" -"مع مواصفات EFI/UEFI هناك نمط جديد من التقسيم: GPT (جدول أقسام GUID). هذا " -"مخطط جديد يستخدم معرفات فريدة عالمياً (128-بت القيم المعروضة في أرقام ست " -"عشرية 32) للتعرف على الأجهزة وأنواع التقسيم." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:199(para) +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." +msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." +msgstr "مع مواصفات EFI/UEFI هناك نمط جديد من التقسيم: GPT (جدول أقسام GUID). هذا مخطط جديد يستخدم معرفات فريدة عالمياً (128-بت القيم المعروضة في أرقام ست عشرية 32) للتعرف على الأجهزة وأنواع التقسيم." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:185(para) -msgid "" -"Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) " -"partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to generate " -"automatically a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the " -"firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the " -"firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old " -"entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." -msgstr "" -"بالإضافة إلى ذلك، تسمح مواصفات UEFI أيضا بأقسام MBR (MS-DOS) القديمة. بمحمل " -"إقلاع لينكس (ELILO أو GRUB2) يحاولة تلقائياً إنشاء GUID لتلك الأقسام القديمة، " -"ويكتبها إلى البرامج الثابتة. GUID يمكن أن يتغير بشكل متكرر، مما يتسبب في " -"إعادة كتابة البرامج الثابتة. إعادة الكتابة تتألف من اثنين من العمليات " -"المختلفة: إزالة الإدخال القديم وإنشاء إدخال جديد يحل محله." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:205(para) +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to generate automatically a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." +msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." +msgstr "بالإضافة إلى ذلك، تسمح مواصفات UEFI أيضا بأقسام MBR (MS-DOS) القديمة. بمحمل إقلاع لينكس (ELILO أو GRUB2) يحاولة تلقائياً إنشاء GUID لتلك الأقسام القديمة، ويكتبها إلى البرامج الثابتة. GUID يمكن أن يتغير بشكل متكرر، مما يتسبب في إعادة كتابة البرامج الثابتة. إعادة الكتابة تتألف من اثنين من العمليات المختلفة: إزالة الإدخال القديم وإنشاء إدخال جديد يحل محله." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:190(para) -msgid "" -"Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and " -"frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty " -"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-" -"bootable system." -msgstr "" -"البرامج الثابتة الحديثة تقوم بتجميع الإدخالات المحذوفة وتحرر الذاكرة من " -"الإدخالات القديمة. قد تنشأ مشكلة عند وجود خلل في البرامج الثابتة أثناء جمع " -"وتحرير هذه الإدخالات؛ وهذا قد يتسبب في عدم قدرة النظام على الإقلاع." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:214(para) +msgid "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-bootable system." +msgstr "البرامج الثابتة الحديثة تقوم بتجميع الإدخالات المحذوفة وتحرر الذاكرة من الإدخالات القديمة. قد تنشأ مشكلة عند وجود خلل في البرامج الثابتة أثناء جمع وتحرير هذه الإدخالات؛ وهذا قد يتسبب في عدم قدرة النظام على الإقلاع." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:193(para) -msgid "" -"The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to " -"avoid this problem completely." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:220(para) +msgid "The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to avoid this problem completely." msgstr "الحل بسيط: تحويل قسم MBR القديم إلى GPT جديد لتفادي هذه المشكلة تماما." #. bnc#850052 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:199(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:228(title) msgid "Booting When in Secure Boot Mode" msgstr "الإقلاع عندما تكون في وضع الإقلاع الأمن" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:201(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:229(para) msgid "This only affects machines in UEFI mode with secure boot enabled." msgstr "هذا يؤثر فقط على الأجهزة في وضع UEFI عند تمكين الإقلاع الآمن." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:202(para) -msgid "" -"The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure " -"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 12.3. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, " -"first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS " -"update does not help, report the model of your machine it the wiki (http://" -"en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release." -msgstr "" -"إصدار جديد من مُحمل الرقاقات يتيح للمزيد من الأجهزة استخدام الإقلاع الآمن مع " -"أوبن سوزي 12.3. ومع ذلك، في حالة حدوث مشكلة، حدث أولاً BIOS للجهاز الخاص بك " -"إلى الإصدار الأحدث. إذا لم يساعدك تحديث BIOS، قم بالتبليغ عن وجود علة في " -"الويكي (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) لنتمكن من حل المشكلة مع " -"الإصدار التالي." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:232(para) +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 12.3. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine it the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release." +msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release." +msgstr "إصدار جديد من مُحمل الرقاقات يتيح للمزيد من الأجهزة استخدام الإقلاع الآمن مع أوبن سوزي 12.3. ومع ذلك، في حالة حدوث مشكلة، حدث أولاً BIOS للجهاز الخاص بك إلى الإصدار الأحدث. إذا لم يساعدك تحديث BIOS، قم بالتبليغ عن وجود علة في الويكي (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) لنتمكن من حل المشكلة مع الإصدار التالي." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:211(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:245(title) msgid "System Upgrade" msgstr "ترقية النظام" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:218(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:252(title) msgid "Technical" msgstr "تقني" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:222(title) -msgid "Initializing Graphics with KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)" -msgstr "تهيئة الرسومات مع KMS (إعداد وضع النواة)" - -#. 13.2: to be removed from the release notes: -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=849188 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:227(para) -msgid "" -"With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, ATI " -"and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter problems " -"with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable KMS by adding " -"<literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command line. To set this " -"permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add it to the " -"<literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default load options " -"line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text file as root and " -"running the terminal command" -msgstr "" -"نحاول منذ إطلاق 11.3 التحول إلى KMS (إعداد وضع النواة) للطباقات الرسومية من " -"l ، ATI و NVIDIA، وأصبح الآن إفتراضي. إذا واجهت مشاكل مع دعم KMS لسواقات " -"(intel, radeon, nouveau)، عطل KMS بإضافة <literal>nomodeset</literal> إلى " -"سطر أوامر إقلاع النواة. ولتعيين هذا بشكل دائم باستخدام Grub 2، محمل الإقلاع " -"الافتراضي، أضف هذا لسطر محمل النواة <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</" -"literal> في خيارات النواة في <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> يجب " -"تحريره كالجذر في الطرفية" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:233(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg" -msgstr "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:234(para) -msgid "" -"for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the kernel " -"command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also done as root. " -"This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module (intel, radeon, " -"nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in <filename>initrd</" -"filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled." -msgstr "" -"لتصبح التغييرات سارية المفعول. غير ذلك، Grub القديم، أضافتها إلى سطر أوامر " -"النواة في <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>، أضيفت كجذر. هذا الخيار " -"للتأكد من تحميل وحدة النواة النمطية المناسبة (intel, radeon, nouveau) مع " -"<literal>modeset = 0</literal> في <filename>initrd</filename>، .. الخ KMS." - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:239(para) -msgid "" -"In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</" -"filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible to " -"disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> completely. " -"For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig variable to " -"<literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then recreates <filename>initrd</" -"filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine." -msgstr "" -"في حالات نادرة عند تحميل DRM غير النمطية من <filename>initrd</filename> تحدث " -"مشكلة لا علاقة لها ب KMS، من الممكن تعطيل DRM في <filename>initrd</filename> " -"تماما. لمجموعة هذ المتغيرات إعداد النظام <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> " -"أضبطه إلى <literal>نعم</literal> عن طريق YAST، الذي سيستعيد " -"<filename>initrd</filename> . ثم أعد تشغيل الحاسب." - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:245(para) -msgid "" -"On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</literal> " -"driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); " -"alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver " -"(<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is " -"available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit " -"<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the " -"driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>." -msgstr "" -"على إنتل بدون KMS ومع الخادم X يستعيد سواقة التشغيل <literal>fbdev</literal> " -"(برنامج التشغيل <literal>intel</literal> فقط يدعم KMS)؛ وبدلاً من ذلك، ل GPUs " -"الموروثة من Intel \"intellegacy\" (مجموعة<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-" -"intel-legacy</systemitem> ) يتوفر سواقة تشغيل، التي ما زالت تدعم UMS (إعداد " -"وضع المستخدم). لتستخدمها، حرر <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</" -"filename> وغير إدخال برنامج التشغيل إلى <literal>intellegacy</literal>." - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:252(para) -msgid "" -"On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On " -"NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the " -"<literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and " -"NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify the " -"<literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"على ATI ل GPUs الحالي يستعيد <literal>radeonhd</literal> . يتم استخدام سواقة " -"التشغيل على NVIDIA دون KMS <literal>nv</literal> (تعتمد سواقة التشغيل " -"<literal>nouveau</literal> KMS فقط). لاحظ أن ATI و NVIDIA GPUs الحديثة تعود " -"إلى <literal>fbdev</literal>، إذا قمت بتحديد معلمة إقلاع النواة " -"<literal>nomodeset</literal>." - #. bnc#850053 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:260(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:256(title) msgid "Garbage on the Screen During Installation with the Nouveau Driver" msgstr "البيانات المهملة على الشاشة أثناء عملية التثبيت مع سواقة Nouveau" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:262(para) -msgid "" -"On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top " -"part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you " -"are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to " -"run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or " -"upgraded." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:257(para) +msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded." +msgstr "في بعض الأنظمة مع بطاقات NVIDIA، قد يظهر المثبت تشويش في الجزء العلوي من الشاشة بسبب مشاكل مع برنامج التشغيل الافتراضي nouveau. إذا واجهتك هذه المشكلة، يمكنك تعطيل الوحدة النمطية kernel nouveau لتشغيل المثبت ومن ثم تمكينها مرة أخرى بعد تثبيت أو ترقية النظام." + +#: xml/release-notes.xml:261(para) +msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." +msgstr "لتعطيل الوحدة النمطية kernel، بمجرد تشغيل وسائط التثبيت، حدد خيار'تثبيت' في grub ثم اختر 'e' لتحرير المعلمات. ثم اذهب إلى السطر اللذي يبدء بكلمة 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') وقم بإضافة <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> في النهاية. الآن اضغط على المفتاح F10 لمتابعة الإقلاع مع المعلمات الجديدة. بعد تثبيت النظام، يمكنك إعادة تمكين' الوحدة النمطية nouveau بتحرير <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> وإزالة الإدخالات اللتي أضفتها." + +#. bnc#902947 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:271(title) +msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration" msgstr "" -"في بعض الأنظمة مع بطاقات NVIDIA، قد يظهر المثبت تشويش في الجزء العلوي من " -"الشاشة بسبب مشاكل مع برنامج التشغيل الافتراضي nouveau. إذا واجهتك هذه " -"المشكلة، يمكنك تعطيل الوحدة النمطية kernel nouveau لتشغيل المثبت ومن ثم " -"تمكينها مرة أخرى بعد تثبيت أو ترقية النظام." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:266(para) -msgid "" -"To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, " -"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the " -"parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and " -"add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to " -"continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you " -"can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-" -"blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:273(para) +msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." msgstr "" -"لتعطيل الوحدة النمطية kernel، بمجرد تشغيل وسائط التثبيت، حدد خيار'تثبيت' في " -"grub ثم اختر 'e' لتحرير المعلمات. ثم اذهب إلى السطر اللذي يبدء بكلمة " -"'linux' (or 'linuxefi') وقم بإضافة <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> " -"في النهاية. الآن اضغط على المفتاح F10 لمتابعة الإقلاع مع المعلمات الجديدة. " -"بعد تثبيت النظام، يمكنك إعادة تمكين' الوحدة النمطية nouveau بتحرير " -"<filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> وإزالة الإدخالات " -"اللتي أضفتها." -#. via mail: ddiss -#: xml/release-notes.xml:277(title) -msgid "Samba Version 4.1" -msgstr "سامبا الإصدار 4.1" - #: xml/release-notes.xml:279(para) -msgid "" -"Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to " -"operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This functionality " -"is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-wide MIT Kerberos." +msgid "The migration process requires two steps:" msgstr "" -"سامبا الإصدار 4.1 يتم إرفاقها مع اوبن سوزي 13.1 ولا يتضمن ذلك دعم للعمل في " -"نمط وحدة تحكم بمجال المجلد النشط. هذه الوظيفة معطلة حاليا، كما أنها تفتقر " -"إلى التكامل مع المنظومة MIT Kerberos." -#. bnc#848969 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:287(title) -msgid "KDE and Bluetooth" -msgstr "كدي، والبلوتوث" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:289(para) -msgid "" -"The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-incompatbile " -"version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some other components of " -"the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace only supports Bluez " -"version 4 in its currently-released versions." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:284(para) +msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" -"Bluetooth stack تقوم بتوفيرها Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-incompatbile " -"version), وهي ترقية لازمة لسطح المكتب غنوم وبعض المكونات الأخرى للنظام " -"الأساسي. ولسوء الحظ، سطح المكتب كدي يدعم فقط Bluez الإصدار 4 في نسخته " -"الحالية." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:292(para) -msgid "" -"Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil " -"package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or " -"support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work jet, " -"like file transfer." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:291(para) +msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" -"ولذلك، يقدم فريق مجتمع أوبن سوزي كدي حزمة Bluedevil غير الرسمية واللتي تقدم " -"الوظائف الأساسية الأقل مثل أقتران الأجهزة أو دعم فأرة البلوتوث؛ وبعض " -"المميزات الأخرى المعروفة لا تعمل مثل نقل ملف." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:295(para) -msgid "" -"For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE as " -"the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:298(para) +msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system." msgstr "" -"في الوقت الحاضر، ينبغي عدم رفع العلل في مشكلة دعم Bluetooth في كدي وكمخرج " -"لهذه المشكلة Bluez 5 من Bluedevil لا يزال متاح للمستخدم." #. bnc#850058 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:301(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:335(title) msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings" msgstr "AppArmor and وإعدادات الأذونات" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:303(para) -msgid "" -"AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent " -"services from working, if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter " -"strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the " -"affected service to complain mode with:" -msgstr "" -"AppArmor يتم تمكينه بشكل افتراضي. وهذا يعني المزيد من الأمن، ولكن قد يمنع " -"بعض الخدمات من العمل، إذا قمت بتشغيلها بطرق غير متوقعة. إذا واجهتك مشاكل " -"إذونات غريبة، حاول تبديل إعدادات AppArmor لوضع شكوى الخدمات المتضررة:" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:336(para) +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working, if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" +msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" +msgstr "AppArmor يتم تمكينه بشكل افتراضي. وهذا يعني المزيد من الأمن، ولكن قد يمنع بعض الخدمات من العمل، إذا قمت بتشغيلها بطرق غير متوقعة. إذا واجهتك مشاكل إذونات غريبة، حاول تبديل إعدادات AppArmor لوضع شكوى الخدمات المتضررة:" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:306(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:339(screen) #, no-wrap msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service" msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:307(para) -msgid "" -"Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would " -"not allow." -msgstr "" -"وضع شكوى الخدمات المتضررة يعني: السماح بكل شيء، وتسجيل الأشياء التي لا تسمح " -"بها." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:340(para) +msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow." +msgstr "وضع شكوى الخدمات المتضررة يعني: السماح بكل شيء، وتسجيل الأشياء التي لا تسمح بها." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:308(para) -msgid "" -"Even if it helps report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to " -"cover also corner cases." -msgstr "" -"حتى إذا كان ذلك يساعد في الإبلاغ عنه كعلة! نحن نريد إصلاح تشكيلات AppArmor " -"الجانبية لتشمل أيضا حالات الاحتكار." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:341(para) +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Even if it helps report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to cover also corner cases." +msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases." +msgstr "حتى إذا كان ذلك يساعد في الإبلاغ عنه كعلة! نحن نريد إصلاح تشكيلات AppArmor الجانبية لتشمل أيضا حالات الاحتكار." -#. bnc#850057 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:314(title) -msgid "Skype" -msgstr "سكايب" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:316(para) -msgid "" -"PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux " -"(v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> from " -"the command line:" -msgstr "" -"PulseAudio 4.0 يكشف عن وجود خلل في الإصدار الحالي من سكايب لينكس (v4.2). حتى " -"يتم إصلاح سكايب وتحديثه، قم بتشغيل <command>سكايب</command> من سطر الأوامر:" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:318(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype" -msgstr "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC = 60 سكايب" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:319(para) -msgid "" -"For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan." -"net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"للمزيد من المعلومات حول هذه العلة, راجع <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan." -"net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." - -#. bnc#851588 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:325(title) -msgid "AutoYaST" -msgstr "AutoYaST" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:327(para) -msgid "" -"If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></" -"literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in the " -"profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second stage. " -"Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are skipped, " -"which normally leads to more or less completely unusable installations." -msgstr "" -"إذا كان التشكيل autoyast الجانبي يحتوي على الإدخالات في مقطع <literal>< " -"الوظيفة الإضافية ></literal> يوجد علة تسبب منع نقله من المرحلة الأولى إلى " -"المرحلة الثانية من معلومات ملف التعريف. ولذلك، في هذه الحالة جميع خطوات " -"إعداد المرحلة الثانية يتم تخطيها، الأمر الذي يؤدي عادة إلى تجهيزات أكثر أو " -"أقل غير صالحة للاستعمال تماما." - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:331(para) -msgid "" -"As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> " -"sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1." -msgstr "" -"كحل مؤقت، تجنب استخدام قسم <literal>< الوظيفة الإضافية ></literal> في " -"التشكيلات الجانبية مع AutoYaST في openSUSE 13.1." - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:338(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:374(title) msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "منوعات" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:339(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:375(para) msgid "N/A" msgstr "غير متوفر" #. bnc#809347 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:345(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:381(title) msgid "More Information and Feedback" msgstr "مزيد من المعلومات والعتليقات" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:349(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:385(para) msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs." msgstr "قراءة الملفات التمهيدية على الأقراص المضغوطة." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:352(para) -msgid "" -"Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:388(para) +msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" msgstr "الحصول على معلومات مفصلة بالتغييرات حول مجموعة محددة من الحزم:" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:353(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:389(screen) #, no-wrap msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm" msgstr "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:354(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:390(para) msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM." msgstr "<FILENAME> هو اسم الحزم." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:357(para) -msgid "" -"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD " -"for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." -msgstr "" -"التحقق من ملف <filename>سجل التغيير</filename> في المستوى الأعلى من دي في دي " -"للسجل الزمني لكافة التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها على الحزم المحدثة." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:393(para) +msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." +msgstr "التحقق من ملف <filename>سجل التغيير</filename> في المستوى الأعلى من دي في دي للسجل الزمني لكافة التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها على الحزم المحدثة." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:361(para) -msgid "" -"Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." -msgstr "" -"العثور على مزيد من المعلومات في الدليل <filename>وثائق</filename> على دي في " -"دي." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:397(para) +msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." +msgstr "العثور على مزيد من المعلومات في الدليل <filename>وثائق</filename> على دي في دي." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:364(para) -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or " -"updated documentation." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> يحتوي على وثائق إضافية أو " -"تحديث." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:400(para) +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation." +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> يحتوي على وثائق إضافية أو تحديث." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:369(para) -msgid "" -"Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news " -"from openSUSE." -msgstr "" -"قم بزيارة <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> للحصول على آخر أخبار أوبن " -"سوزي." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:405(para) +msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE." +msgstr "قم بزيارة <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> للحصول على آخر أخبار أوبن سوزي." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:374(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:410(para) msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC" msgstr "حقوق الطبع والنشر © 2014 SUSE LLC" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:376(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para) msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE." msgstr "شكرا لاستخدام أوبن سوزي." -#: xml/release-notes.xml:377(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para) msgid "The openSUSE Team." msgstr "فريق أوبن سوزي." @@ -582,6 +246,84 @@ msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "محمد الحرقان" +#~ msgid "For Detailed Installation Information" +#~ msgstr "للحصول على معلومات مفصلة عن التثبيت" + +#~ msgid "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>." +#~ msgstr "للحصول على معلومات مفصلة عن التثبيت، راجع <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>." + +#~ msgid "openSUSE Documentation" +#~ msgstr "وثائق أوبن سوزي" + +#~ msgid "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the bash shell." +#~ msgstr "في <emphasis>بدء التشغيل</emphasis>، تجد إرشادات التثبيت خطوة بخطوة، وكذلك مقدمات لسطح المكتب كيدي وجنوم وليبر أوفيس. وأيضا المواضيع الأساسية للإدارة مثل نشر وإدارة البرامج، ومقدمة للتعرف على الشل." + +#~ msgid "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." +#~ msgstr "ستجد الوثائق في <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> بعد تثبيت حزمة <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, أو على الإنترنت في<ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." + +#~ msgid "CHECKIT:13.1" +#~ msgstr "جربها:13.1" + +#~ msgid "Initializing Graphics with KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)" +#~ msgstr "تهيئة الرسومات مع KMS (إعداد وضع النواة)" + +#~ msgid "With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, ATI and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter problems with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable KMS by adding <literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command line. To set this permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add it to the <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default load options line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text file as root and running the terminal command" +#~ msgstr "نحاول منذ إطلاق 11.3 التحول إلى KMS (إعداد وضع النواة) للطباقات الرسومية من l ، ATI و NVIDIA، وأصبح الآن إفتراضي. إذا واجهت مشاكل مع دعم KMS لسواقات (intel, radeon, nouveau)، عطل KMS بإضافة <literal>nomodeset</literal> إلى سطر أوامر إقلاع النواة. ولتعيين هذا بشكل دائم باستخدام Grub 2، محمل الإقلاع الافتراضي، أضف هذا لسطر محمل النواة <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> في خيارات النواة في <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> يجب تحريره كالجذر في الطرفية" + +#~ msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg" +#~ msgstr "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg" + +#~ msgid "for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the kernel command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also done as root. This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module (intel, radeon, nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in <filename>initrd</filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled." +#~ msgstr "لتصبح التغييرات سارية المفعول. غير ذلك، Grub القديم، أضافتها إلى سطر أوامر النواة في <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>، أضيفت كجذر. هذا الخيار للتأكد من تحميل وحدة النواة النمطية المناسبة (intel, radeon, nouveau) مع <literal>modeset = 0</literal> في <filename>initrd</filename>، .. الخ KMS." + +#~ msgid "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine." +#~ msgstr "في حالات نادرة عند تحميل DRM غير النمطية من <filename>initrd</filename> تحدث مشكلة لا علاقة لها ب KMS، من الممكن تعطيل DRM في <filename>initrd</filename> تماما. لمجموعة هذ المتغيرات إعداد النظام <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> أضبطه إلى <literal>نعم</literal> عن طريق YAST، الذي سيستعيد <filename>initrd</filename> . ثم أعد تشغيل الحاسب." + +#~ msgid "On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</literal> driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver (<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>." +#~ msgstr "على إنتل بدون KMS ومع الخادم X يستعيد سواقة التشغيل <literal>fbdev</literal> (برنامج التشغيل <literal>intel</literal> فقط يدعم KMS)؛ وبدلاً من ذلك، ل GPUs الموروثة من Intel \"intellegacy\" (مجموعة<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> ) يتوفر سواقة تشغيل، التي ما زالت تدعم UMS (إعداد وضع المستخدم). لتستخدمها، حرر <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> وغير إدخال برنامج التشغيل إلى <literal>intellegacy</literal>." + +#~ msgid "On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the <literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify the <literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter." +#~ msgstr "على ATI ل GPUs الحالي يستعيد <literal>radeonhd</literal> . يتم استخدام سواقة التشغيل على NVIDIA دون KMS <literal>nv</literal> (تعتمد سواقة التشغيل <literal>nouveau</literal> KMS فقط). لاحظ أن ATI و NVIDIA GPUs الحديثة تعود إلى <literal>fbdev</literal>، إذا قمت بتحديد معلمة إقلاع النواة <literal>nomodeset</literal>." + +#~ msgid "Samba Version 4.1" +#~ msgstr "سامبا الإصدار 4.1" + +#~ msgid "Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This functionality is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-wide MIT Kerberos." +#~ msgstr "سامبا الإصدار 4.1 يتم إرفاقها مع اوبن سوزي 13.1 ولا يتضمن ذلك دعم للعمل في نمط وحدة تحكم بمجال المجلد النشط. هذه الوظيفة معطلة حاليا، كما أنها تفتقر إلى التكامل مع المنظومة MIT Kerberos." + +#~ msgid "KDE and Bluetooth" +#~ msgstr "كدي، والبلوتوث" + +#~ msgid "The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-incompatbile version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some other components of the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace only supports Bluez version 4 in its currently-released versions." +#~ msgstr "Bluetooth stack تقوم بتوفيرها Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-incompatbile version), وهي ترقية لازمة لسطح المكتب غنوم وبعض المكونات الأخرى للنظام الأساسي. ولسوء الحظ، سطح المكتب كدي يدعم فقط Bluez الإصدار 4 في نسخته الحالية." + +#~ msgid "Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work jet, like file transfer." +#~ msgstr "ولذلك، يقدم فريق مجتمع أوبن سوزي كدي حزمة Bluedevil غير الرسمية واللتي تقدم الوظائف الأساسية الأقل مثل أقتران الأجهزة أو دعم فأرة البلوتوث؛ وبعض المميزات الأخرى المعروفة لا تعمل مثل نقل ملف." + +#~ msgid "For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE as the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing." +#~ msgstr "في الوقت الحاضر، ينبغي عدم رفع العلل في مشكلة دعم Bluetooth في كدي وكمخرج لهذه المشكلة Bluez 5 من Bluedevil لا يزال متاح للمستخدم." + +#~ msgid "Skype" +#~ msgstr "سكايب" + +#~ msgid "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux (v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> from the command line:" +#~ msgstr "PulseAudio 4.0 يكشف عن وجود خلل في الإصدار الحالي من سكايب لينكس (v4.2). حتى يتم إصلاح سكايب وتحديثه، قم بتشغيل <command>سكايب</command> من سطر الأوامر:" + +#~ msgid "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype" +#~ msgstr "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC = 60 سكايب" + +#~ msgid "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." +#~ msgstr "للمزيد من المعلومات حول هذه العلة, راجع <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." + +#~ msgid "AutoYaST" +#~ msgstr "AutoYaST" + +#~ msgid "If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in the profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second stage. Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are skipped, which normally leads to more or less completely unusable installations." +#~ msgstr "إذا كان التشكيل autoyast الجانبي يحتوي على الإدخالات في مقطع <literal>< الوظيفة الإضافية ></literal> يوجد علة تسبب منع نقله من المرحلة الأولى إلى المرحلة الثانية من معلومات ملف التعريف. ولذلك، في هذه الحالة جميع خطوات إعداد المرحلة الثانية يتم تخطيها، الأمر الذي يؤدي عادة إلى تجهيزات أكثر أو أقل غير صالحة للاستعمال تماما." + +#~ msgid "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1." +#~ msgstr "كحل مؤقت، تجنب استخدام قسم <literal>< الوظيفة الإضافية ></literal> في التشكيلات الجانبية مع AutoYaST في openSUSE 13.1." + #~ msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 13.1</phrase> Release Notes" #~ msgstr "<phrase os=\"slprof\">أوبن سوزي 13.1</phrase> ملاحظات الاصدار" @@ -591,60 +333,32 @@ #~ msgid "Copyright © 2013 SUSE LLC" #~ msgstr "حقوق الطبع والنشر © 2013 SUSE LLC" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document " -#~ "under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any " -#~ "later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no " -#~ "Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy " -#~ "of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "يتم منح الإذن نسخ، توزيع و/أو تعديل هذا المستند تحت شروط رخصة جنو للوثائق " -#~ "الحرة، الإصدار 1.2 أو أي إصدار أحدث المنشورة من قبل مؤسسة البرمجيات " -#~ "الحرة؛ مع لا الأقسام الثابتة ونصوص الغلاف الأمامي واي نصوص أخرى. وترد " -#~ "نسخة من الترخيص كملف في <filename>fdl.txt</filename> ملف." +#~ msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file." +#~ msgstr "يتم منح الإذن نسخ، توزيع و/أو تعديل هذا المستند تحت شروط رخصة جنو للوثائق الحرة، الإصدار 1.2 أو أي إصدار أحدث المنشورة من قبل مؤسسة البرمجيات الحرة؛ مع لا الأقسام الثابتة ونصوص الغلاف الأمامي واي نصوص أخرى. وترد نسخة من الترخيص كملف في <filename>fdl.txt</filename> ملف." #~ msgid "These release notes cover the following areas:" #~ msgstr "ملاحظات الإصدار تغطي المناطق الأتية:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: These entries are automatically included from " -#~ "openFATE, the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink url=" -#~ "\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: هذه الإدخالات مضمنة تلقائياً مع استخدام " -#~ "openFATE, المميزات ونظام الإدارة (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse." -#~ "org\"/>)." +#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: These entries are automatically included from openFATE, the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." +#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: هذه الإدخالات مضمنة تلقائياً مع استخدام openFATE, المميزات ونظام الإدارة (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Read this if you want to install the " -#~ "system from scratch." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: اقرأ هذا إذا كنت ترغب في تثبيت النظام " -#~ "من الصفر." +#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Read this if you want to install the system from scratch." +#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: اقرأ هذا إذا كنت ترغب في تثبيت النظام من الصفر." #~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"general\"/>: Information that everybody should read." #~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"general\"/>: معلومات يجب على الجميع قراءتها." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Issues related to the process if you run a " -#~ "system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: ما يتعلق بعملية ترقية النظام من الإصدار " -#~ "السابق لهذا الإصدار openSUSE." +#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Issues related to the process if you run a system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version." +#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: ما يتعلق بعملية ترقية النظام من الإصدار السابق لهذا الإصدار openSUSE." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of " -#~ "technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: ما يتعلق بالتغييرات التقنية والتحسينات " -#~ "للمستخدمين ذوي الخبرة." +#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user." +#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: ما يتعلق بالتغييرات التقنية والتحسينات للمستخدمين ذوي الخبرة." #~ msgid "Dropped YaST Modules" #~ msgstr "إسقاط وحدات YaST النمطية" #~ msgid "The following YaST modules were obsolete and rarely used these days:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "وحدات YaST النمطية التالية أصبحت قديمة، ونادراً ما تستخدم في هذه الأيام:" +#~ msgstr "وحدات YaST النمطية التالية أصبحت قديمة، ونادراً ما تستخدم في هذه الأيام:" #~ msgid "yast2-autofs" #~ msgstr "yast2-autofs" @@ -679,53 +393,26 @@ #~ msgid "yast2-tv" #~ msgstr "تلفزيون-yast2" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The main reason for dropping was to decrease the maintenance effort and " -#~ "better focus on other more used modules." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "السبب الرئيسي لإسقاطها هو تقليل أعباء الصيانة، والتركيز بشكل أفضل على " -#~ "الوحدات النمطية الأخرى المستخدمة أكثر." +#~ msgid "The main reason for dropping was to decrease the maintenance effort and better focus on other more used modules." +#~ msgstr "السبب الرئيسي لإسقاطها هو تقليل أعباء الصيانة، والتركيز بشكل أفضل على الوحدات النمطية الأخرى المستخدمة أكثر." #~ msgid "Adobe Reader (acroread) and Other PDF Readers" #~ msgstr "Adobe Reader (acroread) وغيرها من برامج قراءة PDF" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Adobe no longer provides (security) updates for Adobe Reader " -#~ "(<systemitem>acroread</systemitem>). Therefore the <systemitem>acroread</" -#~ "systemitem> package was dropped from the distribution to protect openSUSE " -#~ "users." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "أدوبي لم تعد توفر تحديثات (الأمن) Adobe Reader (<systemitem>acroread</" -#~ "systemitem>). ولذلك تم إسقاط حزمة <systemitem>acroread</systemitem> من " -#~ "التوزيعة لحماية مستخدمي أوبن سوزي." +#~ msgid "Adobe no longer provides (security) updates for Adobe Reader (<systemitem>acroread</systemitem>). Therefore the <systemitem>acroread</systemitem> package was dropped from the distribution to protect openSUSE users." +#~ msgstr "أدوبي لم تعد توفر تحديثات (الأمن) Adobe Reader (<systemitem>acroread</systemitem>). ولذلك تم إسقاط حزمة <systemitem>acroread</systemitem> من التوزيعة لحماية مستخدمي أوبن سوزي." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "openSUSE includes various PDF viewing tools like Okular, Evince, and " -#~ "poppler-tools. These tools are actively maintained and get security fixes " -#~ "from openSUSE and their upstream authors." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "أوبن سوزي يوفر برامج مختلف لقراءة ملفات PDF مثل Okular, Evince, and " -#~ "poppler-tools. يتم الاحتفاظ بنشاط هذه الأدوات والحصول على تصحيحات الأمان " -#~ "من أوبن سوزي ومزودي البرامج الأصليين." +#~ msgid "openSUSE includes various PDF viewing tools like Okular, Evince, and poppler-tools. These tools are actively maintained and get security fixes from openSUSE and their upstream authors." +#~ msgstr "أوبن سوزي يوفر برامج مختلف لقراءة ملفات PDF مثل Okular, Evince, and poppler-tools. يتم الاحتفاظ بنشاط هذه الأدوات والحصول على تصحيحات الأمان من أوبن سوزي ومزودي البرامج الأصليين." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader" -#~ "\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، راجع <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/" -#~ "Adobe_Reader\"/>." +#~ msgid "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader\"/>." +#~ msgstr "للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، راجع <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader\"/>." #~ msgid "Upgrading with Zypper (dup) Requires /etc/fstab Cleanup" #~ msgstr "الترقية باستخدام Zypper (dup) تتطلب /etc/fstab Cleanup" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When upgrading with <command>zypper dup</command> (YaST upgrade handles " -#~ "it automatically) users should remove the following <filename>/etc/fstab</" -#~ "filename> entries if present:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "عند الترقية باستخدام <command>zypper dup</command> (ترقية YaST تتعامل " -#~ "تلقائياً مع ذلك) يجب على المستخدم إزالة الملفات التالية <filename>/etc/" -#~ "fstab</filename> entries if present:" +#~ msgid "When upgrading with <command>zypper dup</command> (YaST upgrade handles it automatically) users should remove the following <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> entries if present:" +#~ msgstr "عند الترقية باستخدام <command>zypper dup</command> (ترقية YaST تتعامل تلقائياً مع ذلك) يجب على المستخدم إزالة الملفات التالية <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> entries if present:" #~ msgid "" #~ "tmpfs /dev/shm\n" @@ -738,30 +425,14 @@ #~ "sysfs /sys sysfs\n" #~ "proc /proc proc" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is especially important for Gnome users, otherwise the Gnome " -#~ "terminal will fail with \"<literal>grantpt failed: Operation not " -#~ "permitted</literal>\". These mount points are managed by " -#~ "<command>systemd</command> and should no longer be present in <filename>/" -#~ "etc/fstab</filename>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "هذا مهم بشكل خاص لمستخدمي جنوم، وإلا فستفشل طرفية جنوم مع \"<literal>فشل " -#~ "grantpt: العملية غير مسموح بها</literal>\". نقطة التوصيل هذه تتم إدارتها " -#~ "من قبل <command>systemd</command> ولم تعد موجودة في <filename>/etc/fstab</" -#~ "filename>." +#~ msgid "This is especially important for Gnome users, otherwise the Gnome terminal will fail with \"<literal>grantpt failed: Operation not permitted</literal>\". These mount points are managed by <command>systemd</command> and should no longer be present in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +#~ msgstr "هذا مهم بشكل خاص لمستخدمي جنوم، وإلا فستفشل طرفية جنوم مع \"<literal>فشل grantpt: العملية غير مسموح بها</literal>\". نقطة التوصيل هذه تتم إدارتها من قبل <command>systemd</command> ولم تعد موجودة في <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." #~ msgid "SYSLOG_DAEMON Variable Removed" #~ msgstr "تمت إزالة المتغير SYSLOG_DAEMON" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The SYSLOG_DAEMON variable has been removed. Previously, it was used to " -#~ "select the syslog daemon. Starting with openSUSE 12.3, only one syslog " -#~ "implementation can be installed at a time on a system and will be " -#~ "selected automatically for usage." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "تم إزالة متغير SYSLOG_DAEMON. من قبل، كان يستخدم في السابق لتحديد " -#~ "البرنامج الخفي syslog. بدءاً من أوبن سوزي 12.3، سيتم السماح بتثبيت syslog " -#~ "واحد فقط على نظام وسيتم اختياره تلقائياً للاستخدام." +#~ msgid "The SYSLOG_DAEMON variable has been removed. Previously, it was used to select the syslog daemon. Starting with openSUSE 12.3, only one syslog implementation can be installed at a time on a system and will be selected automatically for usage." +#~ msgstr "تم إزالة متغير SYSLOG_DAEMON. من قبل، كان يستخدم في السابق لتحديد البرنامج الخفي syslog. بدءاً من أوبن سوزي 12.3، سيتم السماح بتثبيت syslog واحد فقط على نظام وسيتم اختياره تلقائياً للاستخدام." #~ msgid "For details, see the syslog(8) manpage." #~ msgstr "راجع استخدام syslog(8) للحصول على تفاصيل." @@ -769,135 +440,56 @@ #~ msgid "Duplicated Network Interfaces" #~ msgstr "واجة شبكة الاتصال المكررة" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The current version of systemd uses a new convention for assigning " -#~ "predictable names to network interfaces. YaST is changed accordingly." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "يستخدم الإصدار الحالي من systemd اتفاقية جديدة لتعيين أسماء يمكن التنبؤ " -#~ "بها لواجهات شبكة الاتصال. YaST يتغير تبعاً لذلك." +#~ msgid "The current version of systemd uses a new convention for assigning predictable names to network interfaces. YaST is changed accordingly." +#~ msgstr "يستخدم الإصدار الحالي من systemd اتفاقية جديدة لتعيين أسماء يمكن التنبؤ بها لواجهات شبكة الاتصال. YaST يتغير تبعاً لذلك." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some reports indicate a bug in YaST when conversion from one naming " -#~ "scheme to another takes place. If the same network interface has two " -#~ "different names, you have been hit by this bug. In this case remove the " -#~ "different network interfaces in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network</" -#~ "filename> and use YaST to configure the network anew." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "تشير بعض التقارير إلى وجود خلل في YaST عند التحويل من نظام تسمية إلى آخر. " -#~ "إذا كانت واجهة شبكة الاتصال لها اسمين مختلفة، ستتضرر بهذا الخطأ. في هذه " -#~ "الحالة قم بإزالة واجهات شبكة الاتصال مختلفة في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/" -#~ "network</filename> واستخدم YaST لإعداد شبكة الاتصال مجددا." +#~ msgid "Some reports indicate a bug in YaST when conversion from one naming scheme to another takes place. If the same network interface has two different names, you have been hit by this bug. In this case remove the different network interfaces in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network</filename> and use YaST to configure the network anew." +#~ msgstr "تشير بعض التقارير إلى وجود خلل في YaST عند التحويل من نظام تسمية إلى آخر. إذا كانت واجهة شبكة الاتصال لها اسمين مختلفة، ستتضرر بهذا الخطأ. في هذه الحالة قم بإزالة واجهات شبكة الاتصال مختلفة في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network</filename> واستخدم YaST لإعداد شبكة الاتصال مجددا." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For more information about predictable network interface names, see " -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/" -#~ "PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames/\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات حول أسماء واجهة شبكة الاتصال اللتي يمكن " -#~ "التنبؤ بها، راجع <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/" -#~ "systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames/\"/>." +#~ msgid "For more information about predictable network interface names, see <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfac…"/>." +#~ msgstr "للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات حول أسماء واجهة شبكة الاتصال اللتي يمكن التنبؤ بها، راجع <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfac…"/>." #~ msgid "Configuring Postfix" #~ msgstr "إعداد Postfix" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With openSUSE 12.3, <filename>SuSEconfig.postfix</filename> was renamed " -#~ "as <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename>. If you set sysconfig " -#~ "variables in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/postfix</filename> or <filename>/" -#~ "etc/sysconfig/mail</filename>, you must manually run <filename>/usr/sbin/" -#~ "config.postfix</filename> as root." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "مع سوزي 12.3تمت إعادة تسمية <filename>SuSEconfig.postfix</filename> ك " -#~ "<filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename>. إذا قمت بتعيين المتغيرات " -#~ "sysconfig في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/postfix</filename> أو <filename>/" -#~ "etc/sysconfig/mail</filename>، يجب عليك يدوياً تشغيل <filename>/usr/sbin/" -#~ "config.postfix</filename> كجذر." +#~ msgid "With openSUSE 12.3, <filename>SuSEconfig.postfix</filename> was renamed as <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename>. If you set sysconfig variables in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/postfix</filename> or <filename>/etc/sysconfig/mail</filename>, you must manually run <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename> as root." +#~ msgstr "مع سوزي 12.3تمت إعادة تسمية <filename>SuSEconfig.postfix</filename> ك <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename>. إذا قمت بتعيين المتغيرات sysconfig في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/postfix</filename> أو <filename>/etc/sysconfig/mail</filename>، يجب عليك يدوياً تشغيل <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename> كجذر." #~ msgid "xinetd: Logging to the System Log" #~ msgstr "xinetd: تسجيل في سجل النظام" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The new default for <command>xinetd</command> changes the default target " -#~ "for logging from <filename>/var/log/xinetd.log</filename> to the system " -#~ "log. This means all messages from <command>xinetd</command> will appear " -#~ "in a system log as a facility daemon and log level info." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "تغير الافتراضي الجديد إلى <command>xinetd</command> الهدف الافتراضي " -#~ "لتسجيل الدخول من <filename>/var/log/xinetd.log</filename> إلى سجل النظام. " -#~ "وهذا يعني أن كافة الرسائل من <command>xinetd</command> ستظهر في سجل " -#~ "النظام كبرنامج خفي مرفق ومعلومات مستوى وسجل." +#~ msgid "The new default for <command>xinetd</command> changes the default target for logging from <filename>/var/log/xinetd.log</filename> to the system log. This means all messages from <command>xinetd</command> will appear in a system log as a facility daemon and log level info." +#~ msgstr "تغير الافتراضي الجديد إلى <command>xinetd</command> الهدف الافتراضي لتسجيل الدخول من <filename>/var/log/xinetd.log</filename> إلى سجل النظام. وهذا يعني أن كافة الرسائل من <command>xinetd</command> ستظهر في سجل النظام كبرنامج خفي مرفق ومعلومات مستوى وسجل." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to switch back the the old way, find a proper snippet in " -#~ "<filename>/etc/xinetd.conf</filename>. The template for the logrotate " -#~ "script for <filename>xinetd.log</filename> can be found in <filename>/usr/" -#~ "share/doc/packages/xinetd/logrotate</filename>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "إذا رغبت في تبديل مرة أخرى للطريقة القديمة، ابحث على قصاصة سليمة في " -#~ "<filename>/etc/xinetd.conf</filename>. يمكن العثور على قالب للبرنامج " -#~ "النصي logrotate ل <filename>xinetd.log</filename> في <filename>/usr/share/" -#~ "doc/packages/xinetd/logrotate</filename>." +#~ msgid "If you want to switch back the the old way, find a proper snippet in <filename>/etc/xinetd.conf</filename>. The template for the logrotate script for <filename>xinetd.log</filename> can be found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/xinetd/logrotate</filename>." +#~ msgstr "إذا رغبت في تبديل مرة أخرى للطريقة القديمة، ابحث على قصاصة سليمة في <filename>/etc/xinetd.conf</filename>. يمكن العثور على قالب للبرنامج النصي logrotate ل <filename>xinetd.log</filename> في <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/xinetd/logrotate</filename>." #~ msgid "Apache Version 2.4" #~ msgstr "أباتشي الإصدار 2.4" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Apache 2.4 features various changes in the configuration files. For more " -#~ "information about upgrading from a previous version, see <ulink url=" -#~ "\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/upgrading.html\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "أباتشي الإصدار 2.4 بميزات إعدادات ملف مختلفة. للحصول على مزيد من " -#~ "المعلومات حول الترقية من إصدار سابق، راجع <ulink url=\"http://httpd." -#~ "apache.org/docs/2.4/upgrading.html\"/>." +#~ msgid "Apache 2.4 features various changes in the configuration files. For more information about upgrading from a previous version, see <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/upgrading.html\"/>." +#~ msgstr "أباتشي الإصدار 2.4 بميزات إعدادات ملف مختلفة. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات حول الترقية من إصدار سابق، راجع <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/upgrading.html\"/>." #~ msgid "tomcat: Logging to the System Log" #~ msgstr "tomcat: تسجيل في سجل النظام" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The tomcat startup scripts doe no longer write the output to <filename>/" -#~ "var/log/tomcat/catalina.out</filename>. All messages are now redirected " -#~ "to the system log via <systemitem>tomcat.service</systemitem> " -#~ "(<systemitem>tomcat-jsvc.service</systemitem>) and log level info." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "لم يعد البرامج النصية لبدء التشغيل tomcat يكتب الإخراج في <filename>/var/" -#~ "log/tomcat/catalina.out</filename>. يتم الآن إعادة توجيه كافة الرسائل إلى " -#~ "سجل النظام عن طريق <systemitem>tomcat.service</systemitem> " -#~ "(<systemitem>tomcat-jsvc.service</systemitem>) وسجل مستوى المعلومات." +#~ msgid "The tomcat startup scripts doe no longer write the output to <filename>/var/log/tomcat/catalina.out</filename>. All messages are now redirected to the system log via <systemitem>tomcat.service</systemitem> (<systemitem>tomcat-jsvc.service</systemitem>) and log level info." +#~ msgstr "لم يعد البرامج النصية لبدء التشغيل tomcat يكتب الإخراج في <filename>/var/log/tomcat/catalina.out</filename>. يتم الآن إعادة توجيه كافة الرسائل إلى سجل النظام عن طريق <systemitem>tomcat.service</systemitem> (<systemitem>tomcat-jsvc.service</systemitem>) وسجل مستوى المعلومات." #~ msgid "Darktable: Refreshing Cache Files Needed" #~ msgstr "Darktable: تحديث ذاكرة التخزين المؤقت للملفات المطلوبة" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If upgrading from a previous release to openSUSE 13.1 old cache files may " -#~ "no longer work. In this case removing <filename>~/.cache/darktable/" -#~ "mipmaps</filename> is necessary." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "إذا كانت الترقية من إصدار سوزي سابق سوزي 13.1 قد لا تعمل ذاكرة التخزين " -#~ "المؤقت للملفات القديمة. من الضروري في هذه الحالة إزالة <filename>~/.cache/" -#~ "darktable/mipmaps</filename> لحل المشكلة." +#~ msgid "If upgrading from a previous release to openSUSE 13.1 old cache files may no longer work. In this case removing <filename>~/.cache/darktable/mipmaps</filename> is necessary." +#~ msgstr "إذا كانت الترقية من إصدار سوزي سابق سوزي 13.1 قد لا تعمل ذاكرة التخزين المؤقت للملفات القديمة. من الضروري في هذه الحالة إزالة <filename>~/.cache/darktable/mipmaps</filename> لحل المشكلة." #~ msgid "Locate: Replacing findutils-locate by mlocate" #~ msgstr "موقع: استبدال findutils-locate من قبل mlocate" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The <command>mlocate</command> tool is the replacement for " -#~ "<command>findutils-locate</command>. In the default configuration " -#~ "<command>mlocate</command> behave the same as <command>findutils-locate</" -#~ "command>. Because of an improved permission handling, it could take up to " -#~ "24 hours, until the database file will become available to regular users." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "أداة <command>mlocate</command> هي أداة تحل محل <command>findutils-" -#~ "locate</command>. في الإعداد الافتراضي <command>mlocate</command> تعمل " -#~ "عمل <command>findutils-locate</command>. بسبب تحسين أذونات المعالجة، يمكن " -#~ "أن يستغرق مدة تصل إلى 24 ساعة، حتى يصبح ملف قاعدة البيانات متاح للمستخدم " -#~ "العادي." +#~ msgid "The <command>mlocate</command> tool is the replacement for <command>findutils-locate</command>. In the default configuration <command>mlocate</command> behave the same as <command>findutils-locate</command>. Because of an improved permission handling, it could take up to 24 hours, until the database file will become available to regular users." +#~ msgstr "أداة <command>mlocate</command> هي أداة تحل محل <command>findutils-locate</command>. في الإعداد الافتراضي <command>mlocate</command> تعمل عمل <command>findutils-locate</command>. بسبب تحسين أذونات المعالجة، يمكن أن يستغرق مدة تصل إلى 24 ساعة، حتى يصبح ملف قاعدة البيانات متاح للمستخدم العادي." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In case you encounter a \"Permission denied\" message shortly after " -#~ "installing <command>mlocate</command>, run" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "في حال واجهتك رسالة \"تم رفض الإذن\" بعد وقت قصير من تثبيت " -#~ "<command>mlocate</command>، قم بتشغيل" +#~ msgid "In case you encounter a \"Permission denied\" message shortly after installing <command>mlocate</command>, run" +#~ msgstr "في حال واجهتك رسالة \"تم رفض الإذن\" بعد وقت قصير من تثبيت <command>mlocate</command>، قم بتشغيل" #~ msgid "/etc/cron.daily/mlocate.cron" #~ msgstr "/etc/cron.daily/mlocate.cron" @@ -912,108 +504,47 @@ #~ msgid "CHECKIT:12.3" #~ msgstr "جربها 12.3" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Directly after installation, NetworkManager is not started automatically " -#~ "and thus WiFi cannot be configured. To enable networking (WiFi), reboot " -#~ "the machine once manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "لم يتم تشغيل مدير الشبكة تلقائياً بعد التثبيت مباشرة وهكذا لا يمكن إعداد " -#~ "شبكة الإتصال. لتمكين شبكات (WiFi)، أعد تشغيل الحاسب يدوياً." +#~ msgid "Directly after installation, NetworkManager is not started automatically and thus WiFi cannot be configured. To enable networking (WiFi), reboot the machine once manually." +#~ msgstr "لم يتم تشغيل مدير الشبكة تلقائياً بعد التثبيت مباشرة وهكذا لا يمكن إعداد شبكة الإتصال. لتمكين شبكات (WiFi)، أعد تشغيل الحاسب يدوياً." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The proprietary NVIDIA driver requires users to have access to /dev/" -#~ "nvidia* devices" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "حقوق ملكية سواقة تشغيل نفيديا تتطلب من المستخدمين الوصول إلى أجهزة /dev/" -#~ "nvidia*" +#~ msgid "The proprietary NVIDIA driver requires users to have access to /dev/nvidia* devices" +#~ msgstr "حقوق ملكية سواقة تشغيل نفيديا تتطلب من المستخدمين الوصول إلى أجهزة /dev/nvidia*" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Default and new users are no longer added to the <literal>video</literal> " -#~ "group automatically. But the proprietary NVIDIA driver requires users to " -#~ "have access to /dev/nvidia* devices." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "الإعدادات الافتراضية والمستخدمين الجدد لم تعد تضيف <literal>الفيديو</" -#~ "literal> إلى المجموعة تلقائياً. لكن ملكية نفيديا تتطلب من المستخدمين " -#~ "الوصول إلى أجهزة /dev/nvidia* devices." +#~ msgid "Default and new users are no longer added to the <literal>video</literal> group automatically. But the proprietary NVIDIA driver requires users to have access to /dev/nvidia* devices." +#~ msgstr "الإعدادات الافتراضية والمستخدمين الجدد لم تعد تضيف <literal>الفيديو</literal> إلى المجموعة تلقائياً. لكن ملكية نفيديا تتطلب من المستخدمين الوصول إلى أجهزة /dev/nvidia* devices." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Because the NVIDIA driver does not use the usual kernel methods that " -#~ "allow to install ACLs on the device nodes, users have to be added " -#~ "manually to the <literal>video</literal> group; as <systemitem>root</" -#~ "systemitem> call (replace <literal>$USER</literal> with the actual " -#~ "username):" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "لأن سواقة نفيديا لا تستخدم طريقة النواة المعتادة التي تسمح بتثبيت ACLs " -#~ "على عقدة الأجهاز، سيتوجب إضافة المستخدمين يدوياً إلى مجموعة " -#~ "<literal>الفيديو</literal> ؛ <systemitem>جذر</systemitem> الاستدعاء " -#~ "(استبدال <literal>$المستخدم</literal> مع اسم المستخدم الفعلي):" +#~ msgid "Because the NVIDIA driver does not use the usual kernel methods that allow to install ACLs on the device nodes, users have to be added manually to the <literal>video</literal> group; as <systemitem>root</systemitem> call (replace <literal>$USER</literal> with the actual username):" +#~ msgstr "لأن سواقة نفيديا لا تستخدم طريقة النواة المعتادة التي تسمح بتثبيت ACLs على عقدة الأجهاز، سيتوجب إضافة المستخدمين يدوياً إلى مجموعة <literal>الفيديو</literal> ؛ <systemitem>جذر</systemitem> الاستدعاء (استبدال <literal>$المستخدم</literal> مع اسم المستخدم الفعلي):" #~ msgid "usermod -a -G video $USER" #~ msgstr "نمط المستخدم -a -G video $USER" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis>Reference</emphasis> covers administration, and system " -#~ "configuration in detail and explains how to set up various network " -#~ "services." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis>توصيات</emphasis> يغطي الإدارة، وإعداد النظام بالتفصيل، ويشرح " -#~ "كيفية إعداد مختلف خدمات شبكة الاتصال." +#~ msgid "<emphasis>Reference</emphasis> covers administration, and system configuration in detail and explains how to set up various network services." +#~ msgstr "<emphasis>توصيات</emphasis> يغطي الإدارة، وإعداد النظام بالتفصيل، ويشرح كيفية إعداد مختلف خدمات شبكة الاتصال." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The <emphasis>Security Guide</emphasis> introduces basic concepts of " -#~ "system security, covering both local and network security aspects." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "يقدم <emphasis>دليل الأمن</emphasis> المفاهيم الأساسية لنظام الأمن، تغطي " -#~ "الأمن المحلي وأمن الشبكة." +#~ msgid "The <emphasis>Security Guide</emphasis> introduces basic concepts of system security, covering both local and network security aspects." +#~ msgstr "يقدم <emphasis>دليل الأمن</emphasis> المفاهيم الأساسية لنظام الأمن، تغطي الأمن المحلي وأمن الشبكة." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The <emphasis>System Analysis and Tuning Guide</emphasis> helps with " -#~ "problem detection, resolution and optimization." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "يقدم <emphasis>تحليل النظام ودليل الضبط</emphasis> المساعدة في اكتشاف " -#~ "المشاكل وتقديم الحل الأمثل." +#~ msgid "The <emphasis>System Analysis and Tuning Guide</emphasis> helps with problem detection, resolution and optimization." +#~ msgstr "يقدم <emphasis>تحليل النظام ودليل الضبط</emphasis> المساعدة في اكتشاف المشاكل وتقديم الحل الأمثل." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis>Virtualization with KVM</emphasis> offers an introduction to " -#~ "setting up and managing virtualization with KVM, libvirt and QEMU tools." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis>المحاكاة الافتراضية مع KVM</emphasis> يوفر مقدمة لإعداد وإدارة " -#~ "المحاكاة الافتراضية مع أدوات بعثة التحقق في كوسوفو و libvirt كيمو." +#~ msgid "<emphasis>Virtualization with KVM</emphasis> offers an introduction to setting up and managing virtualization with KVM, libvirt and QEMU tools." +#~ msgstr "<emphasis>المحاكاة الافتراضية مع KVM</emphasis> يوفر مقدمة لإعداد وإدارة المحاكاة الافتراضية مع أدوات بعثة التحقق في كوسوفو و libvirt كيمو." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable Secure Boot in YaST Not Enabled by Default When in Secure Boot Mode" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "تمكين الإقلاع الآمن في ياست غير ممكنة بشكل افتراضي عندما تكون في وضع " -#~ "الإقلاع الأمن" +#~ msgid "Enable Secure Boot in YaST Not Enabled by Default When in Secure Boot Mode" +#~ msgstr "تمكين الإقلاع الآمن في ياست غير ممكنة بشكل افتراضي عندما تكون في وضع الإقلاع الأمن" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST does not automatically detect if the machine has secure boot enabled " -#~ "and will therefore install an unsigned bootloader by default. But the " -#~ "unsigned bootloader will not be accepted by the firmware. To have a " -#~ "signed bootloader installed the option \"Enable Secure Boot\" has to be " -#~ "manually enabled." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ياست لم يكشف تلقائياً إذا كان تم تمكين الإقلاع الآمن للجهاز ومن ثم يتم " -#~ "تثبيت مُحمل الإقلاع غير الموقع بشكل افتراضي. ولكن لن يتم قبول مُحمل الإقلاع " -#~ "غير الموقع من قبل البرامج الثابتة. ليكون لديك مُحمل الإقلاع موقع تثبت " -#~ "الخيار \"تمكين تأمين الإقلاع\" يجب أن يكون ممكناً يدوياً." +#~ msgid "YaST does not automatically detect if the machine has secure boot enabled and will therefore install an unsigned bootloader by default. But the unsigned bootloader will not be accepted by the firmware. To have a signed bootloader installed the option \"Enable Secure Boot\" has to be manually enabled." +#~ msgstr "ياست لم يكشف تلقائياً إذا كان تم تمكين الإقلاع الآمن للجهاز ومن ثم يتم تثبيت مُحمل الإقلاع غير الموقع بشكل افتراضي. ولكن لن يتم قبول مُحمل الإقلاع غير الموقع من قبل البرامج الثابتة. ليكون لديك مُحمل الإقلاع موقع تثبت الخيار \"تمكين تأمين الإقلاع\" يجب أن يكون ممكناً يدوياً." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Wrong Bootloader When Installing from a Live Medium in a UEFI Environment" +#~ msgid "Wrong Bootloader When Installing from a Live Medium in a UEFI Environment" #~ msgstr "خطأ مُحمل الإقلاع عند تثبيته من وسيط حي في بيئة UEFI" #~ msgid "This only affects machines in UEFI mode." #~ msgstr "هذا يؤثر فقط على الأجهزة في وضع UEFI." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When using the installer on the live medium, YaST does not detect UEFI " -#~ "mode and therefore installs the legacy bootloader. This results in a not " -#~ "bootable system. The bootloader has to be switched from grub2 to grub2-" -#~ "efi manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "عند استخدام المثبت على وسيط حي، لا يكشف ياست عن وضع UEFI وثم يقوم بتثبيت " -#~ "مُحمل الإقلاع القديمة. ينتج عن هذا نظام غير قابل للتمهيد. أداة مُحمل " -#~ "الإقلاع يجب أن تنتقل من grub2 إلى grub2 efi يدوياً." +#~ msgid "When using the installer on the live medium, YaST does not detect UEFI mode and therefore installs the legacy bootloader. This results in a not bootable system. The bootloader has to be switched from grub2 to grub2-efi manually." +#~ msgstr "عند استخدام المثبت على وسيط حي، لا يكشف ياست عن وضع UEFI وثم يقوم بتثبيت مُحمل الإقلاع القديمة. ينتج عن هذا نظام غير قابل للتمهيد. أداة مُحمل الإقلاع يجب أن تنتقل من grub2 إلى grub2 efi يدوياً." #~ msgid "Crypted LVM in UEFI Mode Needs /boot Partition" #~ msgstr "يحتاج Crypted LVM في نمط UEFI Needs /boot لقسم إقلاع" @@ -1021,56 +552,23 @@ #~ msgid "This only affects installations in UEFI mode." #~ msgstr "هذا يؤثر فقط على التثبيت في وضع UEFI." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the partitioning proposal when checking the option to use LVM (which " -#~ "is required for full disk encryption) YaST does not create a separate " -#~ "<filename>/boot</filename> partition. That means kernel and initrd end up " -#~ "in the (potentially encrypted) LVM container, inaccessible to the boot " -#~ "loader. To get full disk encryption when using UEFI, partitioning has to " -#~ "be done manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "تحقق من خيار استخدام LVM في اقتراحات التقسيم (مطلوبة من أجل تشفير كامل " -#~ "القرص) لا يمكن لياست إنشاء قسم <filename>/boot</filename> منفصل. وهذا " -#~ "يعني أن نواة initrd في نهاية المطاف ستحوي LVM (يحتمل أن تكون مشفرة) ولا " -#~ "يمكن الوصول إليها من قبل محمل الإقلاع. ينبغي إعداد تقسيم UEFI يدوياً " -#~ "للحصول على تشفير كامل القرص." +#~ msgid "In the partitioning proposal when checking the option to use LVM (which is required for full disk encryption) YaST does not create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. That means kernel and initrd end up in the (potentially encrypted) LVM container, inaccessible to the boot loader. To get full disk encryption when using UEFI, partitioning has to be done manually." +#~ msgstr "تحقق من خيار استخدام LVM في اقتراحات التقسيم (مطلوبة من أجل تشفير كامل القرص) لا يمكن لياست إنشاء قسم <filename>/boot</filename> منفصل. وهذا يعني أن نواة initrd في نهاية المطاف ستحوي LVM (يحتمل أن تكون مشفرة) ولا يمكن الوصول إليها من قبل محمل الإقلاع. ينبغي إعداد تقسيم UEFI يدوياً للحصول على تشفير كامل القرص." #~ msgid "systemd: Activating NetworkManager with a network.service Alias Link" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "systemd: تفعيل إدارة شبكة الاتصال مع وصلة الاسم المستعار network.service" +#~ msgstr "systemd: تفعيل إدارة شبكة الاتصال مع وصلة الاسم المستعار network.service" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default, you use the YaST Network Settings dialog (<command>yast2 " -#~ "network</command>) to activate NetworkManager. If you want to activate " -#~ "NetworkManager, proceed as follows." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "بشكل افتراضي، يمكنك استخدام مربع الحوار إعدادات شبكة الاتصال YaST " -#~ "(<command>شبكة yast2</command>) لتنشيط مدير الشبكة. إذا كنت ترغب في تنشيط " -#~ "مدير الشبكة، واصل على النحو التالي." +#~ msgid "By default, you use the YaST Network Settings dialog (<command>yast2 network</command>) to activate NetworkManager. If you want to activate NetworkManager, proceed as follows." +#~ msgstr "بشكل افتراضي، يمكنك استخدام مربع الحوار إعدادات شبكة الاتصال YaST (<command>شبكة yast2</command>) لتنشيط مدير الشبكة. إذا كنت ترغب في تنشيط مدير الشبكة، واصل على النحو التالي." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The <literal>NETWORKMANAGER</literal> sysconfig variable in <filename>/" -#~ "etc/sysconfig/network/config</filename> to activate NetworkManager has " -#~ "been replaced with a systemd <literal>network.service</literal> alias " -#~ "link, which will be created with the" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "تم استبدال المتغير <literal>مدير الشبكة</literal> sysconfig في <filename>/" -#~ "etc/sysconfig/network/config</filename> لتنشيط مدير الشبكة مع ارتباط " -#~ "الاسم المستعار <literal>network.service</literal> systemd، الذي سيتم " -#~ "إنشاؤه" +#~ msgid "The <literal>NETWORKMANAGER</literal> sysconfig variable in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network/config</filename> to activate NetworkManager has been replaced with a systemd <literal>network.service</literal> alias link, which will be created with the" +#~ msgstr "تم استبدال المتغير <literal>مدير الشبكة</literal> sysconfig في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network/config</filename> لتنشيط مدير الشبكة مع ارتباط الاسم المستعار <literal>network.service</literal> systemd، الذي سيتم إنشاؤه" #~ msgid "systemctl enable NetworkManager.service" #~ msgstr "مكن systemctl خدمات مدير الشبكة" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "command. It causes the creation of a <literal>network.service</literal> " -#~ "alias link pointing to the <literal>NetworkManager.service</literal>, and " -#~ "thus deactivates the <filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename> script. The " -#~ "command" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "أمر. يسبب إنشاء ارتباط بالاسم المستعار <literal>network.service</literal> " -#~ "يشير إلى <literal>NetworkManager.service</literal>. وهذا يلغي تنشيط أمر " -#~ "البرنامج النصي <filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename>" +#~ msgid "command. It causes the creation of a <literal>network.service</literal> alias link pointing to the <literal>NetworkManager.service</literal>, and thus deactivates the <filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename> script. The command" +#~ msgstr "أمر. يسبب إنشاء ارتباط بالاسم المستعار <literal>network.service</literal> يشير إلى <literal>NetworkManager.service</literal>. وهذا يلغي تنشيط أمر البرنامج النصي <filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename>" #~ msgid "systemctl -p Id show network.service" #~ msgstr "مُعرف systemctl -p يعرض network.service" @@ -1122,12 +620,8 @@ #~ msgid "systemctl disable NetworkManager.service" #~ msgstr "عطل systemctl خدمات مدير الشبكة" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Start the <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> service: " -#~ "<screen>systemctl start network.service</screen>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "تشغيل خدمات <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> : " -#~ "<screen>systemctl تشغيل network.service</screen>" +#~ msgid "Start the <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> service: <screen>systemctl start network.service</screen>" +#~ msgstr "تشغيل خدمات <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> : <screen>systemctl تشغيل network.service</screen>" #~ msgid "To query the currently selected service, use:" #~ msgstr "للاستعلام عن الخدمة المحددة حاليا، استخدم:" @@ -1135,77 +629,38 @@ #~ msgid "systemctl -p Id show network.service" #~ msgstr "مُعرف systemctl -p يعرض network.service" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It returns \"<literal>Id=NetworkManager.service</literal>\" if the " -#~ "NetworkManager service is enabled, otherwise \"<literal>Id=network." -#~ "service</literal>\" and <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> is acting " -#~ "as the network service." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "تقوم بإرجاع \"<literal>Id=NetworkManager.service</literal>\" إذا تم تمكين " -#~ "خدمة مدير الشبكة، وإلا سيعمل \"<literal>Id=network.service</literal>\" و " -#~ "<command>/etc/init.d/network</command> كخدمة شبكة الاتصال." +#~ msgid "It returns \"<literal>Id=NetworkManager.service</literal>\" if the NetworkManager service is enabled, otherwise \"<literal>Id=network.service</literal>\" and <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> is acting as the network service." +#~ msgstr "تقوم بإرجاع \"<literal>Id=NetworkManager.service</literal>\" إذا تم تمكين خدمة مدير الشبكة، وإلا سيعمل \"<literal>Id=network.service</literal>\" و <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> كخدمة شبكة الاتصال." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "GNOME: Workaround to Set Shift or Ctrl+Shift as Shortcut Keys for Input " -#~ "Source Selection" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "جنوم: الحل البديل لتعيين اختصار المفتاح Shift أو Ctrl + Shift كمفاتيح " -#~ "اختيار مصدر الإدخال" +#~ msgid "GNOME: Workaround to Set Shift or Ctrl+Shift as Shortcut Keys for Input Source Selection" +#~ msgstr "جنوم: الحل البديل لتعيين اختصار المفتاح Shift أو Ctrl + Shift كمفاتيح اختيار مصدر الإدخال" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In Gnome 3.6 use the following workaround to set Shift or Ctrl+Shift as " -#~ "shortcut keys for input source selection:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "في جنوم 3.6 استخدم الحل البديل التالي لتعيين اختصار المفتاح Shift أو Ctrl " -#~ "+ Shift كمفاتيح اختيار مصدر الإدخال:" +#~ msgid "In Gnome 3.6 use the following workaround to set Shift or Ctrl+Shift as shortcut keys for input source selection:" +#~ msgstr "في جنوم 3.6 استخدم الحل البديل التالي لتعيين اختصار المفتاح Shift أو Ctrl + Shift كمفاتيح اختيار مصدر الإدخال:" #~ msgid "Install gnome-tweak-tool." #~ msgstr "تثبيت أدوات تعديل جنوم." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Start gnome-tweak-tool (<menuchoice><guimenu>'Activities'</" -#~ "guimenu><guimenu>'advanced settings'</guimenu></menuchoice>)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "تشغيلأداة جنوم- (<menuchoice><guimenu>'أنشطة'</guimenu><guimenu>'إعدادات " -#~ "متقدمة'</guimenu></menuchoice>)." +#~ msgid "Start gnome-tweak-tool (<menuchoice><guimenu>'Activities'</guimenu><guimenu>'advanced settings'</guimenu></menuchoice>)." +#~ msgstr "تشغيلأداة جنوم- (<menuchoice><guimenu>'أنشطة'</guimenu><guimenu>'إعدادات متقدمة'</guimenu></menuchoice>)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Via the left menu, select <menuchoice><guimenu>'Typing'</guimenu></" -#~ "menuchoice>, in the right window, change the settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "عن طريق القائمة اليسرى، اختر <menuchoice><guimenu>'الكتابة'</guimenu></" -#~ "menuchoice>، في الإطار الأيمن، غير الإعدادات." +#~ msgid "Via the left menu, select <menuchoice><guimenu>'Typing'</guimenu></menuchoice>, in the right window, change the settings." +#~ msgstr "عن طريق القائمة اليسرى، اختر <menuchoice><guimenu>'الكتابة'</guimenu></menuchoice>، في الإطار الأيمن، غير الإعدادات." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is also being tracked in the upstream bug report <ulink url=" -#~ "\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=689839\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "هذا يتم تعقبه أيضاً في تقرير العلل <ulink url=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/" -#~ "show_bug.cgi?id=689839\"/>." +#~ msgid "This is also being tracked in the upstream bug report <ulink url=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=689839\"/>." +#~ msgstr "هذا يتم تعقبه أيضاً في تقرير العلل <ulink url=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=689839\"/>." #~ msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 12.3</phrase> Release Notes" #~ msgstr "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 12.3</phrase> ملاحظات الاصدار" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "openSUSE 12.3 Medium May Not Boot on Future Secure Boot Enabled Hardware" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "وسيط اوبن سوزي 12.3 قد لا يقلع في المستقبل عند تأمين إقلاع تمكين الأجهزة" +#~ msgid "openSUSE 12.3 Medium May Not Boot on Future Secure Boot Enabled Hardware" +#~ msgstr "وسيط اوبن سوزي 12.3 قد لا يقلع في المستقبل عند تأمين إقلاع تمكين الأجهزة" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Our double signed shim on openSUSE 12.3 medium may be rejected by future " -#~ "firmwares." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "الرقاقة الموقعة توقيعاً الكترونيا مزدوجا على وسيط 12.3 قد يتم رفضها في " -#~ "المستقبل من firmwares." +#~ msgid "Our double signed shim on openSUSE 12.3 medium may be rejected by future firmwares." +#~ msgstr "الرقاقة الموقعة توقيعاً الكترونيا مزدوجا على وسيط 12.3 قد يتم رفضها في المستقبل من firmwares." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the openSUSE 12.3 medium does not boot on future secure boot enabled " -#~ "hardware, temporarily disable secure boot, install openSUSE and apply all " -#~ "online updates to get an updated shim." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "إذا لم يقلع وسيط أوبن سوزي 12.3 في الإقلاع الآمن مستقبلاً عند تمكين " -#~ "الأجهزة، قم بتعطيل الإقلاع الآمن مؤقتاً وتثبت أوبن سوزي وثبن كافة " -#~ "التحديثات على الإنترنت لتحصل على نظام مُحدث." +#~ msgid "If the openSUSE 12.3 medium does not boot on future secure boot enabled hardware, temporarily disable secure boot, install openSUSE and apply all online updates to get an updated shim." +#~ msgstr "إذا لم يقلع وسيط أوبن سوزي 12.3 في الإقلاع الآمن مستقبلاً عند تمكين الأجهزة، قم بتعطيل الإقلاع الآمن مؤقتاً وتثبت أوبن سوزي وثبن كافة التحديثات على الإنترنت لتحصل على نظام مُحدث." #~ msgid "After installing all updates secure boot can be turned on again." #~ msgstr "بعد تثبيت كافة التحديثات يمكن تشغيل الإقلاع الآمن مرة أخرى." @@ -1213,95 +668,35 @@ #~ msgid "systemd: Cleaning Directories (/tmp and /var/tmp)" #~ msgstr "systemd: تنظيف المجلدات (/tmp and /var/tmp)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default, systemd cleans tmp directories daily as configured in " -#~ "<filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>. Users can change it by " -#~ "copying <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> to <filename>/" -#~ "etc/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> and modifying the copied file. It will " -#~ "override <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "بشكل افتراضي، ينظف systemd المجلد tmp يوميا كما تم إعداده في <filename>/" -#~ "usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>. يمكن للمستخدمين تغيير ذلك عن طريق " -#~ "نسخ <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> إلى <filename>/etc/" -#~ "tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> وتعديل الملف المنسوخ. سيتجاوز <filename>/" -#~ "usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>." +#~ msgid "By default, systemd cleans tmp directories daily as configured in <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>. Users can change it by copying <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> to <filename>/etc/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> and modifying the copied file. It will override <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>." +#~ msgstr "بشكل افتراضي، ينظف systemd المجلد tmp يوميا كما تم إعداده في <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>. يمكن للمستخدمين تغيير ذلك عن طريق نسخ <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> إلى <filename>/etc/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> وتعديل الملف المنسوخ. سيتجاوز <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note: systemd does not honor obsolete sysconfig variables in <filename>/" -#~ "etc/sysconfig/cron</filename> such as <literal>TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR</" -#~ "literal>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ملاحظة: systemd لا يحترم متغيرات sysconfig في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/" -#~ "cron</filename> such as <literal>TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR</literal>." +#~ msgid "Note: systemd does not honor obsolete sysconfig variables in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/cron</filename> such as <literal>TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR</literal>." +#~ msgstr "ملاحظة: systemd لا يحترم متغيرات sysconfig في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/cron</filename> such as <literal>TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR</literal>." #~ msgid "Version:" #~ msgstr "الإصدار:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Then in the 'Typing' section, at the very bottom, find the 'Modifiers-" -#~ "only input source switch' option, where you can set Ctrl Shift_L, for " -#~ "example (meaning, Ctrl key and left shift) or Shift_L Shift_R (meaning " -#~ "both Shift Keys)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ثم في قسم 'كتابة' في الأسفل، تجد الخيار 'خيارات تبديل اختيار مصدر " -#~ "الإدخال' حيث يمكنك تعيين مثلاً Ctrl Shift_L (تعني، مفتاح Ctrl و shift " -#~ "الأيسر) أو Shift_R Shift_L (بمعنى كلا مفتاحي Shift)." +#~ msgid "Then in the 'Typing' section, at the very bottom, find the 'Modifiers-only input source switch' option, where you can set Ctrl Shift_L, for example (meaning, Ctrl key and left shift) or Shift_L Shift_R (meaning both Shift Keys)." +#~ msgstr "ثم في قسم 'كتابة' في الأسفل، تجد الخيار 'خيارات تبديل اختيار مصدر الإدخال' حيث يمكنك تعيين مثلاً Ctrl Shift_L (تعني، مفتاح Ctrl و shift الأيسر) أو Shift_R Shift_L (بمعنى كلا مفتاحي Shift)." #~ msgid "sysvinit Deprecated" #~ msgstr "sysvinit تم تجاهله" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some desktop components depend on services provided by systemd only. So " -#~ "while openSUSE 12.2 still has basic support for booting a system with " -#~ "sysvinit as fallback, sysvinit nevertheless is considered deprecated and " -#~ "probably even faulty or broken in some regard. If you have any issues " -#~ "with a sysvinit booted system, use systemd before filing bug reports." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "بعض مكونات سطح المكتب تعتمد على الخدمات التي يقدمها systemd فقط. لذلك لا " -#~ "يزال أوبن سوزي 12.2 يدعم الإقلاع الأساسي للنظام مع sysvinit كاحتياطي، " -#~ "sysvinit ومع ذلك يعتبر مهمل وربما تسبب في خلل أو كسر لهذا السبب. إذا كان " -#~ "لديك أي مشاكل مع الإقلاع بنظام sysvinit ، جرب استخدام systemd قبل الإبلاغ " -#~ "عن تقارير الأخطاء." +#~ msgid "Some desktop components depend on services provided by systemd only. So while openSUSE 12.2 still has basic support for booting a system with sysvinit as fallback, sysvinit nevertheless is considered deprecated and probably even faulty or broken in some regard. If you have any issues with a sysvinit booted system, use systemd before filing bug reports." +#~ msgstr "بعض مكونات سطح المكتب تعتمد على الخدمات التي يقدمها systemd فقط. لذلك لا يزال أوبن سوزي 12.2 يدعم الإقلاع الأساسي للنظام مع sysvinit كاحتياطي، sysvinit ومع ذلك يعتبر مهمل وربما تسبب في خلل أو كسر لهذا السبب. إذا كان لديك أي مشاكل مع الإقلاع بنظام sysvinit ، جرب استخدام systemd قبل الإبلاغ عن تقارير الأخطاء." #~ msgid "mount and losetup Dropped Support for cryptoloop" #~ msgstr "توصيل losetup قليل الدعم من أجل cryptoloop" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<command>cryptoloop</command> has known weaknesses and is therefore " -#~ "considered obsolete in favor of <command>dm-crypt</command> since years. " -#~ "<command>mount</command> (e.g., via <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>) and " -#~ "<command>losetup</command> now finally dropped support for " -#~ "<command>cryptoloop</command>. This means old fstab entries that use " -#~ "<command>cryptoloop</command> to access encrypted containers no longer " -#~ "work this way. The containers can still be accessed with <command>dm-" -#~ "crypt</command> (<filename>/etc/crypttab</filename>), though. Refer to " -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Encrypted_Filesystems\"/> for " -#~ "examples how to use to the new method." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<command>cryptoloop</command> يعرف بالضعف ويعتبر قديم وهو صالح مع " -#~ "<command>dm-crypt</command> منذ سنوات. <command>توصيل</command> (مثلاً، عن " -#~ "طريق <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>) and <command>losetup</command> الآن " -#~ "يدعم <command>cryptoloop</command>. وهذا يعني أن إدخالات fstab القديمة " -#~ "التي تستخدم <command>cryptoloop</command> للوصول إلى المحتويات المشفرة لم " -#~ "تعد تعمل بهذه الطريقة. لا زالت إمكانية الوصول للحاويات باستخدام " -#~ "<command>dm-crypt</command> (<filename>/etc/crypttab</filename>), بالرغم " -#~ "من ذلك. الرجوع إلى <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/" -#~ "Encrypted_Filesystems\"/> للأمثلة على كيفية استخدامها بأسلوب جديد." +#~ msgid "<command>cryptoloop</command> has known weaknesses and is therefore considered obsolete in favor of <command>dm-crypt</command> since years. <command>mount</command> (e.g., via <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>) and <command>losetup</command> now finally dropped support for <command>cryptoloop</command>. This means old fstab entries that use <command>cryptoloop</command> to access encrypted containers no longer work this way. The containers can still be accessed with <command>dm-crypt</command> (<filename>/etc/crypttab</filename>), though. Refer to <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Encrypted_Filesystems\"/> for examples how to use to the new method." +#~ msgstr "<command>cryptoloop</command> يعرف بالضعف ويعتبر قديم وهو صالح مع <command>dm-crypt</command> منذ سنوات. <command>توصيل</command> (مثلاً، عن طريق <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>) and <command>losetup</command> الآن يدعم <command>cryptoloop</command>. وهذا يعني أن إدخالات fstab القديمة التي تستخدم <command>cryptoloop</command> للوصول إلى المحتويات المشفرة لم تعد تعمل بهذه الطريقة. لا زالت إمكانية الوصول للحاويات باستخدام <command>dm-crypt</command> (<filename>/etc/crypttab</filename>), بالرغم من ذلك. الرجوع إلى <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Encrypted_Filesystems\"/> للأمثلة على كيفية استخدامها بأسلوب جديد." #~ msgid "Mounting Encrypted Partitions Using systemd" #~ msgstr "ضم الأقسام المشفرة مع systemd" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If encrypted partitions are not automatically mounted when using systemd, " -#~ "the <literal>noauto</literal> flag in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> for " -#~ "these partitions could be the cause. Replacing this flag with " -#~ "<literal>nofail</literal> will fix it. For instance, change the following " -#~ "line:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "إذا لم يتم تحميله الأقسام المشفرة تلقائياً مع systemd، يمكن أن يكون في هذه " -#~ "الحالة عُلِم <literal>noauto</literal> في <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> " -#~ "لهذه الأقسام. استبدال هذه العلامة ب <literal>nofail</literal> ليتم " -#~ "إصلاحها. على سبيل المثال، تغيير السطر التالي:" +#~ msgid "If encrypted partitions are not automatically mounted when using systemd, the <literal>noauto</literal> flag in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> for these partitions could be the cause. Replacing this flag with <literal>nofail</literal> will fix it. For instance, change the following line:" +#~ msgstr "إذا لم يتم تحميله الأقسام المشفرة تلقائياً مع systemd، يمكن أن يكون في هذه الحالة عُلِم <literal>noauto</literal> في <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> لهذه الأقسام. استبدال هذه العلامة ب <literal>nofail</literal> ليتم إصلاحها. على سبيل المثال، تغيير السطر التالي:" #~ msgid "/dev/mapper/cr_sda3 /home ext4 acl,user_xattr,noauto 0 2" #~ msgstr "/dev/mapper/cr_sda3 /home ext4 acl،user_xattr،noauto 0 2" @@ -1315,28 +710,14 @@ #~ msgid "Booting with Deprecated sysvinit" #~ msgstr "الإقلاع مع تجاهل sysvint" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default, openSUSE now boots using <command>systemd</command>. In case " -#~ "of trouble, you can try to switch back to the deprecated " -#~ "<command>sysvinit</command> way by pressing the F5 key on the boot. For " -#~ "more information about limitations when booting with sysvinit, see <xref " -#~ "linkend=\"sec.122.sysv\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "بشكل افتراضي، الإقلاع باستخدام <command>systemd</command>. في حالة حدوث " -#~ "مشكلة، يمكنك محاولة التبديل مرة أخرى إلى طريقة مهملة <command>sysvinit</" -#~ "command> عن طريق الضغط على المفتاح F5 عند الإقلاع. للحصول على مزيد من " -#~ "المعلومات حول القيود عند الإقلاع مع sysvinit، راجع <xref linkend=" -#~ "\"sec.122.sysv\"/>." +#~ msgid "By default, openSUSE now boots using <command>systemd</command>. In case of trouble, you can try to switch back to the deprecated <command>sysvinit</command> way by pressing the F5 key on the boot. For more information about limitations when booting with sysvinit, see <xref linkend=\"sec.122.sysv\"/>." +#~ msgstr "بشكل افتراضي، الإقلاع باستخدام <command>systemd</command>. في حالة حدوث مشكلة، يمكنك محاولة التبديل مرة أخرى إلى طريقة مهملة <command>sysvinit</command> عن طريق الضغط على المفتاح F5 عند الإقلاع. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات حول القيود عند الإقلاع مع sysvinit، راجع <xref linkend=\"sec.122.sysv\"/>." #~ msgid "systemd: Supplying Service Start-up Parameters" #~ msgstr "systemd: توفير معلمات بدء الخدمة" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can bypass this new behavior by calling the start-up script directly, " -#~ "for example:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "يمكنك تجاوز هذا السلوك الجديد باستدعاء البرنامج النصي للبدء مباشرة، على " -#~ "سبيل المثال:" +#~ msgid "You can bypass this new behavior by calling the start-up script directly, for example:" +#~ msgstr "يمكنك تجاوز هذا السلوك الجديد باستدعاء البرنامج النصي للبدء مباشرة، على سبيل المثال:" #~ msgid "" #~ "cd /etc/init.d\n" @@ -1348,61 +729,26 @@ #~ msgid "systemd: System Shutdown" #~ msgstr "systemd: إيقاف تشغيل النظام" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To halt and poweroff the system when using <command>systemd</command>, " -#~ "issue <command>halt -p</command> or <command>shutdown -h now</command> on " -#~ "the command-line or use the shutdown button provided by your desktop " -#~ "environment." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "لإيقاف وإيقاف تشغيل النظام عند استخدام <command>systemd</command>، ومسألة " -#~ "<command>وقف-p</command> أو <command>إيقاف التشغيل-h الآن</command> على " -#~ "سطر الأوامر أو استخدام زر إيقاف التشغيل الذي تقدمه بيئة سطح المكتب." +#~ msgid "To halt and poweroff the system when using <command>systemd</command>, issue <command>halt -p</command> or <command>shutdown -h now</command> on the command-line or use the shutdown button provided by your desktop environment." +#~ msgstr "لإيقاف وإيقاف تشغيل النظام عند استخدام <command>systemd</command>، ومسألة <command>وقف-p</command> أو <command>إيقاف التشغيل-h الآن</command> على سطر الأوامر أو استخدام زر إيقاف التشغيل الذي تقدمه بيئة سطح المكتب." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note: A plain <command>halt</command> will not shutdown the system " -#~ "properly." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ملاحظة: <command>halt</command> العادي سوف لن يوقف تشغيل النظام بشكل صحيح." +#~ msgid "Note: A plain <command>halt</command> will not shutdown the system properly." +#~ msgstr "ملاحظة: <command>halt</command> العادي سوف لن يوقف تشغيل النظام بشكل صحيح." #~ msgid "systemd: Making Use of tmpfs: /run, /var/run, /media, etc." #~ msgstr "systemd: الاستفادة من tmpfs: /run, /var/run, /media, etc." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "systemd mounts several directories that are meant to contain volatile " -#~ "data only, as tmpfs filesystems: <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/" -#~ "var/run</filename>, <filename>/var/lock</filename>, and <filename>/media</" -#~ "filename> are those directories. For background information, see <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://lwn.net/Articles/436012/\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "systemd يوصل العديد من المجلدات التي يجب أن تحتوي على بيانات متقلبة فقط، " -#~ "كملفات tmpfs: <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, " -#~ "<filename>/var/lock</filename>, and <filename>/media</filename> هي تلك " -#~ "المجلدات. للحصول على معلومات، انظر <ulink url=\"http://lwn.net/" -#~ "Articles/436012/\"/>." +#~ msgid "systemd mounts several directories that are meant to contain volatile data only, as tmpfs filesystems: <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, <filename>/var/lock</filename>, and <filename>/media</filename> are those directories. For background information, see <ulink url=\"http://lwn.net/Articles/436012/\"/>." +#~ msgstr "systemd يوصل العديد من المجلدات التي يجب أن تحتوي على بيانات متقلبة فقط، كملفات tmpfs: <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, <filename>/var/lock</filename>, and <filename>/media</filename> هي تلك المجلدات. للحصول على معلومات، انظر <ulink url=\"http://lwn.net/Articles/436012/\"/>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note: Do not store files that are meant to survive a reboot, in " -#~ "<filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, etc." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ملاحظة: لا تقم بتخزين الملفات التي يراد منها إبقاء إعادة التشغيل على قيد " -#~ "الحياة، في <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, etc." +#~ msgid "Note: Do not store files that are meant to survive a reboot, in <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, etc." +#~ msgstr "ملاحظة: لا تقم بتخزين الملفات التي يراد منها إبقاء إعادة التشغيل على قيد الحياة، في <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, etc." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "systemd maintains directories as specified in the <filename>tmpfiles.d</" -#~ "filename> directories and in <filename>/lib/systemd/system/systemd-" -#~ "tmpfiles-clean.timer</filename>. For more information, see the " -#~ "<filename>tmpfiles.d</filename> manpage." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "systemd يحافظ على المجلدات كما هو محدد في مجلد <filename>tmpfiles.d</" -#~ "filename> و <filename>/lib/systemd/system/systemd-tmpfiles-clean.timer</" -#~ "filename>. لمزيد من المعلومات انظر<filename>tmpfiles.d</filename> manpage." +#~ msgid "systemd maintains directories as specified in the <filename>tmpfiles.d</filename> directories and in <filename>/lib/systemd/system/systemd-tmpfiles-clean.timer</filename>. For more information, see the <filename>tmpfiles.d</filename> manpage." +#~ msgstr "systemd يحافظ على المجلدات كما هو محدد في مجلد <filename>tmpfiles.d</filename> و <filename>/lib/systemd/system/systemd-tmpfiles-clean.timer</filename>. لمزيد من المعلومات انظر<filename>tmpfiles.d</filename> manpage." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default, systemd cleans <filename>tmp</filename> directories daily as " -#~ "configured in <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "بشكل افتراضي، ينظف systemd المجلدات <filename>tmp</filename> يومياً كما في " -#~ "الإعدادات <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>:" +#~ msgid "By default, systemd cleans <filename>tmp</filename> directories daily as configured in <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>:" +#~ msgstr "بشكل افتراضي، ينظف systemd المجلدات <filename>tmp</filename> يومياً كما في الإعدادات <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>:" #~ msgid "" #~ "d /tmp 1777 root root 10d\n" @@ -1414,29 +760,11 @@ #~ msgid "Timezone Information in <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename>" #~ msgstr "معلومات المنطقة الزمنية في <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The third line of <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> now contains " -#~ "information whether your BIOS clock runs on UTC or in local timezone " -#~ "(previously stored in <literal>HWCLOCK</literal> in <filename>/etc/" -#~ "sysconfig/clock</filename>)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "السطر الثالث من <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> الآن يحتوي على معلومات " -#~ "عن ساعة BIOS إذا كانت تعمل على التوقيت العالمي أو المنطقة الزمنية المحلية " -#~ "(المخزنة سابقا في <literal>HWCLOCK</literal> في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/" -#~ "clock</filename>)." +#~ msgid "The third line of <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> now contains information whether your BIOS clock runs on UTC or in local timezone (previously stored in <literal>HWCLOCK</literal> in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/clock</filename>)." +#~ msgstr "السطر الثالث من <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> الآن يحتوي على معلومات عن ساعة BIOS إذا كانت تعمل على التوقيت العالمي أو المنطقة الزمنية المحلية (المخزنة سابقا في <literal>HWCLOCK</literal> في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/clock</filename>)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> contains wrong drift information " -#~ "(for example after fixing date and time with <command>ntpdate</command> " -#~ "or have <command>ntpd</command> running), set the variable " -#~ "<literal>USE_ADJUST</literal> to \"<literal>no</literal>\" in <filename>/" -#~ "etc/sysconfig/clock</filename>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "إذا كان <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> يحتوي على خطأ انحراف المعلومات " -#~ "كبير (على سبيل المثال، بعد تحديد التاريخ والوقت مع <command>ntpdate</" -#~ "command> أو يكون <command>ntpd</command> قيد التشغيل)، تعيين المتغير " -#~ "<literal>USE_ADJUST</literal> إلى \"<literal>لا</literal>\" في <filename>/" -#~ "etc/sysconfig/clock</filename>." +#~ msgid "If <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> contains wrong drift information (for example after fixing date and time with <command>ntpdate</command> or have <command>ntpd</command> running), set the variable <literal>USE_ADJUST</literal> to \"<literal>no</literal>\" in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/clock</filename>." +#~ msgstr "إذا كان <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> يحتوي على خطأ انحراف المعلومات كبير (على سبيل المثال، بعد تحديد التاريخ والوقت مع <command>ntpdate</command> أو يكون <command>ntpd</command> قيد التشغيل)، تعيين المتغير <literal>USE_ADJUST</literal> إلى \"<literal>لا</literal>\" في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/clock</filename>." #~ msgid "Windows Domain Logon with KDM" #~ msgstr "تسجيل الدخول إلى مجال Windows مع KDM" @@ -1444,14 +772,8 @@ #~ msgid "The SUSE KDM theme does not allow Windows Domain logons." #~ msgstr "لا تسمح سمة سوزي KDM بتسجيلات دخول مجال Windows." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To work around this issue, set DISPLAYMANAGER_KDM_THEME to an empty " -#~ "string in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager</filename> to use the " -#~ "default KDM theme:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "لحل هذه المشكلة، قم بتعيين DISPLAYMANAGER_KDM_THEME إلى سلسلة فارغة في " -#~ "<filename>/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager</filename> استخدام السمة KDM " -#~ "الافتراضية:" +#~ msgid "To work around this issue, set DISPLAYMANAGER_KDM_THEME to an empty string in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager</filename> to use the default KDM theme:" +#~ msgstr "لحل هذه المشكلة، قم بتعيين DISPLAYMANAGER_KDM_THEME إلى سلسلة فارغة في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager</filename> استخدام السمة KDM الافتراضية:" #~ msgid "DISPLAYMANAGER_KDM_THEME=\"\"" #~ msgstr "DISPLAYMANAGER_KDM_THEME=\"\"" @@ -1462,24 +784,11 @@ #~ msgid "Radeon HDMI Sound Output Being Disabled" #~ msgstr "يجري تعطيل إخراج الصوت HDMI Radeon" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Due to problems on some hardware HDMI sound output has been disabled by " -#~ "default on the radeon driver, which is the default driver for AMD/ATI " -#~ "graphics cards." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "نظراً للمشاكل على بعض الأجهزة تم تعطيل إخراج الصوت HDMI بشكل افتراضي على " -#~ "السواقة radeon، وهو برنامج التشغيل الافتراضي لبطاقات الرسومات AMD/ATI." +#~ msgid "Due to problems on some hardware HDMI sound output has been disabled by default on the radeon driver, which is the default driver for AMD/ATI graphics cards." +#~ msgstr "نظراً للمشاكل على بعض الأجهزة تم تعطيل إخراج الصوت HDMI بشكل افتراضي على السواقة radeon، وهو برنامج التشغيل الافتراضي لبطاقات الرسومات AMD/ATI." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It can be re-enabled by adding <literal>radeon.audio=1</literal> as a " -#~ "kernel parameter. In YaST, go to System -> Boot Loader, then click " -#~ "Edit on the default entry, and add the following to the end of 'Optional " -#~ "Kernel Command Line Parameter':" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "يمكن إعادة تمكينه بإضافة <literal>radeon.audio=1</literal> كمعلمة نواة. " -#~ "في YaST، انتقل إلى النظام--> محمل الإقلاع، ثم انقر فوق تحرير على " -#~ "الدخول الافتراضي، وأضف الأمر التالي إلى نهاية 'معلمة سطر أوامر النواة " -#~ "الاختياري':" +#~ msgid "It can be re-enabled by adding <literal>radeon.audio=1</literal> as a kernel parameter. In YaST, go to System -> Boot Loader, then click Edit on the default entry, and add the following to the end of 'Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter':" +#~ msgstr "يمكن إعادة تمكينه بإضافة <literal>radeon.audio=1</literal> كمعلمة نواة. في YaST، انتقل إلى النظام--> محمل الإقلاع، ثم انقر فوق تحرير على الدخول الافتراضي، وأضف الأمر التالي إلى نهاية 'معلمة سطر أوامر النواة الاختياري':" #~ msgid "radeon.audio=1" #~ msgstr "radeon.audio=1" @@ -1487,170 +796,74 @@ #~ msgid "Then reboot to apply the change." #~ msgstr "ثم إعادة تشغيل الكمبيوتر لتطبيق التغييرات." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Miscellaneous: These entries are automatically included from openFATE, " -#~ "the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink url=\"http://" -#~ "features.opensuse.org\"/>)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "متفرقات: هذه الإدخالات مضمنة تلقائياً مع استخدام openFATE, المميزات ونظام " -#~ "الإدارة (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." +#~ msgid "Miscellaneous: These entries are automatically included from openFATE, the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." +#~ msgstr "متفرقات: هذه الإدخالات مضمنة تلقائياً مع استخدام openFATE, المميزات ونظام الإدارة (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation: Read this if you want to install the system from scratch." +#~ msgid "Installation: Read this if you want to install the system from scratch." #~ msgstr "التثبيت: اقرأ هذا إذا كنت ترغب في تثبيت النظام من البداية." #~ msgid "General: Information that everybody should read." #~ msgstr "عامة: معلومات ينبغي على الجميع قراءتها." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "System Upgrade: Issues related to the process if you run a system upgrade " -#~ "from the previous release to this openSUSE version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "نظام الترقية: ما يتعلق بعملية ترقية النظام من الإصدار السابق لهذا الإصدار." +#~ msgid "System Upgrade: Issues related to the process if you run a system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version." +#~ msgstr "نظام الترقية: ما يتعلق بعملية ترقية النظام من الإصدار السابق لهذا الإصدار." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Technical: This section contains a number of technical changes and " -#~ "enhancements for the experienced user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "التقنية: يحتوي هذا القسم على عدد من التغييرات التقنية والتحسينات " -#~ "للمستخدمين ذوي الخبرة." +#~ msgid "Technical: This section contains a number of technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user." +#~ msgstr "التقنية: يحتوي هذا القسم على عدد من التغييرات التقنية والتحسينات للمستخدمين ذوي الخبرة." #~ msgid "Booting with systemd or sysvinit" #~ msgstr "الإقلاع باستخدام systemd أو sysvinit" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default, openSUSE now boots using <command>systemd</command>. In case " -#~ "of trouble, you can switch back to the old way using <command>sysvinit</" -#~ "command> by pressing the F5 key on the boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "بشكل افتراضي، الإقلاع الآن باستخدام <command>systemd</command>. في حالة " -#~ "حدوث مشكلة، يمكنك التبديل إلى الطريقة القديمة باستخدام <command>sysvinit</" -#~ "command> بالضغط على F5 عند الإقلاع." +#~ msgid "By default, openSUSE now boots using <command>systemd</command>. In case of trouble, you can switch back to the old way using <command>sysvinit</command> by pressing the F5 key on the boot." +#~ msgstr "بشكل افتراضي، الإقلاع الآن باستخدام <command>systemd</command>. في حالة حدوث مشكلة، يمكنك التبديل إلى الطريقة القديمة باستخدام <command>sysvinit</command> بالضغط على F5 عند الإقلاع." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to switch to <command>sysvinit</command> permanently, install " -#~ "the <systemitem>sysvinit-init</systemitem> package. To switch back to " -#~ "<command>systemd</command>, reinstall the <systemitem>systemd-sysvinit</" -#~ "systemitem> package." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "إذا أردت التبديل بشكل دائم إلى <command>sysvinit</command> الحزمة " -#~ "<systemitem>sysvinit-init</systemitem> يجب تثبيتها. للرجوع مرة أخرى إلى " -#~ "<command>systemd</command>, فالحزمة<systemitem>systemd-sysvinit</" -#~ "systemitem> يجب إعادة تثبيتها." +#~ msgid "If you want to switch to <command>sysvinit</command> permanently, install the <systemitem>sysvinit-init</systemitem> package. To switch back to <command>systemd</command>, reinstall the <systemitem>systemd-sysvinit</systemitem> package." +#~ msgstr "إذا أردت التبديل بشكل دائم إلى <command>sysvinit</command> الحزمة <systemitem>sysvinit-init</systemitem> يجب تثبيتها. للرجوع مرة أخرى إلى <command>systemd</command>, فالحزمة<systemitem>systemd-sysvinit</systemitem> يجب إعادة تثبيتها." #~ msgid "12.2.2 (2012-06-15)" #~ msgstr "12.2.2 (2012-06-15)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For the moment, these snippets are listed unsorted—we are working " -#~ "on improvements." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "في الوقت الحاضر، يتم سرد هذه المقتطفات التي لم يتم فرزها، ونحن نعمل على " -#~ "تحسينها." +#~ msgid "For the moment, these snippets are listed unsorted—we are working on improvements." +#~ msgstr "في الوقت الحاضر، يتم سرد هذه المقتطفات التي لم يتم فرزها، ونحن نعمل على تحسينها." #~ msgid "YaST AppArmor Configuration Module" #~ msgstr "YaST تكوين الوحدة النمطية لدرع التطبيقات" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FATE Categories for <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse." -#~ "org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "تصنيفات FATE ل <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse." -#~ "org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor، YaST." +#~ msgid "FATE Categories for <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse.org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST." +#~ msgstr "تصنيفات FATE ل <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse.org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor، YaST." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Find the AppArmor Configuration module now in the \"Security and Users\" " -#~ "section of the YaST Control Center." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "عثر على وحدة نمطية لتكوين درع التطبيقات الآن في المقطع \"الأمن والمستخدمين" -#~ "\" من مركز التحكم YaST." +#~ msgid "Find the AppArmor Configuration module now in the \"Security and Users\" section of the YaST Control Center." +#~ msgstr "عثر على وحدة نمطية لتكوين درع التطبيقات الآن في المقطع \"الأمن والمستخدمين\" من مركز التحكم YaST." #~ msgid "GNOME 3" #~ msgstr "جنوم 3" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "GNOME 3 offers a new design for the desktop that is different from GNOME " -#~ "2. As a result, and in order to have users benefit from the changes, the " -#~ "look and feel of your GNOME 2 desktop will not be migrated automatically. " -#~ "The <guimenu>System Settings</guimenu> can be used to customize GNOME 3, " -#~ "and an advanced tool (<command>gnome-tweak-tool</command>) is provided " -#~ "for more detailed customization." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "جنوم 3 تقدم تصميم جديد لسطح المكتب التي تختلف عن جنوم 2. ولكي يمكن " -#~ "للمستخدمين الاستفادة من التغييرات، لن يتم ترحيل مظهر سطح المكتب جنوم 2 " -#~ "تلقائياً. يمكن استخدام <guimenu>إعدادات النظام</guimenu> لتخصيص 3 جنوم، " -#~ "وأداة متقدمة (<command>جنوم-tweak-أداة</command>) لتخصيص أكثر تفصيلاً." +#~ msgid "GNOME 3 offers a new design for the desktop that is different from GNOME 2. As a result, and in order to have users benefit from the changes, the look and feel of your GNOME 2 desktop will not be migrated automatically. The <guimenu>System Settings</guimenu> can be used to customize GNOME 3, and an advanced tool (<command>gnome-tweak-tool</command>) is provided for more detailed customization." +#~ msgstr "جنوم 3 تقدم تصميم جديد لسطح المكتب التي تختلف عن جنوم 2. ولكي يمكن للمستخدمين الاستفادة من التغييرات، لن يتم ترحيل مظهر سطح المكتب جنوم 2 تلقائياً. يمكن استخدام <guimenu>إعدادات النظام</guimenu> لتخصيص 3 جنوم، وأداة متقدمة (<command>جنوم-tweak-أداة</command>) لتخصيص أكثر تفصيلاً." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The standard mode of GNOME 3 requires support for 3D acceleration in the " -#~ "graphic drivers. When 3D acceleration is not available, GNOME 3 then uses " -#~ "the fallback mode. If it turns out that GNOME 3 detects availability of " -#~ "3D acceleration, but the standard mode is unusable, then you likely hit a " -#~ "bug in the graphic drivers. You can force the fallback mode with the " -#~ "\"<literal>gnome.fallback=1</literal>\" argument on the boot line in grub." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "الوضع القياسي لجنوم 3 يتطلب دعم 3D في سواقة تشغيل الرسوميات. عند عدم توفر " -#~ "3D، سيستخدم جنوم3 الوضع القياسي. إذا كان الوضع القياسي غير قابل للاستخدام " -#~ "مع جنوم 3 حتى بعد تعطيل 3D، قد يكون هذا ناتج لوجود خلل في سواقة تشغيل " -#~ "الرسومات. يمكنك تشغيل الوضع الاحتياطية عن طريق \"<literal>gnome." -#~ "fallback=1</literal>\" على سطر الأوامل للشل." +#~ msgid "The standard mode of GNOME 3 requires support for 3D acceleration in the graphic drivers. When 3D acceleration is not available, GNOME 3 then uses the fallback mode. If it turns out that GNOME 3 detects availability of 3D acceleration, but the standard mode is unusable, then you likely hit a bug in the graphic drivers. You can force the fallback mode with the \"<literal>gnome.fallback=1</literal>\" argument on the boot line in grub." +#~ msgstr "الوضع القياسي لجنوم 3 يتطلب دعم 3D في سواقة تشغيل الرسوميات. عند عدم توفر 3D، سيستخدم جنوم3 الوضع القياسي. إذا كان الوضع القياسي غير قابل للاستخدام مع جنوم 3 حتى بعد تعطيل 3D، قد يكون هذا ناتج لوجود خلل في سواقة تشغيل الرسومات. يمكنك تشغيل الوضع الاحتياطية عن طريق \"<literal>gnome.fallback=1</literal>\" على سطر الأوامل للشل." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you use the fallback mode, you can customize the panels by pressing " -#~ "Alt when right-clicking on a panel." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "إذا كنت تستخدم الوضع الاحتياطي، يمكنك تخصيص اللوحات بالضغط على Alt مع زر " -#~ "الماوس الأيمن على لوحة." +#~ msgid "If you use the fallback mode, you can customize the panels by pressing Alt when right-clicking on a panel." +#~ msgstr "إذا كنت تستخدم الوضع الاحتياطي، يمكنك تخصيص اللوحات بالضغط على Alt مع زر الماوس الأيمن على لوحة." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For a brief description of many GNOME Shell features, such as " -#~ "keybindings, drag and drop capabilities, and special utilities, see " -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://live.gnome.org/GnomeShell/CheatSheet\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "للحصول على وصف مختصر للعديد من ميزات جنوم شل، مثل مفاتيح الارتباط، والسحب " -#~ "والإفلات والإمكانيات والأدوات الخاصة، راجع <ulink url=\"https://live." -#~ "gnome.org/GnomeShell/CheatSheet\"/>." +#~ msgid "For a brief description of many GNOME Shell features, such as keybindings, drag and drop capabilities, and special utilities, see <ulink url=\"https://live.gnome.org/GnomeShell/CheatSheet\"/>." +#~ msgstr "للحصول على وصف مختصر للعديد من ميزات جنوم شل، مثل مفاتيح الارتباط، والسحب والإفلات والإمكانيات والأدوات الخاصة، راجع <ulink url=\"https://live.gnome.org/GnomeShell/CheatSheet\"/>." #~ msgid "PulseAudio Sound System" #~ msgstr "نظام صوت PulseAudio" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The PulseAudio sound system is now system-wide integrated and enabled by " -#~ "default for new installation. If you disabled it on a previous release, " -#~ "and want to enable it now, check the <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> " -#~ "variable in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/sound</filename>:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "نظام PulseAudio منظومة متكاملة ممكنة بشكل افتراضي عند التنصيب الجديد. إذا " -#~ "قمت بتعطيله في إصدار سابق، وتريد تمكينه الآن، تحقق من متغير " -#~ "<literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/sound</" -#~ "filename>:" +#~ msgid "The PulseAudio sound system is now system-wide integrated and enabled by default for new installation. If you disabled it on a previous release, and want to enable it now, check the <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> variable in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/sound</filename>:" +#~ msgstr "نظام PulseAudio منظومة متكاملة ممكنة بشكل افتراضي عند التنصيب الجديد. إذا قمت بتعطيله في إصدار سابق، وتريد تمكينه الآن، تحقق من متغير <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> في <filename>/etc/sysconfig/sound</filename>:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> to \"<literal>yes</literal>\" to " -#~ "forcefully enable PA everywhere. Setting <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</" -#~ "literal> to \"<literal>no</literal>\" will disable PulseAudio completely, " -#~ "and setting it to \"custom\" means to keep a custom configuration " -#~ "untouched." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "قم بتعيين <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> إلى \"<literal>نعم</" -#~ "literal>\" لتمكين PA في كل مكان. عين <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> " -#~ "إلى \"<literal>لا</literal>\" سيتم تعطيل PulseAudio تماما، والرجوع إلى " -#~ "الوضع \"مخصص\" للحفاظ على تكوين المستخدم." +#~ msgid "Set <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> to \"<literal>yes</literal>\" to forcefully enable PA everywhere. Setting <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> to \"<literal>no</literal>\" will disable PulseAudio completely, and setting it to \"custom\" means to keep a custom configuration untouched." +#~ msgstr "قم بتعيين <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> إلى \"<literal>نعم</literal>\" لتمكين PA في كل مكان. عين <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> إلى \"<literal>لا</literal>\" سيتم تعطيل PulseAudio تماما، والرجوع إلى الوضع \"مخصص\" للحفاظ على تكوين المستخدم." #~ msgid "Oracle Java Externally Available" #~ msgstr "جافا أوراكل المتاحة خارجياً" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The java-1_6_0-sun package is not anymore part of openSUSE due to a " -#~ "license change. We ship the OpenJDK build as a replacement. openSUSE " -#~ "users who prefer to use the Oracle JDK binary version over the openSUSE " -#~ "OpenJDK build, can download the Oracle version from <ulink url=\"http://" -#~ "oracle.com/java\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "حزمة جافا-1_6_0-sun ليست جزءا من أوبن سوزي نظراً لتغيير ترخيصها. ونحن على " -#~ "في الطريق لبناء OpenJDK كبديل لمستخدمي أوبن سوزي الذين يفضلون استخدام " -#~ "الإصدار Oracle JDK ثنائي عبر أوبن سوزي بناء OpenJDK، يمكن تحميل الإصدار " -#~ "Oracle من <ulink url=\"http://oracle.com/java\"/>." +#~ msgid "The java-1_6_0-sun package is not anymore part of openSUSE due to a license change. We ship the OpenJDK build as a replacement. openSUSE users who prefer to use the Oracle JDK binary version over the openSUSE OpenJDK build, can download the Oracle version from <ulink url=\"http://oracle.com/java\"/>." +#~ msgstr "حزمة جافا-1_6_0-sun ليست جزءا من أوبن سوزي نظراً لتغيير ترخيصها. ونحن على في الطريق لبناء OpenJDK كبديل لمستخدمي أوبن سوزي الذين يفضلون استخدام الإصدار Oracle JDK ثنائي عبر أوبن سوزي بناء OpenJDK، يمكن تحميل الإصدار Oracle من <ulink url=\"http://oracle.com/java\"/>." #~ msgid "CUPS 1.5" #~ msgstr "CUPS 1.5" @@ -1658,39 +871,17 @@ #~ msgid "CUPS 1.5 comes with backward incompatible changes:" #~ msgstr "CUPS 1.5 يأتي مع تغييرات غير متوافق مع الإصدارات السابقة:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "CUPS no longer supports the <filename>~/.cupsrc</filename> or " -#~ "<filename>~/.lpoptions</filename> configuration files from CUPS 1.1. " -#~ "Instead use <filename>~/.cups/client.conf</filename> and <filename>~/." -#~ "cups/lpoptions</filename> that were introduced with CUPS 1.2." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "لم يعد CUPS يدعم ملفات إعداد <filename>~/.cupsrc</filename> أو " -#~ "<filename>~/.lpoptions</filename> من 1.1 CUPS. بدلاً من ذلك استخدم " -#~ "<filename>~/.cups/client.conf</filename> و <filename>~/.cups/lpoptions</" -#~ "filename> التي تم تقديمها مع CUPS 1.2." +#~ msgid "CUPS no longer supports the <filename>~/.cupsrc</filename> or <filename>~/.lpoptions</filename> configuration files from CUPS 1.1. Instead use <filename>~/.cups/client.conf</filename> and <filename>~/.cups/lpoptions</filename> that were introduced with CUPS 1.2." +#~ msgstr "لم يعد CUPS يدعم ملفات إعداد <filename>~/.cupsrc</filename> أو <filename>~/.lpoptions</filename> من 1.1 CUPS. بدلاً من ذلك استخدم <filename>~/.cups/client.conf</filename> و <filename>~/.cups/lpoptions</filename> التي تم تقديمها مع CUPS 1.2." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The scheduler now requires that filters and backends have group write " -#~ "permissions disabled for improved security. If you use third party " -#~ "printer drivers from manufacturers with relaxed file permissions, adjust " -#~ "the permissions manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "يتطلب برنامج جدولة الآن أن عوامل ترشيح و مجموعات لديها أذونات أمنية " -#~ "للكتابة. إذا كنت تستخدم برامج تشغيل الطابعات من طرف ثالث كالشركات المصنعة " -#~ "مع أذونات ملف آمنة، اضبط الأذونات يدوياً." +#~ msgid "The scheduler now requires that filters and backends have group write permissions disabled for improved security. If you use third party printer drivers from manufacturers with relaxed file permissions, adjust the permissions manually." +#~ msgstr "يتطلب برنامج جدولة الآن أن عوامل ترشيح و مجموعات لديها أذونات أمنية للكتابة. إذا كنت تستخدم برامج تشغيل الطابعات من طرف ثالث كالشركات المصنعة مع أذونات ملف آمنة، اضبط الأذونات يدوياً." #~ msgid "The rename Command" #~ msgstr "أمر إعادة تسمية" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "According to the GNU Coding Standards, the rename command now treats all " -#~ "strings beginning with a dash as a command line option. To prevent this, " -#~ "separate the option from the other arguments with <literal>--</literal> " -#~ "as follows:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "وفقا لمعايير ترميز جنو، يعامل الأمر rename الآن كافة السلاسل التي تبدأ مع " -#~ "شرطة كخيار سطر الأوامر. لمنع هذا، افصل الخيار من الوسائط الأخرى مع " -#~ "<literal>–</literal> كما يلي:" +#~ msgid "According to the GNU Coding Standards, the rename command now treats all strings beginning with a dash as a command line option. To prevent this, separate the option from the other arguments with <literal>--</literal> as follows:" +#~ msgstr "وفقا لمعايير ترميز جنو، يعامل الأمر rename الآن كافة السلاسل التي تبدأ مع شرطة كخيار سطر الأوامر. لمنع هذا، افصل الخيار من الوسائط الأخرى مع <literal>–</literal> كما يلي:" #~ msgid "" #~ "#!/bin/bash\n" @@ -1706,43 +897,19 @@ #~ msgid "NetworkManager Command Line Interface" #~ msgstr "واجهة سطر الأوامر مدير الشبكة" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<command>cnetworkmanager</command> is no longer available—use " -#~ "<command>nmcli</command> instead. For migration information, see <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://repo.or.cz/w/cnetworkmanager.git/blob_plain/HEAD:/nmcli-" -#~ "migration.html\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<command>مدير الشبكة</command> لم يعد يتوفر – استخدام <command>nmcli</" -#~ "command> بدلا من ذلك. للحصول على معلومات الانتقال، انظر <ulink url=" -#~ "\"http://repo.or.cz/w/cnetworkmanager.git/blob_plain/HEAD:/nmcli-" -#~ "migration.html\"/>." +#~ msgid "<command>cnetworkmanager</command> is no longer available—use <command>nmcli</command> instead. For migration information, see <ulink url=\"http://repo.or.cz/w/cnetworkmanager.git/blob_plain/HEAD:/nmcli-migration.ht…"/>." +#~ msgstr "<command>مدير الشبكة</command> لم يعد يتوفر – استخدام <command>nmcli</command> بدلا من ذلك. للحصول على معلومات الانتقال، انظر <ulink url=\"http://repo.or.cz/w/cnetworkmanager.git/blob_plain/HEAD:/nmcli-migration.ht…"/>." #~ msgid "rpm: %_topdir Changed for Non-root Users" #~ msgstr "rpm: %_topdir تغيرت للمستخدم التقليدي" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Unprivileged users can no longer write to <filename>/usr/src/packages</" -#~| "filename>. <command>rpmbuild></command> now uses <filename>~/" -#~| "rpmbuild</filename> by default. To change the directory add a line as " -#~| "follows to <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Unprivileged users can no longer write to <filename>/usr/src/packages</" -#~ "filename>. <command>rpmbuild</command> now uses <filename>~/rpmbuild</" -#~ "filename> by default. To change the directory add a line as follows to " -#~ "<filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "لم يعد المستخدمين غير المتمتعين بامتيازات الكتابة إلى <filename>/usr/src/" -#~ "packages</filename>. <command>rpmbuild></command> الآن يستخدمون " -#~ "<filename>~/rpmbuild</filename> بشكل افتراضي. لتغيير الدليل أضف السطر " -#~ "التالي إلى <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:" +#~| msgid "Unprivileged users can no longer write to <filename>/usr/src/packages</filename>. <command>rpmbuild></command> now uses <filename>~/rpmbuild</filename> by default. To change the directory add a line as follows to <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:" +#~ msgid "Unprivileged users can no longer write to <filename>/usr/src/packages</filename>. <command>rpmbuild</command> now uses <filename>~/rpmbuild</filename> by default. To change the directory add a line as follows to <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:" +#~ msgstr "لم يعد المستخدمين غير المتمتعين بامتيازات الكتابة إلى <filename>/usr/src/packages</filename>. <command>rpmbuild></command> الآن يستخدمون <filename>~/rpmbuild</filename> بشكل افتراضي. لتغيير الدليل أضف السطر التالي إلى <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To use the subdirectory <filename>foo</filename> of <literal>$HOME</" -#~ "literal> add to <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "لاستخدام الدليل الفرعي <filename>foo</filename> ل <literal>$HOME</" -#~ "literal> إضافة إلى <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:" +#~ msgid "To use the subdirectory <filename>foo</filename> of <literal>$HOME</literal> add to <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:" +#~ msgstr "لاستخدام الدليل الفرعي <filename>foo</filename> ل <literal>$HOME</literal> إضافة إلى <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:" #~ msgid "System Shutdown with systemd" #~ msgstr "إيقاف تشغيل النظام مع systemd" @@ -1776,16 +943,5 @@ #~ msgid "12.2.4 (2012-08-02)" #~ msgstr "12.2.4 (2012-08-02)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</" -#~ "filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible " -#~ "to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> " -#~ "completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> " -#~ "sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YAST, which then " -#~ "recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "في حالات نادرة عند تحميل DRM غير النمطية من <filename>initrd</filename> " -#~ "تحدث مشكلة عامة ذات صلة KMS، من الممكن تعطيل DRM في <filename>initrd</" -#~ "filename> تماما. لمجموعة هذ المتغيرات تكوين النظام " -#~ "<literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> إلى <literal>نعم</literal> عن طريق " -#~ "YAST، الذي سيستعيد <filename>initrd</filename> . ثم أعد تشغيل الحاسب." +#~ msgid "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YAST, which then recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine." +#~ msgstr "في حالات نادرة عند تحميل DRM غير النمطية من <filename>initrd</filename> تحدث مشكلة عامة ذات صلة KMS، من الممكن تعطيل DRM في <filename>initrd</filename> تماما. لمجموعة هذ المتغيرات تكوين النظام <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> إلى <literal>نعم</literal> عن طريق YAST، الذي سيستعيد <filename>initrd</filename> . ثم أعد تشغيل الحاسب." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90479 - trunk/lcn/af/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-30 10:35:15 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90479 Modified: trunk/lcn/af/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.af.po Log: mergedmerged Modified: trunk/lcn/af/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/af/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.af.po 2014-10-30 09:34:19 UTC (rev 90478) +++ trunk/lcn/af/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.af.po 2014-10-30 09:35:15 UTC (rev 90479) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-03 17:52+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-30 10:31+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -15,515 +15,272 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:9(title) -msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 13.1</phrase> Release Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:11(releaseinfo) -msgid "Version: 13.1.8 (2013-11-19)" -msgstr "" - -#. bnc#809347 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:14(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:10(title) #, fuzzy -msgid "Copyright © 2013 SUSE LLC" -msgstr "Kopiereg © 2007 Novell Inc." +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Vrystellingsnotas" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:15(para) -msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:12(releaseinfo) +msgid "@VERSION@" msgstr "" -#. Previous Release Notes -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:53(para) -msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:13(productname) +msgid "openSUSE" msgstr "" -#. <para os="slprof"> -#. This public beta test is part of the &opensuse; project. Information -#. about the project is available at <ulink url="http://opensuse.org"/>.</para> -#. -#. <para os="slprof">Find information about known bugs for this beta in the -#. &opensuse; wiki at <ulink url="http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs"/>. -#. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of &opensuse; -#. &suse-version; in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink -#. url="http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports"/>. If you would like to -#. see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the -#. <quote>Release Notes</quote> component. -#. </para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:75(para) -msgid "These release notes cover the following areas:" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:14(productnumber) +msgid "13.2" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:81(para) -msgid "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: These entries are automatically included from openFATE, the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para) +msgid "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" msgstr "" -#. <para>For the moment, these snippets are listed unsorted—we are -#. working on improvements.</para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:89(para) RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:120(para) -msgid "N/A" +#. Previous Release Notes +#: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para) +msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:98(para) -msgid "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Read this if you want to install the system from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:103(para) -msgid "<xref linkend=\"general\"/>: Information that everybody should read." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:108(para) -msgid "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Issues related to the process if you run a system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:113(para) -msgid "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:119(title) -msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "Verskeidenheid" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:141(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title) msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installasie" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:144(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:103(title) #, fuzzy -msgid "For Detailed Installation Information" -msgstr "Begin installasie of bywerking" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:146(para) -msgid "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:152(title) -#, fuzzy msgid "General" msgstr "&Genereer" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:156(title) -msgid "openSUSE Documentation" -msgstr "" - -#. <listitem> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:160(para) -msgid "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the bash shell." -msgstr "" - -#. <para> -#. Find the documentation in -#. <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after -#. installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-manuals_$LANG</systemitem>, -#. or online on <ulink url="http://doc.opensuse.org"/>. -#. </para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:204(para) -msgid "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." -msgstr "" - -# %s is e.g. SCSI, CD-ROM, USB -#. bnc#843201 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:215(title) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Load %s Modules" -msgid "Dropped YaST Modules" -msgstr "Laai %s modules" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:217(para) -msgid "The following YaST modules were obsolete and rarely used these days:" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:223(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-autofs" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:228(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-dbus-client" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:233(systemitem) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "install" -msgid "yast2-dirinstall" -msgstr "installeer" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:238(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-fingerprint-reader" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:243(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-irda" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:248(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-mouse" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:253(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-phone-services" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:258(systemitem) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Power management (APM)" -msgid "yast2-power-management" -msgstr "Kragbestuur (APM)" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:263(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-profile-manager" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:268(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-sshd" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:273(systemitem) -msgid "yast2-tv" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:277(para) -msgid "The main reason for dropping was to decrease the maintenance effort and better focus on other more used modules." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:284(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:172(title) msgid "UEFI—Unified Extensible Firmware Interface" msgstr "" -#. <para>CHECKIT:12.3</para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:286(para) -msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:173(para) +msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:294(para) -msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) +msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." msgstr "" #. bnc#850056 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:311(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:198(title) msgid "UEFI, GPT, and MS-DOS Partitions" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:312(para) -msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:199(para) +msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:318(para) -msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to generate automatically a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:205(para) +msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:326(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:214(para) msgid "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-bootable system." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:332(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:220(para) msgid "The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to avoid this problem completely." msgstr "" #. bnc#850052 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:340(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:228(title) msgid "Booting When in Secure Boot Mode" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:341(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:229(para) msgid "This only affects machines in UEFI mode with secure boot enabled." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:344(para) -msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 12.3. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine it the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:232(para) +msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:357(title) -msgid "Adobe Reader (acroread) and Other PDF Readers" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:359(para) -msgid "Adobe no longer provides (security) updates for Adobe Reader (<systemitem>acroread</systemitem>). Therefore the <systemitem>acroread</systemitem> package was dropped from the distribution to protect openSUSE users." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:365(para) -msgid "openSUSE includes various PDF viewing tools like Okular, Evince, and poppler-tools. These tools are actively maintained and get security fixes from openSUSE and their upstream authors." -msgstr "" - -#. <para> -#. If you require Adobe Reader specific features, prefer wine with the -#. still supported Windows version over the insecure Linux version. You -#. can get both these versions from Adobe. -#. </para> -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:378(para) -msgid "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:386(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:245(title) #, fuzzy msgid "System Upgrade" msgstr "Stelselarea-items" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:390(title) -msgid "Upgrading with Zypper (dup) Requires /etc/fstab Cleanup" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:252(title) +msgid "Technical" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:392(para) -msgid "When upgrading with <command>zypper dup</command> (YaST upgrade handles it automatically) users should remove the following <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> entries if present:" +#. bnc#850053 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:256(title) +msgid "Garbage on the Screen During Installation with the Nouveau Driver" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:397(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"tmpfs /dev/shm\n" -"devpts /dev/pts\n" -"sysfs /sys sysfs\n" -"proc /proc proc" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:257(para) +msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:402(para) -msgid "This is especially important for Gnome users, otherwise the Gnome terminal will fail with \"<literal>grantpt failed: Operation not permitted</literal>\". These mount points are managed by <command>systemd</command> and should no longer be present in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:261(para) +msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." msgstr "" -#. bnc#790805 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:429(title) -msgid "SYSLOG_DAEMON Variable Removed" +#. bnc#902947 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:271(title) +msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:430(para) -msgid "The SYSLOG_DAEMON variable has been removed. Previously, it was used to select the syslog daemon. Starting with openSUSE 12.3, only one syslog implementation can be installed at a time on a system and will be selected automatically for usage." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:273(para) +msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:436(para) -msgid "For details, see the syslog(8) manpage." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:279(para) +msgid "The migration process requires two steps:" msgstr "" -#. bnc#850054 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:443(title) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Interface" -msgid "Duplicated Network Interfaces" -msgstr "Netwerkkoppelvlak" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:444(para) -msgid "The current version of systemd uses a new convention for assigning predictable names to network interfaces. YaST is changed accordingly." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:284(para) +msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:449(para) -msgid "Some reports indicate a bug in YaST when conversion from one naming scheme to another takes place. If the same network interface has two different names, you have been hit by this bug. In this case remove the different network interfaces in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network</filename> and use YaST to configure the network anew." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:291(para) +msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:457(para) -msgid "For more information about predictable network interface names, see <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfac…"/>." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:298(para) +msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:467(title) -msgid "Technical" +#. bnc#850058 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:335(title) +msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:471(title) -msgid "Initializing Graphics with KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:336(para) +msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" msgstr "" -#. 13.2: to be removed from the release notes: -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=849188 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:476(para) -msgid "With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, ATI and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter problems with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable KMS by adding <literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command line. To set this permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add it to the <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default load options line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text file as root and running the terminal command" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:487(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:339(screen) #, no-wrap -msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg" +msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:488(para) -msgid "for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the kernel command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also done as root. This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module (intel, radeon, nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in <filename>initrd</filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:340(para) +msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:497(para) -msgid "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:341(para) +msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:505(para) -msgid "On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</literal> driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver (<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>." -msgstr "" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:374(title) +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "Verskeidenheid" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:515(para) -msgid "On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the <literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify the <literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:375(para) +msgid "N/A" msgstr "" -#. bnc#850053 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:525(title) -msgid "Garbage on the Screen During Installation with the Nouveau Driver" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:528(para) -msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:535(para) -msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." -msgstr "" - -#. via mail: ddiss -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:672(title) +#. bnc#809347 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:381(title) #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Other Versions" -msgid "Samba Version 4.1" -msgstr "Ander weergawes" +#| msgid "Memory Information" +msgid "More Information and Feedback" +msgstr "Geheue-inligting" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:673(para) -msgid "Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This functionality is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-wide MIT Kerberos." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:385(para) +msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs." msgstr "" -#. bnc#796161 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:683(title) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configuration" -msgid "Configuring Postfix" -msgstr "Konfigurasie" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:684(para) -msgid "With openSUSE 12.3, <filename>SuSEconfig.postfix</filename> was renamed as <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename>. If you set sysconfig variables in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/postfix</filename> or <filename>/etc/sysconfig/mail</filename>, you must manually run <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename> as root." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:388(para) +msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" msgstr "" -#. bnc#816211 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:752(title) -msgid "xinetd: Logging to the System Log" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:389(screen) +#, no-wrap +msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm" msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:753(para) -msgid "The new default for <command>xinetd</command> changes the default target for logging from <filename>/var/log/xinetd.log</filename> to the system log. This means all messages from <command>xinetd</command> will appear in a system log as a facility daemon and log level info." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:390(para) +msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:760(para) -msgid "If you want to switch back the the old way, find a proper snippet in <filename>/etc/xinetd.conf</filename>. The template for the logrotate script for <filename>xinetd.log</filename> can be found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/xinetd/logrotate</filename>." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:393(para) +msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." msgstr "" -#. bnc#842381 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:770(title) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Other Versions" -msgid "Apache Version 2.4" -msgstr "Ander weergawes" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:771(para) -msgid "Apache 2.4 features various changes in the configuration files. For more information about upgrading from a previous version, see <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/upgrading.html\"/>." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:397(para) +msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." msgstr "" -#. bnc#816211 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:780(title) -msgid "tomcat: Logging to the System Log" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:400(para) +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:781(para) -msgid "The tomcat startup scripts doe no longer write the output to <filename>/var/log/tomcat/catalina.out</filename>. All messages are now redirected to the system log via <systemitem>tomcat.service</systemitem> (<systemitem>tomcat-jsvc.service</systemitem>) and log level info." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:405(para) +msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE." msgstr "" -#. bnc#839661 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:792(title) -msgid "Darktable: Refreshing Cache Files Needed" -msgstr "" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:410(para) +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC" +msgstr "Kopiereg © 2007 Novell Inc." -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:793(para) -msgid "If upgrading from a previous release to openSUSE 13.1 old cache files may no longer work. In this case removing <filename>~/.cache/darktable/mipmaps</filename> is necessary." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para) +msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE." msgstr "" -#. bnc#847801 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:802(title) -msgid "Locate: Replacing findutils-locate by mlocate" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para) +msgid "The openSUSE Team." msgstr "" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:804(para) -msgid "The <command>mlocate</command> tool is the replacement for <command>findutils-locate</command>. In the default configuration <command>mlocate</command> behave the same as <command>findutils-locate</command>. Because of an improved permission handling, it could take up to 24 hours, until the database file will become available to regular users." -msgstr "" +#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:0(None) +#, fuzzy +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "vertaler_krediete" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:812(para) -msgid "In case you encounter a \"Permission denied\" message shortly after installing <command>mlocate</command>, run" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "For Detailed Installation Information" +#~ msgstr "Begin installasie of bywerking" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:816(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "/etc/cron.daily/mlocate.cron" -msgstr "" +# %s is e.g. SCSI, CD-ROM, USB +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Load %s Modules" +#~ msgid "Dropped YaST Modules" +#~ msgstr "Laai %s modules" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:817(para) #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Invalid root device." -msgid "as root once." -msgstr "Ongeldige stamtoestel." +#~| msgid "install" +#~ msgid "yast2-dirinstall" +#~ msgstr "installeer" -#. bnc#848969 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:824(title) -msgid "KDE and Bluetooth" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Power management (APM)" +#~ msgid "yast2-power-management" +#~ msgstr "Kragbestuur (APM)" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:825(para) -msgid "The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-incompatbile version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some other components of the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace only supports Bluez version 4 in its currently-released versions." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Network Interface" +#~ msgid "Duplicated Network Interfaces" +#~ msgstr "Netwerkkoppelvlak" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:832(para) -msgid "Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work jet, like file transfer." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Other Versions" +#~ msgid "Samba Version 4.1" +#~ msgstr "Ander weergawes" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:838(para) -msgid "For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE as the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Configuration" +#~ msgid "Configuring Postfix" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurasie" -#. bnc#850058 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:846(title) -msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Other Versions" +#~ msgid "Apache Version 2.4" +#~ msgstr "Ander weergawes" -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:847(para) -msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working, if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:853(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:854(para) -msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:858(para) -msgid "Even if it helps report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to cover also corner cases." -msgstr "" - -#. bnc#850057 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:866(title) -msgid "Skype" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:867(para) -msgid "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux (v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> from the command line:" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:872(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype" -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:873(para) -msgid "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. bnc#851588 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:881(title) #, fuzzy -#| msgid "AutoYaST file" -msgid "AutoYaST" -msgstr "Outo-YaST-lêer" +#~| msgid "Invalid root device." +#~ msgid "as root once." +#~ msgstr "Ongeldige stamtoestel." -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:882(para) -msgid "If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in the profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second stage. Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are skipped, which normally leads to more or less completely unusable installations." -msgstr "" - -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:890(para) -msgid "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1." -msgstr "" - -#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 -#: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.xml:0(None) #, fuzzy -msgid "translator-credits" -msgstr "vertaler_krediete" +#~| msgid "AutoYaST file" +#~ msgid "AutoYaST" +#~ msgstr "Outo-YaST-lêer" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Automated Installation" @@ -584,10 +341,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Naambediener" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Prerelease Notes" -#~ msgstr "Vrystellingsnotas" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "YaST Gtk and Qt Front-Ends" #~ msgstr "Sagtewarebestuur loop reeds." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90478 - trunk/lcn/50-pot
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-30 10:34:19 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90478 Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pot Log: update Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/50-pot/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pot 2014-10-30 08:57:50 UTC (rev 90477) +++ trunk/lcn/50-pot/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pot 2014-10-30 09:34:19 UTC (rev 90478) @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-28 11:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-30 10:31+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -25,286 +25,192 @@ msgid "13.2" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:16(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para) msgid "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" msgstr "" #. Previous Release Notes -#: xml/release-notes.xml:49(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para) msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:86(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title) msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:89(title) -msgid "For Detailed Installation Information" -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:91(para) -msgid "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:97(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:103(title) msgid "General" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:101(title) -msgid "openSUSE Documentation" -msgstr "" - -#. <listitem> -#: xml/release-notes.xml:105(para) -msgid "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the bash shell." -msgstr "" - -#. <para> -#. Find the documentation in -#. <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after -#. installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-manuals_$LANG</systemitem>, -#. or online on <ulink url="http://doc.opensuse.org"/>. -#. </para> -#: xml/release-notes.xml:146(para) -msgid "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:160(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:172(title) msgid "UEFI—Unified Extensible Firmware Interface" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:161(para) xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) xml/release-notes.xml:200(para) xml/release-notes.xml:223(para) xml/release-notes.xml:261(para) xml/release-notes.xml:278(para) xml/release-notes.xml:288(para) xml/release-notes.xml:302(para) xml/release-notes.xml:315(para) xml/release-notes.xml:326(para) -msgid "CHECKIT:13.1" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:173(para) +msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:162(para) -msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) +msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:167(para) -msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." -msgstr "" - #. bnc#850056 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:180(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:198(title) msgid "UEFI, GPT, and MS-DOS Partitions" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:182(para) -msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:199(para) +msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:185(para) -msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to generate automatically a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:205(para) +msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:190(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:214(para) msgid "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-bootable system." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:193(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:220(para) msgid "The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to avoid this problem completely." msgstr "" #. bnc#850052 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:199(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:228(title) msgid "Booting When in Secure Boot Mode" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:201(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:229(para) msgid "This only affects machines in UEFI mode with secure boot enabled." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:202(para) -msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 12.3. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine it the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:232(para) +msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:211(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:245(title) msgid "System Upgrade" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:218(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:252(title) msgid "Technical" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:222(title) -msgid "Initializing Graphics with KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)" -msgstr "" - -#. 13.2: to be removed from the release notes: -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=849188 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:227(para) -msgid "With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, ATI and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter problems with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable KMS by adding <literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command line. To set this permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add it to the <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default load options line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text file as root and running the terminal command" -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:233(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg" -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:234(para) -msgid "for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the kernel command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also done as root. This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module (intel, radeon, nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in <filename>initrd</filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled." -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:239(para) -msgid "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:245(para) -msgid "On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</literal> driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver (<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>." -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:252(para) -msgid "On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the <literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify the <literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter." -msgstr "" - #. bnc#850053 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:260(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:256(title) msgid "Garbage on the Screen During Installation with the Nouveau Driver" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:262(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:257(para) msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:266(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:261(para) msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." msgstr "" -#. via mail: ddiss -#: xml/release-notes.xml:277(title) -msgid "Samba Version 4.1" +#. bnc#902947 +#: xml/release-notes.xml:271(title) +msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:279(para) -msgid "Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This functionality is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-wide MIT Kerberos." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:273(para) +msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." msgstr "" -#. bnc#848969 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:287(title) -msgid "KDE and Bluetooth" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:279(para) +msgid "The migration process requires two steps:" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:289(para) -msgid "The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-incompatbile version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some other components of the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace only supports Bluez version 4 in its currently-released versions." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:284(para) +msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:292(para) -msgid "Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work jet, like file transfer." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:291(para) +msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:295(para) -msgid "For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE as the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:298(para) +msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system." msgstr "" #. bnc#850058 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:301(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:335(title) msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:303(para) -msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working, if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" +#: xml/release-notes.xml:336(para) +msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:306(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:339(screen) #, no-wrap msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:307(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:340(para) msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:308(para) -msgid "Even if it helps report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to cover also corner cases." +#: xml/release-notes.xml:341(para) +msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases." msgstr "" -#. bnc#850057 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:314(title) -msgid "Skype" -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:316(para) -msgid "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux (v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> from the command line:" -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:318(screen) -#, no-wrap -msgid "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype" -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:319(para) -msgid "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. bnc#851588 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:325(title) -msgid "AutoYaST" -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:327(para) -msgid "If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in the profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second stage. Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are skipped, which normally leads to more or less completely unusable installations." -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:331(para) -msgid "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1." -msgstr "" - -#: xml/release-notes.xml:338(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:374(title) msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:339(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:375(para) msgid "N/A" msgstr "" #. bnc#809347 -#: xml/release-notes.xml:345(title) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:381(title) msgid "More Information and Feedback" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:349(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:385(para) msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:352(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:388(para) msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:353(screen) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:389(screen) #, no-wrap msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:354(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:390(para) msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:357(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:393(para) msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:361(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:397(para) msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:364(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:400(para) msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:369(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:405(para) msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:374(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:410(para) msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC" msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:376(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para) msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE." msgstr "" -#: xml/release-notes.xml:377(para) +#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para) msgid "The openSUSE Team." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90477 - trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po
by marguerite＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: marguerite Date: 2014-10-30 09:57:50 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90477 Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/opensuse-org.zh_CN.po Log: [cn]update opensuse-org Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/opensuse-org.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/opensuse-org.zh_CN.po 2014-10-30 08:43:06 UTC (rev 90476) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/opensuse-org.zh_CN.po 2014-10-30 08:57:50 UTC (rev 90477) @@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ # # Marguerite Su, 2012, 2013. # marguerite <i(a)marguerite.su>, 2013. -# 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>, 2013. +# 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-08 13:41+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-11 08:22+0800\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 17:26+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 16:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified <opensuse-zh(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ "<input type=\"submit\" name=\"searchbutton\" class=\"button\" value=\"执行搜" "索\" />" -#. #include virtual="../sponsors.html" +#. #include virtual="../sponsors.html" #. type: Content of: <html><body><div> #: en/index.shtml:46 en/index.shtml:112 en/index.shtml:153 en/index.shtml:186 msgid " " @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ msgid "---" msgstr "..." -#. #include virtual="../languages.html" +#. #include virtual="../languages.html" #. type: Content of: <html><body><div><div><form> #: en/index.shtml:175 msgid "</select>" @@ -353,63 +353,60 @@ #. type: Content of: <h2> #: en/whats_hot.html:1 -msgid "openSUSE 13.1: Ready For Action!" -msgstr "openSUSE 13.1：蓄势待发！" +msgid "openSUSE 13.2: green light to freedom!" +msgstr "openSUSE 13.2: 自由绿光!" #. type: Content of: #: en/whats_hot.html:4 msgid "" "Dear contributors, friends and fans: <a href=\"https://news.opensuse.org/?" -"p=16841\">The release is here</a>! Eight months of planning, packaging, " -"adding features, fixing issues, testing and fixing more issues has brought " -"you the best that Free and Open Source has to offer, with our Green touch: " -"Stable and Awesome." +"p=18707\">openSUSE 13.2 is out</a>! After one year on continuous improvement " +"in the tools and procedures and many hours of developing, packaging, testing " +"and fixing issues a new stable release is here providing the best that Free " +"and Open Source has to offer with our special green touch: stable, " +"innovative and fun!" msgstr "" -"亲爱的贡献者、朋友们和粉丝们：<a href=\"https://news.opensuse.org/?p=16841\">" -"新版来啦</a>！八个月的策划、打包、功能添加、问题修复、测试和更多的问题修复为" -"您带来了自由开源社区所能提供的最好产物，带有我们绿色之触、稳定卓越的：" -"openSUSE 13.1！" +"亲爱的贡献者、朋友们和粉丝们：<a href=\"https://news.opensuse.org/?p=18707\">" +"openSUSE 13.2 发布啦</a>！历经一年在工具和流程方面的持续进步，以及无数个" +"小时的开发、打包、测试和故障修复，一个新的稳定版本终于成型了。我们的“绿色" +"之触”提供了自由开源软件所能提供的最佳体验：稳定，创新和快乐！" #. type: Content of: -#: en/whats_hot.html:11 +#: en/whats_hot.html:12 msgid "" -"This release did benefit from the improvements to our testing infrastructure " -"and much attention for bug fixing. While a combination of over 6000 packages " -"supporting 5 architectures can never be perfect, we're proud to say this " -"really does represent the best Free Software has to offer! The latest " -"desktops (five of them!), server and cloud technologies, software " -"development tools and everything in between are included as well as a number " -"of exciting, new technologies for you to play with. Enjoy!" +"This is the first release after the change in the openSUSE development mode, " +"with a much shorter stabilization phase thanks to the extensive testing done " +"in a daily basis in the rolling distribution used now as a base for openSUSE " +"stable releases. The perfect balance between innovation and stability with " +"the great level of freedom of choice that openSUSE users are used to." msgstr "" -"本发布版从我们基础测试设施的改进中获益良多，并把很多注意力放在了故障修复上" -"面。虽然超过 6000 个软件包、支持 5 种架构的组合永远无法完美，我们还是要自豪地" -"说这真的是代表自由软件所能提供的最好产物了！最新的桌面（五种都是！），服务器" -"和云技术，软件开发工具和介于其间的东西都被囊括在内了！还有一系列激活人心的新" -"科技等您来把玩！尽情鄉用吧！" +"这是 openSUSE 开发模式改变后的第一个版本，现在用作 openSUSE 稳定版本" +"基础的滚动版本上每天都在进行的大规模测试造就了更短的稳定化阶段，带来" +"了创新与稳定之间的完美平衡，以及 openSUSE 用户习以为常的高自由度。" #. type: Content of: -#: en/whats_hot.html:18 -msgid "<a href=\"https://news.opensuse.org/?p=16841\">Read more ...</a>" -msgstr "<a href=\"https://news.opensuse.org/?p=16841\">阅读更多 ...</a>" +#: en/whats_hot.html:17 +msgid "<a href=\"https://news.opensuse.org/?p=18707\">Read more ...</a>" +msgstr "<a href=\"https://news.opensuse.org/?p=18707\">阅读更多 ...</a>" #. type: Content of: -#: en/whats_hot.html:22 +#: en/whats_hot.html:21 msgid "" "You can <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Features\">learn what is new</a>, " -"<a href=\"http://software.opensuse.org/131\">download it</a> and <a href=" +"<a href=\"http://software.opensuse.org\">download it</a> and <a href=" "\"http://upgrade.opensuse.org\">upgrade</a>!" msgstr "" "您可以<a href=\"http://zh.opensuse.org/Features\">了解更新细节</a>，<a href=" -"\"http://software.opensuse.org/131/zh_CN\">下载它</a>和<a href=\"http://" +"\"http://software.opensuse.org/132/zh_CN\">下载它</a>和<a href=\"http://" "upgrade.opensuse.org\">升级</a>！" #. type: Content of: <h2> -#: en/whats_hot.html:30 +#: en/whats_hot.html:29 msgid "Follow openSUSE on Google Plus" msgstr "在 Google Plus 上关注 openSUSE" #. type: Content of: <a> -#: en/whats_hot.html:31 +#: en/whats_hot.html:30 msgid "" "Keep informed about openSUSE following our <a href=\"https://plus.google." "com/110312141834246266844/\">new Google+ page</a><a style=\"text-decoration:" @@ -420,17 +417,17 @@ "\" href=\"https://plus.google.com/110312141834246266844/?prsrc=3\">" #. type: Content of: -#: en/whats_hot.html:31 +#: en/whats_hot.html:30 msgid "</a>." msgstr "</a>。" #. type: Content of: <h2> -#: en/whats_hot.html:34 +#: en/whats_hot.html:33 msgid "Participate and join the community!" msgstr "参与和加入社区！" #. type: Content of: -#: en/whats_hot.html:35 +#: en/whats_hot.html:34 msgid "" "Whether you're an experienced Linux developer or an end user just getting " "started with Linux, there are many ways for you to participate in the " @@ -455,6 +452,25 @@ "积极的 openSUSE 社员。<a href=\"http://zh.opensuse.org/Portal:如何參與\">心花" "怒放否？赶快抓起爪边的电脑，998 都不要哦！</a>" +#~ msgid "openSUSE 13.1: Ready For Action!" +#~ msgstr "openSUSE 13.1：蓄势待发！" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This release did benefit from the improvements to our testing " +#~ "infrastructure and much attention for bug fixing. While a combination of " +#~ "over 6000 packages supporting 5 architectures can never be perfect, we're " +#~ "proud to say this really does represent the best Free Software has to " +#~ "offer! The latest desktops (five of them!), server and cloud " +#~ "technologies, software development tools and everything in between are " +#~ "included as well as a number of exciting, new technologies for you to " +#~ "play with. Enjoy!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "本发布版从我们基础测试设施的改进中获益良多，并把很多注意力放在了故障修复上" +#~ "面。虽然超过 6000 个软件包、支持 5 种架构的组合永远无法完美，我们还是要自" +#~ "豪地说这真的是代表自由软件所能提供的最好产物了！最新的桌面（五种都是！），" +#~ "服务器和云技术，软件开发工具和介于其间的东西都被囊括在内了！还有一系列激活" +#~ "人心的新科技等您来把玩！尽情鄉用吧！" + #~ msgid "openSUSE 12.3 - Awesome as 1-2-3" #~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.3：卓越天成" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90476 - trunk/lcn/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: vertaal Date: 2014-10-30 09:43:06 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90476 Modified: trunk/lcn/ca/po/software-opensuse-org.ca.po Log: software-opensuse-org.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/lcn/ca/po/software-opensuse-org.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ca/po/software-opensuse-org.ca.po 2014-10-30 08:23:43 UTC (rev 90475) +++ trunk/lcn/ca/po/software-opensuse-org.ca.po 2014-10-30 08:43:06 UTC (rev 90476) @@ -3,10 +3,9 @@ "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 14:18+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-18 10:54+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 09:36+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -37,11 +36,31 @@ msgid "64 Bit PC" msgstr "PC de 64 bits" -msgid "<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">openSUSE startup guide</a>" -msgstr "<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">Guia d'inici d'openSUSE</a>" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">openSUSE " +"startup guide</a>" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">Guia " +"d'inici d'openSUSE</a>" -msgid "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> is an open standard that bundles the various ways (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) to get files into one format for easier downloads. This makes it good for downloading ISOs; particularly for people who can't use P2P because of restrictions from their ISP or University. It can deliver very fast download speeds since most clients support multiple connections, to multiple mirrors, automatically. In addition, it can do automatic error detection, and correction. It needs a special client to handle it though." -msgstr "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Un metaenllaç</a> és un estàndard obert que combina les diferents maneres (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) d'obtenir fitxers en un sol format per a descàrregues més fàcils. Va bé per a descàrregues d'ISO, particularment per a gent que no pot utilitzar P2P a causa de restriccions d'ISP o de la universitat. Pot oferir baixades molt ràpides ja que molts dels clients tenen suport per a connexions múltiples, a múltiples miralls, automàticament. A més, pot fer una detecció automàtica d'errors i correccions. Ara bé, per fer-ho necessita un client especial." +msgid "" +"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> is an open " +"standard that bundles the various ways (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) to get files " +"into one format for easier downloads. This makes it good for downloading " +"ISOs; particularly for people who can't use P2P because of restrictions from " +"their ISP or University. It can deliver very fast download speeds since most " +"clients support multiple connections, to multiple mirrors, automatically. In " +"addition, it can do automatic error detection, and correction. It needs a " +"special client to handle it though." +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Un metaenllaç</a> és un " +"estàndard obert que combina les diferents maneres (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) " +"d'obtenir fitxers en un sol format per a descàrregues més fàcils. Va bé per " +"a descàrregues d'ISO, particularment per a gent que no pot utilitzar P2P a " +"causa de restriccions d'ISP o de la universitat. Pot oferir baixades molt " +"ràpides ja que molts dels clients tenen suport per a connexions múltiples, a " +"múltiples miralls, automàticament. A més, pot fer una detecció automàtica " +"d'errors i correccions. Ara bé, per fer-ho necessita un client especial." msgid "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:License\">License</a>" msgstr "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:License\">Llicència</a>" @@ -55,11 +74,19 @@ msgid "official update" msgstr "actualització oficial" -msgid "A GNOME desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as is (no upgrade)." -msgstr "Un escriptori GNOME que podeu fer servir des de %s o des d'una memòria USB. Es pot instal·lar tal com és (no per actualitzar)." +msgid "" +"A GNOME desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed " +"as is (no upgrade)." +msgstr "" +"Un escriptori GNOME que podeu fer servir des de %s o des d'una memòria USB." +" Es pot instal·lar tal com és (no per actualitzar)." -msgid "A KDE desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as is (no upgrade)." -msgstr "Un escriptori KDE que podeu fer servir des de %s o des d'una memòria USB. Es pot instal·lar tal com és (no per actualitzar)." +msgid "" +"A KDE desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as " +"is (no upgrade)." +msgstr "" +"Un escriptori KDE que podeu fer servir des de %s o des d'una memòria USB.<br/" +">Es pot instal·lar tal com és (no per actualitzar)." msgid "Add repository and install manually" msgstr "Afegiu el repositori i instal·leu manualment" @@ -67,21 +94,31 @@ msgid "Add-On Downloads (optional)" msgstr "Descàrregues complementàries (opcional)" -msgid "After having successfully downloaded the ISO image(s), create a bootable USB stick or burn the image(s) to a DVD (or a CD if the chosen image fits)." -msgstr "Després d'haver descarregat correctament una imatge ISO, creeu una memòria USB d'arrencada o graveu la imatge en un DVD (o CD si la imatge escollida hi cap)." +msgid "" +"After having successfully downloaded the ISO image(s), create a bootable USB " +"stick or burn the image(s) to a DVD (or a CD if the chosen image fits)." +msgstr "" +"Després d'haver descarregat correctament una imatge ISO, creeu una memòria " +"USB d'arrencada o graveu la imatge en un DVD (o CD si la imatge escollida hi " +"cap)." msgid "" "All data is used only for sending openSUSE promotional material\n" " and will not be spread to third parties. We store the data to\n" " inform the users if a new version is available. All requests have\n" " to be screened to fulfill the US export embargo. More information\n" -" about the embargo and a list of countries at wikipedia <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." +" about the embargo and a list of countries at wikipedia <a href='http://" +"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"United_States_embargoes</a>." msgstr "" "Les dades només s'utilitzen per enviar material promocional d'openSUSE\n" " i no s'escamparan a terceres parts. Desem les dades per\n" -" informar els usuaris de les noves versions disponibles. Totes les peticions\n" +" informar els usuaris de les noves versions disponibles. Totes les " +"peticions\n" " han d'escanejar-se per complir l'US export embargo. Més informació\n" -" sobre l'embargo i una llista de països a la Viquipèdia <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." +" sobre l'embargo i una llista de països a la Viquipèdia <a href='http://" +"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"United_States_embargoes</a>." msgid "An internal error happened :-(" msgstr "Hi ha hagut un error intern." @@ -95,8 +132,14 @@ msgid "BitTorrent" msgstr "BitTorrent" -msgid "Boot from the DVD, CD or USB stick. In case your computer does not automatically boot from the chosen device, open the BIOS setup to allow booting from it." -msgstr "Arrenqueu des d'un DVD, CD o memòria USB. En cas que l'ordinador no arrenqui automàticament des del mitjà escollit, entreu a la configuració de la BIOS per permetre-ho." +msgid "" +"Boot from the DVD, CD or USB stick. In case your computer does not " +"automatically boot from the chosen device, open the BIOS setup to allow " +"booting from it." +msgstr "" +"Arrenqueu des d'un DVD, CD o memòria USB. En cas que l'ordinador no arrenqui " +"automàticament des del mitjà escollit, entreu a la configuració de la BIOS " +"per permetre-ho." msgid "Bronze Sponsor" msgstr "Patrocinadors de bronze" @@ -113,11 +156,17 @@ msgid "Category" msgstr "Categoria" -msgid "Choose an installation medium by clicking it and hit the Download button to start the download. Optionally choose your computer type or an alternative download method." -msgstr "Escolliu un mitjà d'instal·lació clicant-hi i després premeu el botó de descàrrega per iniciar la baixada. Opcionalment, trieu el tipus d'ordinador o un mètode de descàrrega alternatiu." +msgid "" +"Choose an installation medium by clicking it and hit the Download button to " +"start the download. Optionally choose your computer type or an alternative " +"download method." +msgstr "" +"Escolliu un mitjà d'instal·lació clicant-hi i després premeu el botó de " +"descàrrega per iniciar la baixada. Opcionalment, trieu el tipus d'ordinador " +"o un mètode de descàrrega alternatiu." msgid "Click here to display these alternative versions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliqueu aquí per veure aquestes versions alternatives." msgid "Click to Download" msgstr "Cliqueu per descarregar" @@ -125,8 +174,12 @@ msgid "Community" msgstr "Comunitat" -msgid "Contains a large collection of software for desktop or server use. Suitable for installation or upgrade." -msgstr "Conté una gran col·lecció de programari per a ús d'escriptori o de servidor. Adient per a una instal·lació o actualització." +msgid "" +"Contains a large collection of software for desktop or server use.<br/" +">Suitable for installation or upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Conté una gran col·lecció de programari per a ús d'escriptori o de servidor." +" Adient per a una instal·lació o actualització." msgid "Countdown" msgstr "Compte enrere" @@ -191,8 +244,12 @@ msgid "Downloads" msgstr "Descàrregues" -msgid "Downloads the installation system and all packages from online repositories. Suitable for installation or upgrade." -msgstr "Descarrega el sistema d'instal·lació i tots els paquets des dels repositoris en línia. Adient per a una instal·lació o actualització." +msgid "" +"Downloads the installation system and all packages from online repositories." +" Suitable for installation or upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Descarrega el sistema d'instal·lació i tots els paquets des dels repositoris " +"en línia. Adient per a una instal·lació o actualització." msgid "Expand all sections ('e')" msgstr "Expandeix totes les seccions ('e')" @@ -207,19 +264,28 @@ msgstr "Més llengües (64 bits)" msgid "For %s run the following as root:" -msgstr "Per a %s executeu el següent com a root:" +msgstr "" +"Per a %s executeu el següent com a root:" msgid "For %s run the following:" msgstr "Per a %s executeu el següent:" -msgid "For Arch Linux, edit /etc/pacman.conf and add the following (note that the order of repositories in pacman.conf is important, since pacman always downloads the first found package):" -msgstr "Per aArch Linux, editeu /etc/pacman.conf i afegiu-hi el següent (noteu que l'ordre dels repositoris dins de pacman.conf és important, ja que el Pacman sempre baixa el primer paquet que troba):" +msgid "" +"For Arch Linux, edit /etc/pacman.conf and add the following " +"(note that the order of repositories in pacman.conf is important, since " +"pacman always downloads the first found package):" +msgstr "" +"Per aArch Linux, editeu /etc/pacman.conf i afegiu-hi el " +"següent (noteu que l'ordre dels repositoris dins de pacman.conf és " +"important, ja que el Pacman sempre baixa el primer paquet que troba):" msgid "Games" msgstr "Jocs" msgid "Get one of the specialized distributions built on openSUSE." -msgstr "Obteniu una de les distribucions especialitzades construïdes a partir d'openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"Obteniu una de les distribucions especialitzades construïdes a partir " +"d'openSUSE." msgid "Getting Help" msgstr "Obteniu ajuda" @@ -242,8 +308,14 @@ msgid "How to Proceed" msgstr "Com procedir" -msgid "If you want to use a direct link but live in a place in the world where our download redirector has not enough information to redirect to the fastest mirror, you can pick a mirror yourself." -msgstr "Si voleu fer servir un enllaç directe però viviu en un lloc del planeta on el nostre redirector de descàrregues no té prou informació per redireccionar-vos al mirall més ràpid, podeu escollir vosaltres mateixos el mirall." +msgid "" +"If you want to use a direct link but live in a place in the world where our " +"download redirector has not enough information to redirect to the fastest " +"mirror, you can pick a mirror yourself." +msgstr "" +"Si voleu fer servir un enllaç directe però viviu en un lloc del planeta on " +"el nostre redirector de descàrregues no té prou informació per redireccionar-" +"vos al mirall més ràpid, podeu escollir vosaltres mateixos el mirall." msgid "Image:" msgstr "Imatge:" @@ -265,17 +337,30 @@ msgid "" "Join the fast-growing community, put openSUSE into more hands by\n" -" getting the latest PromoDVD for your group, non-profit organization, school\n" -" university or event like LUG meetings, installfests, and conferences.\n" +" getting the latest PromoDVD for your group, non-profit organization, " +"school\n" +" university or event like LUG meetings, installfests, and " +"conferences.\n" " Promo DVDs help to increase awareness and visibility of openSUSE!" msgstr "" "Uniu-vos a la comunitat creixent, poseu l'openSUSE a mans de més persones\n" -" obtenint l'últim PromoDVD per al vostre grup, organizació sense ànim de lucre,\n" -" escola, universitat o esdeveniment com ara trobades LUG, festes d'instal·lació i conferències.\n" -" Els PromoDVD ajuden a augmentar el coneixement i la visibilitat d'openSUSE!" +" obtenint l'últim PromoDVD per al vostre grup, organizació sense ànim " +"de lucre,\n" +" escola, universitat o esdeveniment com ara trobades LUG, festes " +"d'instal·lació i conferències.\n" +" Els PromoDVD ajuden a augmentar el coneixement i la visibilitat " +"d'openSUSE!" -msgid "Konqueror of KDE 3 is unfortunately unmaintained and its javascript implementation contains bugs that make it impossible to use with this page. Please make sure you have javascript disabled before you <a href='%s'>continue</a>." -msgstr "El Konqueror del KDE 3 ja no té suport i no és mantingut i la seva implementació java conté errors que el fan impossible d'utilitzar amb aquesta pàgina. Si us plau, assegureu-vos de desactivar el javascript abans de <a href='%s'>continuar</a>." +msgid "" +"Konqueror of KDE 3 is unfortunately unmaintained and its javascript " +"implementation contains bugs that make it impossible to use with this page. " +"Please make sure you have javascript disabled before you <a " +"href='%s'>continue</a>." +msgstr "" +"El Konqueror del KDE 3 ja no té suport i no és mantingut i la seva " +"implementació java conté errors que el fan impossible d'utilitzar amb " +"aquesta pàgina. Si us plau, assegureu-vos de desactivar el javascript abans " +"de <a href='%s'>continuar</a>." # label for language selection msgid "Language" @@ -296,8 +381,14 @@ msgid "Live KDE" msgstr "KDE imatge viva" -msgid "Many applications can verify the checksum of a download. To verify your download can be important as it verifies you really have got the ISO file you wanted to download and not some broken version." -msgstr "Diverses aplicacions permeten verificar la suma d'una descàrrega. Verificar-la pot ser important ja que comprova que tingueu la imatge ISO que voleu i no una versió trencada o incorrecta. " +msgid "" +"Many applications can verify the checksum of a download. To verify your " +"download can be important as it verifies you really have got the ISO file " +"you wanted to download and not some broken version." +msgstr "" +"Diverses aplicacions permeten verificar la suma d'una descàrrega. Verificar-" +"la pot ser important ja que comprova que tingueu la imatge ISO que voleu i " +"no una versió trencada o incorrecta. " msgid "Metalink" msgstr "Metaenllaç" @@ -305,14 +396,36 @@ msgid "More information on burning the ISO file to CD/DVD" msgstr "Més informació sobre gravació d'una imatge ISO en un CD/DVD" -msgid "More information on creating a <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'>bootable USB stick</a>" -msgstr "Més informació sobre la creació d'una <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'>memòria USB d'arrencada</a>" +msgid "" +"More information on creating a <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/" +"Live_USB_stick'>bootable USB stick</a>" +msgstr "" +"Més informació sobre la creació d'una <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/" +"Live_USB_stick'>memòria USB d'arrencada</a>" -msgid "More information on downloading openSUSE is available from the <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> and <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network Installation</a> pages in our <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation\">Documentation Wiki</a>." -msgstr "Més informació sobre la descàrrega d'openSUSE està disponible a <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Ajuda sobre la baixada</a> i a les pàgines de la <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Instal·lació per xarxa</a> de la <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation\">Wiki de documentació</a>." +msgid "" +"More information on downloading openSUSE is available from the <a href=" +"\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> and <a href=" +"\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network Installation</a> " +"pages in our <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation" +"\">Documentation Wiki</a>." +msgstr "" +"Més informació sobre la descàrrega d'openSUSE està disponible a <a href=" +"\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Ajuda sobre la baixada</a> i a " +"les pàgines de la <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation" +"\">Instal·lació per xarxa</a> de la <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:" +"Documentation\">Wiki de documentació</a>." -msgid "Most new computers support <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86-64</a> (also known as AMD64 and Intel64), but some laptop processors and netbook processors do not support it. So you need to check wikipedia if you want to be sure your computer supports it." -msgstr "La mojoria d'ordinadors nous tenen suport per a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86-64</a> (també conegut com a AMD64 i Intel64), però alguns processadors de portàtils o netbooks no en tenen suport. Podeu consultar la Viquipèdia per saber si el vostre en té." +msgid "" +"Most new computers support <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"X86-64\">x86-64</a> (also known as AMD64 and Intel64), but some laptop " +"processors and netbook processors do not support it. So you need to check " +"wikipedia if you want to be sure your computer supports it." +msgstr "" +"La mojoria d'ordinadors nous tenen suport per a <a href=\"http://en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86-64</a> (també conegut com a AMD64 i " +"Intel64), però alguns processadors de portàtils o netbooks no en tenen " +"suport. Podeu consultar la Viquipèdia per saber si el vostre en té." msgid "Multimedia" msgstr "Multimèdia" @@ -350,8 +463,13 @@ msgid "Official Manuals" msgstr "Manuals oficials" -msgid "Only DVD and Network medias are fully tested. Alternatives, like live or rescue systems, are recomended for only limited use." +msgid "" +"Only DVD and Network medias are fully tested. Alternatives, like live or " +"rescue systems, are recomended for only limited use." msgstr "" +"Només s'han provat plenament els mitjans de DVD i de xarxa. Els alternatius, " +"com ara les imatges vives o de rescat, són recomanats només per a un ús " +"limitat." msgid "Package %s not found..." msgstr "No s'ha trobat el paquet %s" @@ -372,30 +490,45 @@ msgstr "Patrocinadors de plata" msgid "" -"Please be aware that the following packages are from unofficial repositories.\n" -" That means they are not reviewed by openSUSE and may contain unstable or experimental software." +"Please be aware that the following packages are from unofficial " +"repositories.\n" +" That means they are not reviewed by openSUSE and may contain unstable or " +"experimental software." msgstr "" -"Si us plau, tingueu present que els paquets següents són de repositoris no oficials.\n" -" Això significa que no estan revisats per openSUSE i que poden contenir programari no estable o experimental. " +"Si us plau, tingueu present que els paquets següents són de repositoris no " +"oficials.\n" +" Això significa que no estan revisats per openSUSE i que poden contenir " +"programari no estable o experimental. " -msgid "Please enter a brief reason (in English!) why you need the DVDs and provide a link of the event/purpose." -msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu una raó breu (en anglès!) de per què necessiteu els DVD i proporcioneu un enllaç de l'esdeveniment/propòsit." +msgid "" +"Please enter a brief reason (in English!) why you need the DVDs and " +"provide a link of the event/purpose." +msgstr "" +"Si us plau, introduïu una raó breu (en anglès!) de per què necessiteu " +"els DVD i proporcioneu un enllaç de l'esdeveniment/propòsit." msgid "Please enter more than 2 characters" msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu més de 2 caràcters" -msgid "Please note that this is not the latest openSUSE release. You can get the latest version <a href='/'>here</a>. " -msgstr "Si us plau, noteu que aquesta no és l'última versió estable d'openSUSE. Podeu obtenir-ne l'última <a href='/'>aquí</a>. " +msgid "" +"Please note that this is not the latest openSUSE release. You can get the " +"latest version <a href='/'>here</a>. " +msgstr "" +"Si us plau, noteu que aquesta no és l'última versió estable d'openSUSE. " +"Podeu obtenir-ne l'última <a href='/'>aquí</a>. " msgid "" "Promo DVDs and all the related artwork -labels and sleeve- can be\n" -" downloaded from the <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\">promodvd\n" -" download directory %s</a>. Keep in mind that this is a special version of openSUSE,\n" +" downloaded from the <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/" +"\">promodvd\n" +" download directory %s</a>. Keep in mind that this is a special " +"version of openSUSE,\n" " namely designed for promotional distribution." msgstr "" "PromoDVD i tot l'art relacionat -etiquetes i caràtules- es pot descarregar\n" " de <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\">promodvd\n" -" directori de baixada %s</a>. Tingueu present que aquesta és una verisó especial d'openSUSE,\n" +" directori de baixada %s</a>. Tingueu present que aquesta és una " +"verisó especial d'openSUSE,\n" " dissenyada per a una distribució promocional." msgid "Related categories:" @@ -410,8 +543,12 @@ msgid "Rescue" msgstr "Rescat" -msgid "Rescue system that you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can not be used for installation or upgrade." -msgstr "Sistema de rescat que podeu executar des d'un CD o d'una memòria USB. No es pot fer servir per a instal·lacions o actualitzacions." +msgid "" +"Rescue system that you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can not be " +"used for installation or upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Sistema de rescat que podeu executar des d'un CD o d'una memòria USB. No " +"es pot fer servir per a instal·lacions o actualitzacions." msgid "Search" msgstr "Cerca" @@ -449,11 +586,22 @@ msgid "Silver Sponsor" msgstr "Patrocinadors de plata" -msgid "Some alternative media (eg. live and rescue systems) are also available, although they are less tested and recommended for only limited use." +msgid "" +"Some alternative media (eg. live and rescue systems) are also available, " +"although they are less tested and recommended for only limited use." msgstr "" +"També teniu a l'abast alguns mitjans alternatius (p.e. imatges vives o de " +"rescat) tot i que s'han provat menys i són recomanats només per a un ús " +"limitat." -msgid "Some of the live distributions based on openSUSE. Those interested in trying to build their own derivatives can take a look at <a href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." -msgstr "Algunes de les distribucions vives basades en openSUSE. Tothom que estigui interessat a construir-ne un derivat propi pot fer un cop d'ull a <a href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." +msgid "" +"Some of the live distributions based on openSUSE. Those interested in trying " +"to build their own derivatives can take a look at <a href=\"http://" +"susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." +msgstr "" +"Algunes de les distribucions vives basades en openSUSE. Tothom que estigui " +"interessat a construir-ne un derivat propi pot fer un cop d'ull a <a href=" +"\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." msgid "Source" msgstr "Font" @@ -482,20 +630,57 @@ msgid "Support" msgstr "Suport" -msgid "The installation process is available in many languages but, for most of them, the translation of the applications is not included in the image. If you want your openSUSE system to support some additional language, you need to download it from the Internet during the installation or any time after it. If you have easy access to the Internet you do not need this CD, but if you are planning to install openSUSE in some machine with no Internet connection, it will provide you access to all the available translations." -msgstr "El procés d'instal·lació està disponible en moltes llengües però, per a la majoria, la traducció de les aplicacions no s'inclou a la imatge. Si voleu que el vostre sistema openSUSE tingui suport d'una llengua addicional, l'heu de baixar d'Internet durant la instal·lació o després. Si teniu accés fàcil a Internet no necessiteu aquest CD, que és només per a màquines sense connexió. Si voleu tenir l'openSUSE en català l'opció més fàcil és instal·lar-lo per xarxa, així ja el tindreu en català des del primer moment i no us caldrà acabar d'instal·lar després els paquets de llengua." +msgid "" +"The installation process is available in many languages but, for most of " +"them, the translation of the applications is not included in the image. If " +"you want your openSUSE system to support some additional language, you need " +"to download it from the Internet during the installation or any time after " +"it. If you have easy access to the Internet you do not need this CD, but if " +"you are planning to install openSUSE in some machine with no Internet " +"connection, it will provide you access to all the available translations." +msgstr "" +"El procés d'instal·lació està disponible en moltes llengües però, per a la " +"majoria, la traducció de les aplicacions no s'inclou a la imatge. Si voleu " +"que el vostre sistema openSUSE tingui suport d'una llengua addicional, l'heu " +"de baixar d'Internet durant la instal·lació o després. Si teniu accés fàcil " +"a Internet no necessiteu aquest CD, que és només per a màquines sense " +"connexió. Si voleu tenir l'openSUSE en català l'opció més fàcil és " +"instal·lar-lo per xarxa, així ja el tindreu en català des del primer moment " +"i no us caldrà acabar d'instal·lar després els paquets de llengua." msgid "Then run the following as root" msgstr "Llavors executeu el següent com a root" -msgid "There is no openSUSE release in testing phase at the moment. If you want to use bleeding edge software, please use <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." -msgstr "Ara no hi ha versió d'openSUSE en fase de proves. Si voleu fer servir programari d'última generació; si us plau, utilitzeu <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." +msgid "" +"There is no openSUSE release in testing phase at the moment. If you " +"want to use bleeding edge software, please use <a href='http://en.opensuse." +"org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." +msgstr "" +"Ara no hi ha versió d'openSUSE en fase de proves. Si voleu fer servir " +"programari d'última generació; si us plau, utilitzeu <a href='http://en." +"opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." -msgid "This CD contains free software distributed under proprietary licence not allowing its inclusion to main installation media together with free open-source software. All software from this CD could be downloaded from NON-OSS repository." -msgstr "Aquest CD conté programari gratuït distribuït sota llicència privada que no permet incloure'l al mitjà d'instal·lació principal conjuntament amb el programari lliure de codi obert. Tot el programari d'aquest CD es pot descarregar des del repositori NON-OSS." +msgid "" +"This CD contains free software distributed under proprietary licence not " +"allowing its inclusion to main installation media together with free open-" +"source software. All software from this CD could be downloaded from NON-OSS " +"repository." +msgstr "" +"Aquest CD conté programari gratuït distribuït sota llicència privada que no " +"permet incloure'l al mitjà d'instal·lació principal conjuntament amb el " +"programari lliure de codi obert. Tot el programari d'aquest CD es pot " +"descarregar des del repositori NON-OSS." -msgid "This version runs on all PCs including those that support 64 Bit. If you have more than 3 GB of RAM you should prefer the 64 Bit version though. openSUSE does not support processors before Pentium - the live CDs even support only i686 (Pentium Pro and later)." -msgstr "Aquesta versió funciona en tots els PC, fins i tot amb els de 64 bits. Si teniu més de 3 GB de RAM, hauríeu de preferir la versió de 64 bits. OpenSUSE no té suport per a processadors més antics que els Pentium - els CD vius fins i tot per a i686 (Pentium Pro i posteriors)." +msgid "" +"This version runs on all PCs including those that support 64 Bit. If you " +"have more than 3 GB of RAM you should prefer the 64 Bit version though. " +"openSUSE does not support processors before Pentium - the live CDs even " +"support only i686 (Pentium Pro and later)." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta versió funciona en tots els PC, fins i tot amb els de 64 bits. Si " +"teniu més de 3 GB de RAM, hauríeu de preferir la versió de 64 bits. OpenSUSE " +"no té suport per a processadors més antics que els Pentium - els CD vius " +"fins i tot per a i686 (Pentium Pro i posteriors)." msgid "Top 1-click downloads:" msgstr "Baixades d'1-clic més usuals:" @@ -512,11 +697,31 @@ msgid "Unsupported distributions:" msgstr "Distribucions sense suport:" -msgid "User manuals are available from <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, for example the <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Official Start-Up Guide</a>." -msgstr "Els manuals d'usuari estan disponibles a <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, per exemple <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">la Guia oficial d'inici</a>." +msgid "" +"User manuals are available from <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org" +"\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, for example the <a href=\"http://activedoc." +"opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Official Start-Up Guide</a>." +msgstr "" +"Els manuals d'usuari estan disponibles a <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse." +"org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, per exemple <a href=\"http://activedoc." +"opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">la Guia oficial d'inici</a>." -msgid "Using <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> is recommended on slow links, especially when downloading the DVD image. BitTorrent downloads have several benefits, the clients protect against data corruption and you help relieving the load on the servers by participating in the upload - if enough people participate it will also be faster than the centralized servers - for everybody. Whatsmore, it allows you to stop the download at any time and resume it later." -msgstr "Usar <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> és recomanable per a enllaços lents, especialment per a la descàrrega del DVD. Les baixades de BitTorrent tenen alguns beneficis: els clients protegeixen contra la corrupció de dades i alhora ajudeu a alleujar la càrrega dels servidors participant també a la pujada -si hi participa prou gent serà fins i tot més ràpid que els servidors centralitzats- per a tothom. Sobretot us permet aturar la descàrrega i continuar-la més tard." +msgid "" +"Using <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> is " +"recommended on slow links, especially when downloading the DVD image. " +"BitTorrent downloads have several benefits, the clients protect against data " +"corruption and you help relieving the load on the servers by participating " +"in the upload - if enough people participate it will also be faster than the " +"centralized servers - for everybody. Whatsmore, it allows you to stop the " +"download at any time and resume it later." +msgstr "" +"Usar <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> és " +"recomanable per a enllaços lents, especialment per a la descàrrega del DVD. " +"Les baixades de BitTorrent tenen alguns beneficis: els clients protegeixen " +"contra la corrupció de dades i alhora ajudeu a alleujar la càrrega dels " +"servidors participant també a la pujada -si hi participa prou gent serà fins " +"i tot més ràpid que els servidors centralitzats- per a tothom. Sobretot us " +"permet aturar la descàrrega i continuar-la més tard." msgid "Verify your download before use" msgstr "Verifiqueu la descàrrega abans de fer-la servir" @@ -530,29 +735,64 @@ msgid "" "We would like you, to keep us informed about your usage of the DVDs, so we\n" " can help you to promote your organization, event or school on our\n" -" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>news page</a>\n" -" or other resources. (Hint! We love photos. Take lots of them!). Please contact us at\n" -" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" +" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>news " +"page</a>\n" +" or other resources. (Hint! We love photos. Take lots of them!). " +"Please contact us at\n" +" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-" +"marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" " to discuss promotion and/or other ways we can assist you." msgstr "" -"Ens agradaria que ens mantinguéssiu informats de l'ús que feu del DVD, per tal que puguem\n" -" ajudar-vos a promocionar la vostra organització, esdeveniment o escola a la nostra\n" -" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>pàgina de notícies</a>\n" -" o altres recursos. (Pista! Ens agraden les fotos! Feu-ne moltes!). Si us plau, contacteu amb nosaltes a\n" -" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" -" per parlar de la promoció o d'altres maneres en què us puguem assistir." +"Ens agradaria que ens mantinguéssiu informats de l'ús que feu del DVD, per " +"tal que puguem\n" +" ajudar-vos a promocionar la vostra organització, esdeveniment o " +"escola a la nostra\n" +" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>pàgina " +"de notícies</a>\n" +" o altres recursos. (Pista! Ens agraden les fotos! Feu-ne moltes!). " +"Si us plau, contacteu amb nosaltes a\n" +" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-" +"marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" +" per parlar de la promoció o d'altres maneres en què us puguem " +"assistir." -msgid "When downloading images other than the CD for network installation, it is strongly recommended to use a proper download manager to reduce the risk of corrupted data." -msgstr "Quan descarregueu imatges diferents del CD d'instal·lació per xarxa, és molt recomanable que feu servir un gestor de descàrregues adient per reduir el risc de corrupció de dades. " +msgid "" +"When downloading images other than the CD for network installation, it is " +"strongly recommended to use a proper download manager to reduce the " +"risk of corrupted data." +msgstr "" +"Quan descarregueu imatges diferents del CD d'instal·lació per xarxa, és " +"molt recomanable que feu servir un gestor de descàrregues adient per " +"reduir el risc de corrupció de dades. " -msgid "You can add the repository key to apt. Keep in mind that the owner of the key may distribute updates, packages and repositories that your system will trust (<a href=\"%s\">more information</a>). To add the key, run:" -msgstr "Podeu afegir la clau del repositori a apt. Tingueu present que el propietari de la clau pot distribuir actualitzacions, paquets i repositoris en què el vostre sistema confiarà. (<a href=\"%s\">Més informació</a>). Per afegir la clau, executeu:" +msgid "" +"You can add the repository key to apt. Keep in mind that the owner of the " +"key may distribute updates, packages and repositories that your system will " +"trust (<a href=\"%s\">more information</a>). To add the key, run:" +msgstr "" +"Podeu afegir la clau del repositori a apt. Tingueu present que el propietari " +"de la clau pot distribuir actualitzacions, paquets i repositoris en què el " +"vostre sistema confiarà. (<a href=\"%s\">Més informació</a>). Per afegir la " +"clau, executeu:" -msgid "You could try to extend your search to development packages or search for another base distribution (currently )." -msgstr "Podeu provar d'ampliar la cerca als paquets de desenvolupament o cercar en una altra distribució de base (vigent)." +msgid "" +"You could try to extend your search to development packages or search for " +"another base distribution (currently )." +msgstr "" +"Podeu provar d'ampliar la cerca als paquets de desenvolupament o cercar en " +"una altra distribució de base (vigent)." -msgid "You could verify the file in the process of downloading. For example a checksum (SHA256) will be used automatically if you choose <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> in the field above and use the add-on DownThemAll! in <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefox</a>." -msgstr "Podeu verificar el fitxer durant el procés de baixada. Per exemple, es farà servir automàticament una suma de verificació (SHA256) si escolliu <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metaenllaç</a> al camp anterior i useu el complement DownThemAll! al <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefox</a>." +msgid "" +"You could verify the file in the process of downloading. For example a " +"checksum (SHA256) will be used automatically if you choose <a href='http://" +"en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> in the field above and use the " +"add-on DownThemAll! in <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefox</a>." +msgstr "" +"Podeu verificar el fitxer durant el procés de baixada. Per exemple, es farà " +"servir automàticament una suma de verificació (SHA256) si escolliu <a " +"href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metaenllaç</a> al camp anterior i " +"useu el complement DownThemAll! al <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/" +"Firefox'>Firefox</a>." msgid "gpg signature" msgstr "signatura gpg" @@ -593,8 +833,12 @@ msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/" msgstr "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/" -msgid "is still the most commonly used checksum. Many ISO burners display it right before burning." -msgstr "és encara la suma de verificació més usada. Molts gravadors d'ISO la mostren abans d'enregistrar-les." +msgid "" +"is still the most commonly used checksum. Many ISO burners display it right " +"before burning." +msgstr "" +"és encara la suma de verificació més usada. Molts gravadors d'ISO la mostren " +"abans d'enregistrar-les." msgid "is the less known but more secure checksum than md5." msgstr "és menys coneguda però més segura que la suma md5." @@ -602,8 +846,12 @@ msgid "md5 checksum" msgstr "La suma md5" -msgid "offers the most security as you can verify who signed it. It should be <tt>%s</tt>." -msgstr "ofereix la màxima seguretat ja que podeu verificar qui ho ha siginat. Hauria de ser <tt>%s</tt>." +msgid "" +"offers the most security as you can verify who signed it. It should be <tt>" +"%s</tt>." +msgstr "" +"ofereix la màxima seguretat ja que podeu verificar qui ho ha siginat. Hauria " +"de ser <tt>%s</tt>." msgid "openSUSE Countdown" msgstr "Compte enrere d'openSUSE" @@ -611,8 +859,12 @@ msgid "openSUSE Derivatives" msgstr "Derivats d'openSUSE" -msgid "openSUSE is available via http (direct link) or BitTorrent. The CD for network installation is only available via http." -msgstr "L'openSUSE està disponible a través d'http (enllaç directe) o BitTorrent. El CD d'instal·lació per xarxa només està disponible per http." +msgid "" +"openSUSE is available via http (direct link) or BitTorrent. The CD for " +"network installation is only available via http." +msgstr "" +"L'openSUSE està disponible a través d'http (enllaç directe) o BitTorrent. El " +"CD d'instal·lació per xarxa només està disponible per http." msgid "openSUSE only supports PCs with 32 Bits and 64 Bits." msgstr "L'openSUSE només ofereix suport per a 32 i 64 bits." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90475 - trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po
by marguerite＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: marguerite Date: 2014-10-30 09:23:43 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90475 Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/software-opensuse-org.zh_CN.po Log: [cn]update soo Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/software-opensuse-org.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/software-opensuse-org.zh_CN.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/software-opensuse-org.zh_CN.po 2014-10-30 08:23:43 UTC (rev 90475) @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 14:18+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 00:15+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 16:23+0800\n" "Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified <opensuse-zh(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: zh_TW\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -47,11 +47,27 @@ msgid "64 Bit PC" msgstr "64 位计算机" -msgid "<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">openSUSE startup guide</a>" -msgstr "<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-startup/\">openSUSE 入门指南</a>" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">openSUSE " +"startup guide</a>" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-startup/\">openSUSE " +"入门指南</a>" -msgid "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> is an open standard that bundles the various ways (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) to get files into one format for easier downloads. This makes it good for downloading ISOs; particularly for people who can't use P2P because of restrictions from their ISP or University. It can deliver very fast download speeds since most clients support multiple connections, to multiple mirrors, automatically. In addition, it can do automatic error detection, and correction. It needs a special client to handle it though." -msgstr "<a href=\"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> 是一种开源标准，它将多种撷取文件的方式 (FTP/HTTP/BT) 捆绑成了一种格式以方便下载。这使得它非常适合下载 ISO; 尤其是对于那些由于他们的 ISP 或大学限制而不能使用 P2P 的人来说。它可以提供非常快的下载速度，因为它的大多数客户端均支持自动多点连接，以及从多镜像下载。还有，它能自动查错并纠错。然而您需要特殊的客户端才能使用它。" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> is an open " +"standard that bundles the various ways (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) to get files " +"into one format for easier downloads. This makes it good for downloading " +"ISOs; particularly for people who can't use P2P because of restrictions from " +"their ISP or University. It can deliver very fast download speeds since most " +"clients support multiple connections, to multiple mirrors, automatically. In " +"addition, it can do automatic error detection, and correction. It needs a " +"special client to handle it though." +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> " +"是一种开源标准，它将多种撷取文件的方式 (FTP/HTTP/BT) 捆绑成了一种格式以方便下载。这使得它非常适合下载 ISO; 尤其是对于那些由于他们的 " +"ISP 或大学限制而不能使用 P2P 的人来说。它可以提供非常快的下载速度，因为它的大多数客户端均支持自动多点连接，以及从多镜像下载。还有，它能自动查错并纠" +"错。然而您需要特殊的客户端才能使用它。" msgid "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:License\">License</a>" msgstr "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:License\">授权许可</a>" @@ -65,10 +81,14 @@ msgid "official update" msgstr "官方升级版本" -msgid "A GNOME desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as is (no upgrade)." +msgid "" +"A GNOME desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed " +"as is (no upgrade)." msgstr "可以在 %s 或 U 盘中运行的 GNOME 桌面。 可用于安装 (不能用于升级，语言包需另装)。" -msgid "A KDE desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as is (no upgrade)." +msgid "" +"A KDE desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as " +"is (no upgrade)." msgstr "可在 %s 或 U 盘中运行的 KDE 桌面。 可用于安装 (不能用于升级，语言包需另装)。" msgid "Add repository and install manually" @@ -77,7 +97,9 @@ msgid "Add-On Downloads (optional)" msgstr "扩展下载 (可选)" -msgid "After having successfully downloaded the ISO image(s), create a bootable USB stick or burn the image(s) to a DVD (or a CD if the chosen image fits)." +msgid "" +"After having successfully downloaded the ISO image(s), create a bootable USB " +"stick or burn the image(s) to a DVD (or a CD if the chosen image fits)." msgstr "在成功下载 ISO 映像后，创建一个可引导 U 盘或将映像刻录到一张 DVD (若所选映像够小也可以刻录到 CD) 上。" msgid "" @@ -85,12 +107,15 @@ " and will not be spread to third parties. We store the data to\n" " inform the users if a new version is available. All requests have\n" " to be screened to fulfill the US export embargo. More information\n" -" about the embargo and a list of countries at wikipedia <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." +" about the embargo and a list of countries at wikipedia <a " +"href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>" +"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." msgstr "" "全部数据仅用于投递 openSUSE 推广材料且不会扩散给第三方。\n" "我们存根数据是为了通知用户新版资讯。\n" "全部邮寄请求都必须被美国出口禁运组织审查。\n" -"关于禁运和禁运国家名单的更多信息可参考维基百科 <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a> 词条。" +"关于禁运和禁运国家名单的更多信息可参考维基百科 <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_em" +"bargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a> 词条。" msgid "An internal error happened :-(" msgstr "发生了一个内部错误呦 :-(" @@ -104,7 +129,10 @@ msgid "BitTorrent" msgstr "BitTorrent 种子" -msgid "Boot from the DVD, CD or USB stick. In case your computer does not automatically boot from the chosen device, open the BIOS setup to allow booting from it." +msgid "" +"Boot from the DVD, CD or USB stick. In case your computer does not " +"automatically boot from the chosen device, open the BIOS setup to allow " +"booting from it." msgstr "从 DVD、CD 或 U 盘引导。若您的计算机没有自动从所选设备引导，请打开 BIOS 设置并允许从该设备引导。" msgid "Bronze Sponsor" @@ -122,11 +150,14 @@ msgid "Category" msgstr "分类" -msgid "Choose an installation medium by clicking it and hit the Download button to start the download. Optionally choose your computer type or an alternative download method." +msgid "" +"Choose an installation medium by clicking it and hit the Download button to " +"start the download. Optionally choose your computer type or an alternative " +"download method." msgstr "通过点击来选择安装介质，然后点击下载按钮来开始下载。另外您也可以选择您的计算机架构或者额外的下载方式。" msgid "Click here to display these alternative versions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点此显示这些可选版本。" msgid "Click to Download" msgstr "点击下载" @@ -134,7 +165,9 @@ msgid "Community" msgstr "社区" -msgid "Contains a large collection of software for desktop or server use. Suitable for installation or upgrade." +msgid "" +"Contains a large collection of software for desktop or server use. " +"Suitable for installation or upgrade." msgstr "包含桌面或服务器使用的一篮子软件。 适用于安装或升级。" msgid "Countdown" @@ -200,7 +233,9 @@ msgid "Downloads" msgstr "下载" -msgid "Downloads the installation system and all packages from online repositories. Suitable for installation or upgrade." +msgid "" +"Downloads the installation system and all packages from online repositories.<" +"br/>Suitable for installation or upgrade." msgstr "从在线软件源下载安装系统和全部软件包。 适用于安装或升级。" msgid "Expand all sections ('e')" @@ -221,8 +256,13 @@ msgid "For %s run the following:" msgstr "对于 %s，请运行以下命令：" -msgid "For Arch Linux, edit /etc/pacman.conf and add the following (note that the order of repositories in pacman.conf is important, since pacman always downloads the first found package):" -msgstr "对于 Arch Linux，请编辑 /etc/pacman.conf 并添加以下内容 (注意 pacman.conf 中的软件源顺序是很重要的，因为 pacman 总是会下载第一个找到的软件包)：" +msgid "" +"For Arch Linux, edit /etc/pacman.conf and add the following " +"(note that the order of repositories in pacman.conf is important, since " +"pacman always downloads the first found package):" +msgstr "" +"对于 Arch Linux，请编辑 /etc/pacman.conf 并添加以下内容 (注意 pacman.conf " +"中的软件源顺序是很重要的，因为 pacman 总是会下载第一个找到的软件包)：" msgid "Games" msgstr "游戏" @@ -251,8 +291,12 @@ msgid "How to Proceed" msgstr "如何进行" -msgid "If you want to use a direct link but live in a place in the world where our download redirector has not enough information to redirect to the fastest mirror, you can pick a mirror yourself." -msgstr "若您想要使用直接链接，但却居住在世界上的某个神秘角落以至于我们的下载中转器没有足够的关于该位置的信息来把您中转到最快的镜像，这时您可以自行选择一个镜像。" +msgid "" +"If you want to use a direct link but live in a place in the world where our " +"download redirector has not enough information to redirect to the fastest " +"mirror, you can pick a mirror yourself." +msgstr "" +"若您想要使用直接链接，但却居住在世界上的某个神秘角落以至于我们的下载中转器没有足够的关于该位置的信息来把您中转到最快的镜像，这时您可以自行选择一个镜像。" msgid "Image:" msgstr "映像：" @@ -274,8 +318,10 @@ msgid "" "Join the fast-growing community, put openSUSE into more hands by\n" -" getting the latest PromoDVD for your group, non-profit organization, school\n" -" university or event like LUG meetings, installfests, and conferences.\n" +" getting the latest PromoDVD for your group, non-profit organization, " +"school\n" +" university or event like LUG meetings, installfests, and " +"conferences.\n" " Promo DVDs help to increase awareness and visibility of openSUSE!" msgstr "" "快来加入快速壮大的社区，为您的社团、非盈利组织、学校、大学，\n" @@ -283,8 +329,14 @@ "把 openSUSE 送给更多的人吧。\n" "推广 DVD 能帮助提高 openSUSE 的知名度和可视性！" -msgid "Konqueror of KDE 3 is unfortunately unmaintained and its javascript implementation contains bugs that make it impossible to use with this page. Please make sure you have javascript disabled before you <a href='%s'>continue</a>." -msgstr "KDE 3 中的 Konqueror 很不幸没人维护了，它的 javascript 实现有 bug，使其无法正常渲染此页面。您在<a href='%s'>继续</a>前请确保禁用了 javascript。" +msgid "" +"Konqueror of KDE 3 is unfortunately unmaintained and its javascript " +"implementation contains bugs that make it impossible to use with this page. " +"Please make sure you have javascript disabled before you <a href='%s'>" +"continue</a>." +msgstr "" +"KDE 3 中的 Konqueror 很不幸没人维护了，它的 javascript 实现有 bug，使其无法正常渲染此页面。您在<a href='%s'>" +"继续</a>前请确保禁用了 javascript。" # label for language selection msgid "Language" @@ -305,8 +357,12 @@ msgid "Live KDE" msgstr "KDE LiveCD" -msgid "Many applications can verify the checksum of a download. To verify your download can be important as it verifies you really have got the ISO file you wanted to download and not some broken version." -msgstr "许多程序都可以校验下载文件的 checksum。校验您下载的文件挺重要的，因为它可以校验您是否真的撷取到了您想要下载的 ISO 文件而不是一些损坏的版本。" +msgid "" +"Many applications can verify the checksum of a download. To verify your " +"download can be important as it verifies you really have got the ISO file you " +"wanted to download and not some broken version." +msgstr "" +"许多程序都可以校验下载文件的 checksum。校验您下载的文件挺重要的，因为它可以校验您是否真的撷取到了您想要下载的 ISO 文件而不是一些损坏的版本。" msgid "Metalink" msgstr "Metalink" @@ -314,14 +370,30 @@ msgid "More information on burning the ISO file to CD/DVD" msgstr "更多关于刻录 ISO 文件到 CD/DVD 上的信息" -msgid "More information on creating a <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'>bootable USB stick</a>" +msgid "" +"More information on creating a <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'" +">bootable USB stick</a>" msgstr "更多关于创建<a href='http://zh.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'>可引导 U 盘</a> 的信息" -msgid "More information on downloading openSUSE is available from the <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> and <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network Installation</a> pages in our <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation\">Documentation Wiki</a>." -msgstr "更多关于下载 openSUSE 的信息可以看一看我们<a href=\"http://zh.opensuse.org/Category:SDB:安装\">维基的支持数据库专题</a>上的 <a href=\"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:下载帮助\">下载帮助</a> ，以及 <a href=\"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:网络安装方式\">网络安装</a> 页面。" +msgid "" +"More information on downloading openSUSE is available from the <a " +"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> and <a " +"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network " +"Installation</a> pages in our <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Document" +"ation\">Documentation Wiki</a>." +msgstr "" +"更多关于下载 openSUSE 的信息可以看一看我们<a href=\"http://zh.opensuse.org/Category:SDB:安装\">" +"维基的支持数据库专题</a>上的 <a href=\"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:下载帮助\">下载帮助</a> ，以及 <a " +"href=\"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:网络安装方式\">网络安装</a> 页面。" -msgid "Most new computers support <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86-64</a> (also known as AMD64 and Intel64), but some laptop processors and netbook processors do not support it. So you need to check wikipedia if you want to be sure your computer supports it." -msgstr "许多新计算机都支持 <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86_64</> (也叫做 AMD64 或 Intel64)，但是一些笔记本/上网本处理器可能不支持它。所以若您想要确保您的计算机支持它，您需要自己去维基百科上确认一下。" +msgid "" +"Most new computers support <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">" +"x86-64</a> (also known as AMD64 and Intel64), but some laptop processors and " +"netbook processors do not support it. So you need to check wikipedia if you " +"want to be sure your computer supports it." +msgstr "" +"许多新计算机都支持 <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86_64</> (也叫做 " +"AMD64 或 Intel64)，但是一些笔记本/上网本处理器可能不支持它。所以若您想要确保您的计算机支持它，您需要自己去维基百科上确认一下。" msgid "Multimedia" msgstr "多媒体" @@ -359,8 +431,10 @@ msgid "Official Manuals" msgstr "官方手册" -msgid "Only DVD and Network medias are fully tested. Alternatives, like live or rescue systems, are recomended for only limited use." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"Only DVD and Network medias are fully tested. Alternatives, like live or " +"rescue systems, are recomended for only limited use." +msgstr "只有 DVD 和网络安装介质是完整测试过的。可选版本，如 Live 或救援系统，仅推荐作有限用途。" msgid "Package %s not found..." msgstr "未找到软件包 %s..." @@ -381,25 +455,33 @@ msgstr "白金赞助商" msgid "" -"Please be aware that the following packages are from unofficial repositories.\n" -" That means they are not reviewed by openSUSE and may contain unstable or experimental software." +"Please be aware that the following packages are from unofficial " +"repositories.\n" +" That means they are not reviewed by openSUSE and may contain unstable or " +"experimental software." msgstr "" "请留神以下软件包来自于非官方的软件源。\n" "这意味着它们没有被 openSUSE 复核过，因此可能携带不稳定或实验性的软件。" -msgid "Please enter a brief reason (in English!) why you need the DVDs and provide a link of the event/purpose." +msgid "" +"Please enter a brief reason (in English!) why you need the DVDs and " +"provide a link of the event/purpose." msgstr "请输入一个简短的需要 DVD 的理由(英文) 并提供一个事件/目的的链接。" msgid "Please enter more than 2 characters" msgstr "请输入至少两个字符" -msgid "Please note that this is not the latest openSUSE release. You can get the latest version <a href='/'>here</a>. " +msgid "" +"Please note that this is not the latest openSUSE release. You can get the " +"latest version <a href='/'>here</a>. " msgstr "请注意这不是最新版本的 openSUSE。您可以在<a href='/'>这儿</a>获取最新版本。 " msgid "" "Promo DVDs and all the related artwork -labels and sleeve- can be\n" -" downloaded from the <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\">promodvd\n" -" download directory %s</a>. Keep in mind that this is a special version of openSUSE,\n" +" downloaded from the <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\"" +">promodvd\n" +" download directory %s</a>. Keep in mind that this is a special " +"version of openSUSE,\n" " namely designed for promotional distribution." msgstr "" "推广 DVD 和全部相关的艺术作品 - 盘面标签和封套 - 可在\n" @@ -418,7 +500,9 @@ msgid "Rescue" msgstr "救援系统 (基于 Xfce 桌面)" -msgid "Rescue system that you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can not be used for installation or upgrade." +msgid "" +"Rescue system that you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can not be used " +"for installation or upgrade." msgstr "可在 CD 或 U 盘中运行的救援系统。 不能用于安装或升级。" msgid "Search" @@ -457,12 +541,19 @@ msgid "Silver Sponsor" msgstr "白银赞助商" -msgid "Some alternative media (eg. live and rescue systems) are also available, although they are less tested and recommended for only limited use." +msgid "" +"Some alternative media (eg. live and rescue systems) are also available, " +"although they are less tested and recommended for only limited use." +msgstr "也有一些可选介质 (如 Live 和救援系统) 可用，虽然它们测试较少仅推荐作有限用途。" + +msgid "" +"Some of the live distributions based on openSUSE. Those interested in trying " +"to build their own derivatives can take a look at <a " +"href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." msgstr "" +"一些还活着的基于 openSUSE 的发行版。对尝试制作自己的 openSUSE 衍生版本感兴趣的人可以看一看 <a " +"href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SuSE Studio</a>。" -msgid "Some of the live distributions based on openSUSE. Those interested in trying to build their own derivatives can take a look at <a href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." -msgstr "一些还活着的基于 openSUSE 的发行版。对尝试制作自己的 openSUSE 衍生版本感兴趣的人可以看一看 <a href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SuSE Studio</a>。" - msgid "Source" msgstr "源代码" @@ -490,20 +581,46 @@ msgid "Support" msgstr "支持" -msgid "The installation process is available in many languages but, for most of them, the translation of the applications is not included in the image. If you want your openSUSE system to support some additional language, you need to download it from the Internet during the installation or any time after it. If you have easy access to the Internet you do not need this CD, but if you are planning to install openSUSE in some machine with no Internet connection, it will provide you access to all the available translations." -msgstr "安装过程可以多种语言进行，但是，对多数语言来讲，应用程序的翻译并没有收录在映像中。若您想要您的 openSUSE 系统支持一些额外语言，您需要在安装时或安装后从互联网下载该语言的翻译。若您能够轻松地访问互联网，那么您并不需要此 CD; 但是若您打算在某些没有互联网连接的计算机上安装 openSUSE，该 CD 可以让您接触到全部可用语言的翻译。" +msgid "" +"The installation process is available in many languages but, for most of " +"them, the translation of the applications is not included in the image. If " +"you want your openSUSE system to support some additional language, you need " +"to download it from the Internet during the installation or any time after " +"it. If you have easy access to the Internet you do not need this CD, but if " +"you are planning to install openSUSE in some machine with no Internet " +"connection, it will provide you access to all the available translations." +msgstr "" +"安装过程可以多种语言进行，但是，对多数语言来讲，应用程序的翻译并没有收录在映像中。若您想要您的 openSUSE " +"系统支持一些额外语言，您需要在安装时或安装后从互联网下载该语言的翻译。若您能够轻松地访问互联网，那么您并不需要此 CD; " +"但是若您打算在某些没有互联网连接的计算机上安装 openSUSE，该 CD 可以让您接触到全部可用语言的翻译。" msgid "Then run the following as root" msgstr "然后以根用户 root 身份运行以下命令：" -msgid "There is no openSUSE release in testing phase at the moment. If you want to use bleeding edge software, please use <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." -msgstr "目前没有处在测试阶段的 openSUSE 版本。 若您想要使用最前沿的软件，请使用 <a href='http://zh.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE 工厂版</a>。" +msgid "" +"There is no openSUSE release in testing phase at the moment. If you " +"want to use bleeding edge software, please use <a " +"href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." +msgstr "" +"目前没有处在测试阶段的 openSUSE 版本。 若您想要使用最前沿的软件，请使用 <a " +"href='http://zh.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE 工厂版</a>。" -msgid "This CD contains free software distributed under proprietary licence not allowing its inclusion to main installation media together with free open-source software. All software from this CD could be downloaded from NON-OSS repository." -msgstr "此 CD 收录了在私有许可证下发布，因此不允许与自由开源软件一起放置于主安装介质内的免费软件。此 CD 中的全部软件都能从 NON-OSS 源中下载。" +msgid "" +"This CD contains free software distributed under proprietary licence not " +"allowing its inclusion to main installation media together with free " +"open-source software. All software from this CD could be downloaded from " +"NON-OSS repository." +msgstr "" +"此 CD 收录了在私有许可证下发布，因此不允许与自由开源软件一起放置于主安装介质内的免费软件。此 CD 中的全部软件都能从 NON-OSS 源中下载。" -msgid "This version runs on all PCs including those that support 64 Bit. If you have more than 3 GB of RAM you should prefer the 64 Bit version though. openSUSE does not support processors before Pentium - the live CDs even support only i686 (Pentium Pro and later)." -msgstr "这个版本可以在全部计算机上运行，包括那些支持 64 位的计算机。若您有大于 3GB 的内存，您可能会倾向于选择 64 位的版本。openSUSE 不支持奔腾之前的处理器 - live CD 甚至只支持 i686 (奔腾专业版和之后的处理器)。" +msgid "" +"This version runs on all PCs including those that support 64 Bit. If you have " +"more than 3 GB of RAM you should prefer the 64 Bit version though. openSUSE " +"does not support processors before Pentium - the live CDs even support only " +"i686 (Pentium Pro and later)." +msgstr "" +"这个版本可以在全部计算机上运行，包括那些支持 64 位的计算机。若您有大于 3GB 的内存，您可能会倾向于选择 64 位的版本。openSUSE " +"不支持奔腾之前的处理器 - live CD 甚至只支持 i686 (奔腾专业版和之后的处理器)。" msgid "Top 1-click downloads:" msgstr "流行的一键安装：" @@ -520,11 +637,28 @@ msgid "Unsupported distributions:" msgstr "不受官方支持的发行版：" -msgid "User manuals are available from <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, for example the <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Official Start-Up Guide</a>." -msgstr "用户手册可从 <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a> 获取，例如<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-startup/\">官方入门指南</a>。" +msgid "" +"User manuals are available from <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">" +"activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, for example the <a " +"href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Official " +"Start-Up Guide</a>." +msgstr "" +"用户手册可从 <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a> " +"获取，例如<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-startup/\">官方入门指南<" +"/a>。" -msgid "Using <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> is recommended on slow links, especially when downloading the DVD image. BitTorrent downloads have several benefits, the clients protect against data corruption and you help relieving the load on the servers by participating in the upload - if enough people participate it will also be faster than the centralized servers - for everybody. Whatsmore, it allows you to stop the download at any time and resume it later." -msgstr "对于网速较慢的人，推荐使用 <a href=\"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent 种子</a>，尤其是下载 DVD 映像时。BT 有诸多好处，客户端能防止数据损坏，并且您还可以通过参与上传来降低服务器的负载。若参与的人数足够多，它甚至比中央服务器还快，对每个人都快。更赞的是，您可以随时停止下载，在有时间时再续传。" +msgid "" +"Using <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> is " +"recommended on slow links, especially when downloading the DVD image. " +"BitTorrent downloads have several benefits, the clients protect against data " +"corruption and you help relieving the load on the servers by participating in " +"the upload - if enough people participate it will also be faster than the " +"centralized servers - for everybody. Whatsmore, it allows you to stop the " +"download at any time and resume it later." +msgstr "" +"对于网速较慢的人，推荐使用 <a href=\"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent " +"种子</a>，尤其是下载 DVD 映像时。BT 有诸多好处，客户端能防止数据损坏，并且您还可以通过参与上传来降低服务器的负载。若参与的人数足够多，它甚至比中" +"央服务器还快，对每个人都快。更赞的是，您可以随时停止下载，在有时间时再续传。" msgid "Verify your download before use" msgstr "请在使用前校验您下载的文件" @@ -538,29 +672,52 @@ msgid "" "We would like you, to keep us informed about your usage of the DVDs, so we\n" " can help you to promote your organization, event or school on our\n" -" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>news page</a>\n" -" or other resources. (Hint! We love photos. Take lots of them!). Please contact us at\n" -" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" +" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>news " +"page</a>\n" +" or other resources. (Hint! We love photos. Take lots of them!). " +"Please contact us at\n" +" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>" +"opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" " to discuss promotion and/or other ways we can assist you." msgstr "" "我们期待您，知会我们您对 DVD 的使用情况，\n" -"这样我们能够帮助您在我们的<a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>新闻页面</a>\n" +"这样我们能够帮助您在我们的<a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>" +"新闻页面</a>\n" "或其它资源中推广您的组织、事件或学校。\n" "(嘤嘤嘤！我们爱美图！多拍点嘛！)。\n" -"请用 <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" +"请用 <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>" +"opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" "联系我们来讨论推广和/或其它我们可协助您的方式。" -msgid "When downloading images other than the CD for network installation, it is strongly recommended to use a proper download manager to reduce the risk of corrupted data." +msgid "" +"When downloading images other than the CD for network installation, it is " +"strongly recommended to use a proper download manager to reduce the risk " +"of corrupted data." msgstr "当下载映像而不是网络安装 CD 时，强烈建议使用下载管理器来降低数据损坏的风险。" -msgid "You can add the repository key to apt. Keep in mind that the owner of the key may distribute updates, packages and repositories that your system will trust (<a href=\"%s\">more information</a>). To add the key, run:" -msgstr "您可以把软件源金钥添加到 apt。记住该金钥的拥有者将能够分发您的系统将会信任的更新、软件包和软件源 (<a href=\"%s\">更多信息</a>)。要添加该金钥，请运行：" +msgid "" +"You can add the repository key to apt. Keep in mind that the owner of the key " +"may distribute updates, packages and repositories that your system will trust " +"(<a href=\"%s\">more information</a>). To add the key, run:" +msgstr "" +"您可以把软件源金钥添加到 apt。记住该金钥的拥有者将能够分发您的系统将会信任的更新、软件包和软件源 (<a href=\"%s\">更多信息</a>" +")。要添加该金钥，请运行：" -msgid "You could try to extend your search to development packages or search for another base distribution (currently )." +msgid "" +"You could try to extend your search to development packages or search for " +"another base distribution (currently )." msgstr "您可尝试将搜索条件扩展到开发软件包或搜索另一个基础发行版中的软件包 (目前)。" -msgid "You could verify the file in the process of downloading. For example a checksum (SHA256) will be used automatically if you choose <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> in the field above and use the add-on DownThemAll! in <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefox</a>." -msgstr "你可以在下载进行时校验文件。例如若您在上面框中选择了 <a href='http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> 下载方式，并使用 <a href='http://zh.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefox</a> 的 DownThemAll! 插件下载，就会自动使用 SHA256 checksum 验证。" +msgid "" +"You could verify the file in the process of downloading. For example a " +"checksum (SHA256) will be used automatically if you choose <a " +"href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> in the field above " +"and use the add-on DownThemAll! in <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>" +"Firefox</a>." +msgstr "" +"你可以在下载进行时校验文件。例如若您在上面框中选择了 <a href='http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>" +"Metalink</a> 下载方式，并使用 <a href='http://zh.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefox</a> 的 " +"DownThemAll! 插件下载，就会自动使用 SHA256 checksum 验证。" msgid "gpg signature" msgstr "GPG 签名" @@ -581,7 +738,9 @@ msgstr "http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:下载帮助" msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help#Burn_the_ISO_image.28s.29" -msgstr "http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:下载帮助#.E7.83.A7.E5.BD.95_ISO_.E6.98.A0.E5.83.8F.E…" +msgstr "" +"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:下载帮助#.E7.83.A7.E5.BD.95_ISO_.E6.98.A0.E5.83.8F.E…" +"1.A3" msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Submitting_bug_reports" msgstr "http://zh.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Submitting_bug_reports" @@ -601,7 +760,9 @@ msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/" msgstr "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/" -msgid "is still the most commonly used checksum. Many ISO burners display it right before burning." +msgid "" +"is still the most commonly used checksum. Many ISO burners display it right " +"before burning." msgstr "依然是最常用的 checksum。许多 ISO 刻录程序会在开始刻录前显示它。" msgid "is the less known but more secure checksum than md5." @@ -610,7 +771,9 @@ msgid "md5 checksum" msgstr "md5 checksum" -msgid "offers the most security as you can verify who signed it. It should be <tt>%s</tt>." +msgid "" +"offers the most security as you can verify who signed it. It should be <tt>%" +"s</tt>." msgstr "提供了最大安全性，您可以校验是谁签发了它。签发人应该是 <tt>%s</tt>。" msgid "openSUSE Countdown" @@ -619,7 +782,9 @@ msgid "openSUSE Derivatives" msgstr "openSUSE 衍生版本" -msgid "openSUSE is available via http (direct link) or BitTorrent. The CD for network installation is only available via http." +msgid "" +"openSUSE is available via http (direct link) or BitTorrent. The CD for " +"network installation is only available via http." msgstr "openSUSE 可以籍 http(直接链接) 或 BitTorrent 种子撷取。网络安装 CD 只能通过直接链接下载。" msgid "openSUSE only supports PCs with 32 Bits and 64 Bits." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90474 - trunk/yast/it/po
by orion＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: orion Date: 2014-10-30 08:32:17 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90474 Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/audit-laf.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/auth-client.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/auth-server.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/autoinst.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/bootloader.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/cluster.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/control.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/crowbar.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/drbd.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/geo-cluster.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/iscsi-lio-server.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/isns.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/mail.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/registration.it.po trunk/yast/it/po/storage.it.po Log: Updated Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/audit-laf.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/audit-laf.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/audit-laf.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-05 17:06+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 08:30+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -115,7 +115,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "Spazio rimanente nella partizione di log (in MB) quando il sistema inizia a rimanere con poco spazio" +msgstr "" +"Spazio rimanente nella partizione di log (in MB) quando il sistema inizia a " +"rimanere con poco spazio" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -125,12 +127,15 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" -msgstr "Script da eseguire se viene raggiunto space_left (nome completo del file)" +msgstr "" +"Script da eseguire se viene raggiunto space_left (nome completo del file)" #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "Spazio rimanente nella partizione di log (in MB) quando lo spazio disco è insufficiente" +msgstr "" +"Spazio rimanente nella partizione di log (in MB) quando lo spazio disco è " +"insufficiente" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -140,12 +145,15 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "Script da eseguire se viene raggiunto l'admin_space_left (nome completo del file)" +msgstr "" +"Script da eseguire se viene raggiunto l'admin_space_left (nome completo del " +"file)" #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "Mail inviata a questo account (se space_left_action è impostata su EMAIL)" +msgstr "" +"Mail inviata a questo account (se space_left_action è impostata su EMAIL)" #. command line help text for disk_full_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 @@ -165,7 +173,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" -msgstr "Script da eseguire in caso di errore del disco (nome completo del file)" +msgstr "" +"Script da eseguire in caso di errore del disco (nome completo del file)" #. command line help text for communication control option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 @@ -519,7 +528,8 @@ "<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Inizializzazione della configurazione di Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" +"<big>Inizializzazione della configurazione di Linux Audit Framework<" +"/big> \n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -529,7 +539,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruzione dell'inizializzazione:</big> \n" -"Si può interrompere in tutta sicurezza il programma di configurazione premendo Interrompi adesso.\n" +"Si può interrompere in tutta sicurezza il programma di configurazione " +"premendo Interrompi adesso.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 @@ -537,7 +548,8 @@ "<big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Salvataggio della configurazione e delle regole di auditd</big> \n" +"<big>Salvataggio della configurazione e delle regole di auditd</big>" +" \n" "\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -557,21 +569,34 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " +"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file " +"/var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " +"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " +"watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Configurazione file di log di Auditd</big> \n" -"Il demone audit è il componente del sistema di auditing di Linux responsabile della registrazione di tutti gli eventi rilevanti di audit nel file di log predefinito /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" -"Gli eventi possono provenire dal modulo del kernel apparmor, dalle applicazioni che utilizzano libaudit (come PAM) o eventi generati dalle regole (per esempio le osservazioni di file)." +"Il demone audit è il componente del sistema di auditing di Linux responsabile " +"della registrazione di tutti gli eventi rilevanti di audit nel file di log " +"predefinito /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" +"Gli eventi possono provenire dal modulo del kernel apparmor, dalle " +"applicazioni che utilizzano libaudit (come PAM) o eventi generati " +"dalle regole (per esempio le osservazioni di file)." #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " +"and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " +"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"La finestra di dialogo Regole per auditctl fornisce ulteriori informazioni riguardanti le regole e la possibilità di aggiungere nuove regole.\n" -"Informazioni dettagliate riguardanti le impostazioni del file di log possono essere ottenute dalla pagina di manuale ('man auditd.conf')." +"La finestra di dialogo Regole per auditctl fornisce ulteriori " +"informazioni riguardanti le regole e la possibilità di aggiungere nuove " +"regole.\n" +"Informazioni dettagliate riguardanti le impostazioni del file di log possono " +"essere ottenute dalla pagina di manuale ('man auditd.conf')." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -585,63 +610,88 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " +"as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing " +"it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"Formato: impostare RAW per registrare tutti i dati (memorizzati nello stesso formato in cui vengono emessi\n" -"dal kernel) o NOLOG per scartare tutte le informazioni di audit invece di scriverle sul disco\n" +"Formato: impostare RAW per registrare tutti i dati " +"(memorizzati nello stesso formato in cui vengono emessi\n" +"dal kernel) o NOLOG per scartare tutte le informazioni di audit invece " +"di scriverle sul disco\n" "(non riguarda i dati spediti al dispatcher). " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " +"INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " +"explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep " +"data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"Allinea: indica la procedura per la scrittura dei dati sul disco. Se impostato su INCREMENTAL,\n" -"il parametro Frequenza indica il numero di record da scrivere prima di eseguire un allineamento esplicito sul disco.\n" -"NONE indica che non vengono effettuate operazioni particolari per allineare i dati, DATA: mantiene una\n" -"porzione di dati sincronizzata, SYNC: mantiene dati e metadati completamente sincronizzati." +"Allinea: indica la procedura per la scrittura dei dati sul disco. " +"Se impostato su INCREMENTAL,\n" +"il parametro Frequenza indica il numero di record da scrivere prima di " +"eseguire un allineamento esplicito sul disco.\n" +"NONE indica che non vengono effettuate operazioni particolari per " +"allineare i dati, DATA: mantiene una\n" +"porzione di dati sincronizzata, SYNC: mantiene dati e metadati " +"completamente sincronizzati." #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " +"when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" -"Configurare la dimensione massima del file di log (in megabyte) e l'azione da eseguire quando tale\n" +"Configurare la dimensione massima del file di log (in megabyte) e l'azione " +"da eseguire quando tale\n" "valore viene raggiunto tramite Dimensione e Azione.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " +"specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " +"warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " +"to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" -"Se l'azione è impostata su ROTATE, il Numero di File di Log specifica il numero\n" -"di file da mantenere. Impostata a SYSLOG, il demone di audit scriverà un avviso\n" -"su /var/log/messages. Con SUSPEND il demone smette di scrivere i record su disco.\n" +"Se l'azione è impostata su ROTATE, il Numero di File di Log " +"specifica il numero\n" +"di file da mantenere. Impostata a SYSLOG, il demone di audit scriverà " +"un avviso\n" +"su /var/log/messages. Con SUSPEND il demone smette di scrivere i " +"record su disco.\n" "IGNORE significa non fare nulla, KEEP_LOG è simile\n" "a ROTATE, ma i file di log non sono sovrascritti.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " +"the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " +"the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " +"qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Formato nome del computer indica come scrivere il nome del computer nel\n" -"file di log. Se USER è impostato, viene utilizzato il Nome definito dall'utente.\n" -"NONE indica che nessun nome di computer viene inserito. HOSTNAME usa il\n" +"Formato nome del computer indica come scrivere il nome del computer " +"nel\n" +"file di log. Se USER è impostato, viene utilizzato il Nome definito " +"dall'utente.\n" +"NONE indica che nessun nome di computer viene inserito. HOSTNAME" +" usa il\n" "nome restituito dalla chiamata di sistema 'gethostname'.\n" "FQD usa il nome del dominio completamente qualificato.\n" @@ -649,17 +699,20 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " +"manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Configurazione Dispatcher Auditd</big> \n" -"Per informazioni dettagliate sulle impostazioni del dispatcher, consultare la pagina di manuale\n" +"Per informazioni dettagliate sulle impostazioni del dispatcher, consultare la " +"pagina di manuale\n" "('man auditd.conf')." #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " +"and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" "Dispatcher: il programma dispatcher è avviato dal demone audit e\n" @@ -668,24 +721,32 @@ #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " +"the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " +"dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a " +"blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" -"Comunicazione: controlla la comunicazione tra il demone e il programma dispatcher.\n" -"Una comunicazione lossy indica che gli eventi inviati al dispatcher verranno eliminati\n" -"quando la coda (un buffer di 128kB) sarà piena. Scegliere lossless se si desidera una comunicazione\n" +"Comunicazione: controlla la comunicazione tra il demone e il " +"programma dispatcher.\n" +"Una comunicazione lossy indica che gli eventi inviati al dispatcher " +"verranno eliminati\n" +"quando la coda (un buffer di 128kB) sarà piena. Scegliere lossless se " +"si desidera una comunicazione\n" "bloccante/senza perdita." #. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man " +"audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "Il dispatcher 'audispd' è un combinatore di eventi di audit.\n" -"Per maggiori informazioni consultare le pagine di manuale ('man audispd' e 'man audispd.conf')." +"Per maggiori informazioni consultare le pagine di manuale ('man audispd' e " +"'man audispd.conf')." #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 @@ -693,8 +754,10 @@ "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Attenzione: Il programma dispatcher deve essere di proprietà di 'root', avere permessi\n" -"del file '0750' e inoltre deve essere fornito il percorso completo del file.\n" +"Attenzione: Il programma dispatcher deve essere di proprietà di " +"'root', avere permessi\n" +"del file '0750' e inoltre deve essere fornito il percorso completo del file.<" +"/p>\n" #. disk space dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 @@ -704,26 +767,34 @@ "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configurazione dello spazio disco di Auditd</big> \n" -"Queste impostazioni fanno riferimento allo spazio su disco nella partizione di log.\n" -"Per informazioni dettagliate fare riferimento alla pagina di manuale ('man auditd.conf').\n" +"Queste impostazioni fanno riferimento allo spazio su disco nella partizione " +"di log.\n" +"Per informazioni dettagliate fare riferimento alla pagina di manuale ('man " +"auditd.conf').\n" #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an " +"Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" -"Spazio rimanente (in megabyte) indica al demone di audit quando eseguire un'Azione \n" +"Spazio rimanente (in megabyte) indica al demone di audit quando " +"eseguire un'Azione \n" "quando il sistema inizia a rimanere con poco spazio." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " +"system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action " +"will be performed." msgstr "" -"Il valore di Spazio amministratore rimanente deve essere inferiore al precedente. Lo spazio\n" -"su disco è insufficiente se il valore è raggiunto e l'Azione specificata verrà eseguita." +"Il valore di Spazio amministratore rimanente deve essere inferiore " +"al precedente. Lo spazio\n" +"su disco è insufficiente se il valore è raggiunto e l'Azione " +"specificata verrà eseguita." #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 @@ -736,10 +807,14 @@ "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" -"Se un'azione è impostata su EMAIL, una mail di avviso verrà inviata\n" -"all'account specificato in Account e-mail dell'azione. SYSLOG indica\n" -"che l'avviso per lo spazio su disco verrà scritto su /var/log/messages. IGNORE\n" -"significa non fare nulla. EXEC esegue lo script specificato in Percorso dello script.\n" +"Se un'azione è impostata su EMAIL, una mail di avviso verrà " +"inviata\n" +"all'account specificato in Account e-mail dell'azione. SYSLOG<" +"/i> indica\n" +"che l'avviso per lo spazio su disco verrà scritto su /var/log/messages. " +"IGNORE\n" +"significa non fare nulla. EXEC esegue lo script specificato in " +"Percorso dello script.\n" "SUSPEND interrompe la scrittura di record su disco. SINGLE\n" "porta il computer in modalità singolo utente. HALT spegne\n" "il sistema.\n" @@ -747,22 +822,30 @@ #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " +"already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " +"writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" -"È inoltre possibile specificare un'Azione disco pieno (il disco è già diventato pieno) e\n" -"un'Azione errore disco (eseguita quando un errore viene rilevato durante la scrittura su disco).\n" -"Le azioni disponibili sono identiche a quelle soprastanti (fatta eccezione per EMAIL)." +"È inoltre possibile specificare un'Azione disco pieno (il disco è " +"già diventato pieno) e\n" +"un'Azione errore disco (eseguita quando un errore viene rilevato " +"durante la scrittura su disco).\n" +"Le azioni disponibili sono identiche a quelle soprastanti (fatta eccezione " +"per EMAIL)." #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " +"entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Attenzione: Tutti gli script specificati per EXEC devono essere di proprietà\n" -"di 'root', avere permessi del file '0750' e deve essere fornito il percorso completo del file.\n" +"Attenzione: Tutti gli script specificati per EXEC devono " +"essere di proprietà\n" +"di 'root', avere permessi del file '0750' e deve essere fornito il percorso " +"completo del file.\n" #. rules dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 @@ -773,37 +856,55 @@ "The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>Regole per auditctl</big> \n" -"Questa finestra di dialogo offre la possibilità di abilitare o disabilitare l'audit delle\n" +"Questa finestra di dialogo offre la possibilità di abilitare o disabilitare " +"l'audit delle\n" "chiamate di sistema e di bloccare la configurazione di audit.\n" -"Il marcatore selezionato da Imposta marcatore attivato verrà aggiunto alle regole." +"Il marcatore selezionato da Imposta marcatore attivato verrà aggiunto " +"alle regole." #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." -msgstr "Attenzione: Bloccare le regole implica che queste non saranno modificabili fino al prossimo riavvio." +msgid "" +"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " +"reboot." +msgstr "" +"Attenzione: Bloccare le regole implica che queste non saranno " +"modificabili fino al prossimo riavvio." #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to " +"/var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" -"Abilitando l'auditing senza regole aggiuntive, le applicazioni che utilizzano\n" -"libaudit, ad es. PAM, registreranno gli eventi in /var/log/audit/audit.log (predefinito)." +"Abilitando l'auditing senza regole aggiuntive, le applicazioni che " +"utilizzano\n" +"libaudit, ad es. PAM, registreranno gli eventi in " +"/var/log/audit/audit.log (predefinito)." #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " +"advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"Si possono modificare le regole anche manualmente, cosa che è raccomandata solo agli utenti avanzati. \n" -"Per maggiori informazioni su tutte le opzioni, si veda la pagina di manuale 'man auditctl'.\n" +"Si possono modificare le regole anche manualmente, cosa che è raccomandata " +"solo agli utenti avanzati. \n" +"Per maggiori informazioni su tutte le opzioni, si veda la pagina di manuale " +"'man auditctl'.\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -msgstr "Verifica sintassi invia le regole attraverso auditctl al sottosistema audit e ne controlla la sintassi. Ripristina ripristina le impostazioni da /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "" +"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " +"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from " +"/etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgstr "" +"Verifica sintassi invia le regole attraverso auditctl al " +"sottosistema audit e ne controlla la sintassi. Ripristina " +"ripristina le impostazioni da /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" #. rules dialog help 6/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 @@ -814,7 +915,8 @@ "an example rules file.\n" msgstr "" "Premere Ripristina e Azzera per ripristinare le regole e azzerare\n" -"le modifiche (dal precedente controllo della sintassi) chiamando auditctl. \n" +"le modifiche (dal precedente controllo della sintassi) chiamando auditctl<" +"/i>. \n" "Premere Carica per aprire la finestra di selezione in cui caricare\n" "un file con regole d'esempio.\n" @@ -846,8 +948,12 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." -msgstr "Per continuare la configurazione dell'Auditing Linux, deve essere installato il pacchetto %1." +msgid "" +"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " +"must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Per continuare la configurazione dell'Auditing Linux, deve essere " +"installato il pacchetto %1." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -929,12 +1035,13 @@ #. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" -msgstr "Lo si vuole avviare e abilitarne l'avvio al boot\n" +msgstr "" +"Lo si vuole avviare e abilitarne l'avvio al boot\n" +"o avviare il demone solamente per ora?" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" @@ -942,7 +1049,6 @@ #. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" #| "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -954,9 +1060,9 @@ "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" msgstr "" "Il modulo 'apparmor' del kernel è caricato.\n" -"Il kernel sfrutta l'esecuzione di un demone di audit per registrare gli eventi audit in\n" +"Il kernel sfrutta l'esecuzione di un demone di audit per registrare gli " +"eventi audit in\n" "/var/log/audit/audit.log (predefinito).\n" -"Avviare il demone ora?" #. Headline of a popup #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/auth-client.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/auth-client.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/auth-client.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-24 09:19+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 15:33+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -185,10 +185,9 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Authenticated Clients" msgid "Authentication Client" -msgstr "Client autenticati" +msgstr "Client di autenticazione" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:605 @@ -214,8 +213,48 @@ #. initialize GUI #: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 -msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " +msgid "" +"SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and " +"authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one " +"authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication " +"domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the " +"next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected " +"providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected " +"identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: " +"proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal " +"provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for " +"more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat " +"Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory " +"provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP " +"authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa " +"FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad " +"Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to " +"some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. " +"The default auth provider is the id_provider. " msgstr "" +"SSSD fornisce un insieme di demoni per gestire l'accesso a directory remote e " +"meccanismi di autenticazione. " +"Bisogna configurare almeno un dominio di autenticazione. " +"La prima cosa da impostare per un dominio di autenticazione è il fornitore " +"delle identificazioni e autenticazioni usato per il dominio. " +"Nel passo successivo bisogna impostare qualche parametro obbligatorio per i " +"fornitori scelti. In seguito è possibile scegliere tutti i parametri " +"disponibili per il fornitore delle identificazioni e autorizzazioni scelto. " +"SSSD fornisce il seguente id_provider: " +"proxy: supporto per un fornitore NSS obsoleto. " +"local: fornitore SSSD interno per utenti locali. " +"ldap: fornitore LDAP. Si veda sssd-ldap(5) per maggiori informazioni " +"sulla configurazione di LDAP. " +"ipa: fornitore FreeIPA e Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management. " +"ad: fornitore Active Directory. " +"Fornitori di autenticazione supportati: " +"ldap per autenticazione LDAP nativa. " +"krb5 per autenticazione Kerberos. " +"ipa fornitore FreeIPA e Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management. " +"ad fornitore Active Directory. " +"proxy per basare l'autenticazione su altri obiettivi PAM. " +"none disabilita esplicitamente l'autenticazione. " +"Il fornitore di autenticazione predefinito è l'id_provider. " #. Define Global Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17 @@ -223,49 +262,94 @@ msgstr "Indica la sintassi del file di configurazione." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." -msgstr "Elenco separato da virgole dei servizi che sono avviati all'avvio di sssd stesso." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgstr "" +"Elenco separato da virgole dei servizi che sono avviati all'avvio di sssd " +"stesso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "Numero di volte che i servizi devono tentare di riconnettersi nel caso di un crash o riavvio del fornitore di dati prima di rinunciare" +msgid "" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" +"Numero di volte che i servizi devono tentare di riconnettersi nel caso di un " +"crash o riavvio del fornitore di dati prima di rinunciare" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "SSSD può usare più domini allo stesso tempo ma deve esserne configurato almeno uno, altrimenti SSSD non partirà." +msgid "" +"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " +"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "" +"SSSD può usare più domini allo stesso tempo ma deve esserne configurato " +"almeno uno, altrimenti SSSD non partirà." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." -msgstr "Questo parametro contiene l'elenco dei domini nell'ordine in base a come verranno interrogati." +msgid "" +"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " +"queried." +msgstr "" +"Questo parametro contiene l'elenco dei domini nell'ordine in base a come " +"verranno interrogati." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "Espressione regolare predefinita che descrive come suddividere la stringa contenente il nome utente e il dominio in questi componenti" +msgid "" +"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " +"user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "" +"Espressione regolare predefinita che descrive come suddividere la stringa " +"contenente il nome utente e il dominio in questi componenti" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "Il formato predefinito compatibile con printf(3) che descrive come tradurre una tupla (nome, dominio) in un nome completamente qualificato." +msgid "" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " +"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Il formato predefinito compatibile con printf(3) che descrive come tradurre " +"una tupla (nome, dominio) in un nome completamente qualificato." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "SSSD monitora lo stato di resolv.conf per identificare quanto è necessario aggiornare il proprio risolutore DNS interno." +msgid "" +"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " +"its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "" +"SSSD monitora lo stato di resolv.conf per identificare quanto è necessario " +"aggiornare il proprio risolutore DNS interno." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "Per fare ciò, viene usato inotify in modo predefinito ma si passa a campionare resolv.conf ogni cinque secondi se inotify non può essere usato." +msgid "" +"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " +"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "" +"Per fare ciò, viene usato inotify in modo predefinito ma si passa a " +"campionare resolv.conf ogni cinque secondi se inotify non può essere usato." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." -msgstr "Directory del file system in cui SSSD salva i file della cache delle ripetizioni Kerberos." +msgid "" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files." +msgstr "" +"Directory del file system in cui SSSD salva i file della cache delle " +"ripetizioni Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." -msgstr "Questa stringa verrà usata come un nome di dominio predefinito per tutti i nome senza un nome di dominio come componente." +msgid "" +"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " +"domain name component." +msgstr "" +"Questa stringa verrà usata come un nome di dominio predefinito per tutti i " +"nome senza un nome di dominio come componente." #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." -msgstr "Maschera di bit che indica quali livelli di debug saranno visibili. 0x0010 è il valore predefinito come pure il minimo valore ammesso; 0xFFF0 è la modalità più prolissa." +msgid "" +"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " +"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose " +"mode." +msgstr "" +"Maschera di bit che indica quali livelli di debug saranno visibili. 0x0010 è " +"il valore predefinito come pure il minimo valore ammesso; 0xFFF0 è la " +"modalità più prolissa." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -280,29 +364,58 @@ msgstr "Timeout in secondi tra i battiti per questo servizio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "Questa opzione specifica il massimo numero di descrittori di file che possono essere aperti alla volta da questo processo SSSD." +msgid "" +"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " +"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "" +"Questa opzione specifica il massimo numero di descrittori di file che possono " +"essere aperti alla volta da questo processo SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "Questa opzione specifica il numero di secondi che un client di un processo SSSD può mantenere un descrittore di file senza usarlo per comunicazioni." +msgid "" +"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " +"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "" +"Questa opzione specifica il numero di secondi che un client di un processo " +"SSSD può mantenere un descrittore di file senza usarlo per comunicazioni." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "Se un servizio non risponde ai controlli tramite ping (si veda l'opzione \"timeout\"), inizialmente gli viene inviato un segnale SIGTERM che lo informa di terminare correttamente." +msgid "" +"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " +"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "" +"Se un servizio non risponde ai controlli tramite ping (si veda l'opzione " +"\"timeout\"), inizialmente gli viene inviato un segnale SIGTERM che lo " +"informa di terminare correttamente." #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102 -msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" -msgstr "Quanti secondi nss_sss deve mantenere in cache le enumerazioni (richieste di informazioni circa tutti gli utenti)" +msgid "" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" +msgstr "" +"Quanti secondi nss_sss deve mantenere in cache le enumerazioni (richieste di " +"informazioni circa tutti gli utenti)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107 -msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." -msgstr "La cache delle voci può essere impostata in modo che aggiorni automaticamente a bassa priorità automaticamente le voci se vengono richieste oltre una percentuale del valore di entry_cache_timeout per il dominio." +msgid "" +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." +msgstr "" +"La cache delle voci può essere impostata in modo che aggiorni automaticamente " +"a bassa priorità automaticamente le voci se vengono richieste oltre una " +"percentuale del valore di entry_cache_timeout per il dominio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." -msgstr "Specifica per quanti secondi nss_sss deve mantenere in cache i cache hit negativi (ossia le richieste per le voci di database non valide, come quelle non esistenti) prima di interrogare di nuovo il back end." +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that " +"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before " +"asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"Specifica per quanti secondi nss_sss deve mantenere in cache i cache hit " +"negativi (ossia le richieste per le voci di database non valide, come quelle " +"non esistenti) prima di interrogare di nuovo il back end." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." @@ -313,16 +426,27 @@ msgstr "Esclude certi gruppi dall'essere recuperati dal database NSS di sss." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127 -msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "Se si vuole che gli utenti filtrati siano ancora membri del gruppo, impostare questa opzione a falso." +msgid "" +"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "" +"Se si vuole che gli utenti filtrati siano ancora membri del gruppo, impostare " +"questa opzione a falso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131 -msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." -msgstr "Sovrascrive l'home directory dell'utente. Si può fornire un valore assoluto o un modello." +msgid "" +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." +msgstr "" +"Sovrascrive l'home directory dell'utente. Si può fornire un valore assoluto o " +"un modello." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101 -msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "Imposta un modello predefinito per l'home directory dell'utente se non è specificato esplicitamente dal fornitore dei dati del dominio." +msgid "" +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "" +"Imposta un modello predefinito per l'home directory dell'utente se non è " +"specificato esplicitamente dal fornitore dei dati del dominio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." @@ -337,37 +461,69 @@ msgstr "Sostituisce ogni istanza di queste shell con shell_fallback" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152 -msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "La shell predefinita da usare se una shell permessa non è installata nella macchina." +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "" +"La shell predefinita da usare se una shell permessa non è installata nella " +"macchina." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105 -msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "La shell predefinita da usare se il fornitore non ne restituisce una durante l'interrogazione." +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "" +"La shell predefinita da usare se il fornitore non ne restituisce una durante " +"l'interrogazione." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." -msgstr "Specifica il tempo in secondi per cui la lista di sottodomini verrà considerata valida." +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered " +"valid." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il tempo in secondi per cui la lista di sottodomini verrà " +"considerata valida." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." -msgstr "Specifica il tempo in secondi per cui i record della cache in memoria sono validi." +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il tempo in secondi per cui i record della cache in memoria sono " +"validi." #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174 -msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "Se il fornitore dell'autenticazione non è raggiungibile, quanto a lungo sono permessi gli accessi tramite cache (in giorni dall'ultimo accesso in linea avvenuto con successo)." +msgid "" +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "" +"Se il fornitore dell'autenticazione non è raggiungibile, quanto a lungo sono " +"permessi gli accessi tramite cache (in giorni dall'ultimo accesso in linea " +"avvenuto con successo)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184 -msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "Il tempo in minuti che deve passare dopo che offline_failed_login_attempts è stato raggiunto prima che sia possibile un nuovo tentativo di autenticazione." +msgid "" +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has " +"been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "" +"Il tempo in minuti che deve passare dopo che offline_failed_login_attempts è " +"stato raggiunto prima che sia possibile un nuovo tentativo di autenticazione." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189 -msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "Controlla che tipo di messaggi sono mostrati all'utente durante l'autenticazione." +msgid "" +"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "" +"Controlla che tipo di messaggi sono mostrati all'utente durante " +"l'autenticazione." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194 -msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "Per ogni richiesta PAM mentre SSSD è in linea, SSSD cercherò di aggiornare immediatamente le informazioni in cache dell'identità per l'utente al fine di assicurare che l'autenticazione avvenga con le informazioni più recenti." +msgid "" +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "" +"Per ogni richiesta PAM mentre SSSD è in linea, SSSD cercherò di aggiornare " +"immediatamente le informazioni in cache dell'identità per l'utente al fine di " +"assicurare che l'autenticazione avvenga con le informazioni più recenti." #. The kerberos domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691 @@ -377,80 +533,142 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212 -msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "Se valutare gli attributi sudoNotBefore e sudoNotAfter che implementano le voci di sudoers dipendenti dal tempo." +msgid "" +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that " +"implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "" +"Se valutare gli attributi sudoNotBefore e sudoNotAfter che implementano le " +"voci di sudoers dipendenti dal tempo." #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "Specifica per quanti secondi il risponditore autofs debba mantenere in cache i cache hit negativi prima di interrogare di nuovo il back end." +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"Specifica per quanti secondi il risponditore autofs debba mantenere in cache " +"i cache hit negativi prima di interrogare di nuovo il back end." #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228 -msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." -msgstr "Se usare l'hash dei nomi e indirizzi degli host nel file gestito known_hosts." +msgid "" +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." +msgstr "" +"Se usare l'hash dei nomi e indirizzi degli host nel file gestito known_hosts." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233 -msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." -msgstr "Quanti secondi mantenere un host nel file known_hosts gestito dopo che le relative chiavi host sono state richieste." +msgid "" +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." +msgstr "" +"Quanti secondi mantenere un host nel file known_hosts gestito dopo che le " +"relative chiavi host sono state richieste." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247 -msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "Limiti di UID e GID per il dominio. Se un dominio contiene una voce che è fuori da questi limiti, esso viene ignorato." +msgid "" +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "" +"Limiti di UID e GID per il dominio. Se un dominio contiene una voce che è " +"fuori da questi limiti, esso viene ignorato." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252 msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." msgstr "Determina se un dominio può essere enumerato." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257 -msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "Se il servizio non termina dopo \"force_timeout\" secondi, il monitor lo terminerà forzatamente inviando il segnale SIGKILL." +msgid "" +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "" +"Se il servizio non termina dopo \"force_timeout\" secondi, il monitor lo " +"terminerà forzatamente inviando il segnale SIGKILL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Per quanti secondi nss_sss deve considerare le voci valide prima di richiederle di nuovo al back end." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"Per quanti secondi nss_sss deve considerare le voci valide prima di " +"richiederle di nuovo al back end." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Per quanti secondi nss_sss deve considerare le voci utente valide prima di richiederle di nuovo al back end." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"Per quanti secondi nss_sss deve considerare le voci utente valide prima di " +"richiederle di nuovo al back end." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Per quanti secondi nss_sss deve considerare le voci di gruppo valide prima di richiederle di nuovo al back end." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Per quanti secondi nss_sss deve considerare le voci di gruppo valide prima di " +"richiederle di nuovo al back end." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Per quanti secondi nss_sss deve considerare le voci di gruppo di rete valide prima di richiederle di nuovo al back end." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Per quanti secondi nss_sss deve considerare le voci di gruppo di rete valide " +"prima di richiederle di nuovo al back end." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Per quanti secondi nss_sss deve considerare le voci di servizio valide prima di richiederle di nuovo al back end." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Per quanti secondi nss_sss deve considerare le voci di servizio valide prima " +"di richiederle di nuovo al back end." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287 -msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Per quanti secondi sudo deve considerare le regole valide prima di richiederle di nuovo al back end." +msgid "" +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Per quanti secondi sudo deve considerare le regole valide prima di " +"richiederle di nuovo al back end." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292 -msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Per quanti secondi il servizio autofs deve considerare le mappe di automounter valide prima di richiederle di nuovo al back end." +msgid "" +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Per quanti secondi il servizio autofs deve considerare le mappe di " +"automounter valide prima di richiederle di nuovo al back end." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -msgstr "Determina se le credenziali degli utenti sono mantenute anche nella cache locale LDB." +msgstr "" +"Determina se le credenziali degli utenti sono mantenute anche nella cache " +"locale LDB." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302 -msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "Numero di giorni per cui le voci sono mantenute nella cache dopo l'ultima autenticazione positiva prima di essere rimosse durante la pulizia della cache." +msgid "" +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "" +"Numero di giorni per cui le voci sono mantenute nella cache dopo l'ultima " +"autenticazione positiva prima di essere rimosse durante la pulizia della " +"cache." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "Il fornitore di identificazione usato per il dominio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312 -msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "Usa il nome completo e dominio (come formattato da full_name_format del dominio) come il nome di login dell'utente riportato da NSS." +msgid "" +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "" +"Usa il nome completo e dominio (come formattato da full_name_format del " +"dominio) come il nome di login dell'utente riportato da NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." @@ -461,8 +679,10 @@ msgstr "Il fornitore di controllo degli accessi usato per il dominio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330 -msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." -msgstr "Il fornitore che deve gestire le operazioni di cambio password per il dominio." +msgid "" +"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "" +"Il fornitore che deve gestire le operazioni di cambio password per il dominio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." @@ -470,7 +690,8 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." -msgstr "Il fornitore che deve gestire il caricamento delle impostazioni selinux." +msgstr "" +"Il fornitore che deve gestire il caricamento delle impostazioni selinux." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." @@ -482,31 +703,52 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." -msgstr "Il fornitore usato per recuperare le informazioni sulle identità degli host." +msgstr "" +"Il fornitore usato per recuperare le informazioni sulle identità degli host." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365 -msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "Espressione regolare per questo dominio che descrive come suddividere la stringa contenente il nome utente e il dominio in questi componenti." +msgid "" +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "" +"Espressione regolare per questo dominio che descrive come suddividere la " +"stringa contenente il nome utente e il dominio in questi componenti." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370 -msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "Un formato compatibile con printf(3) che descrive come tradurre una tupla (nome, dominio) per questo dominio in un nome completamente qualificato." +msgid "" +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Un formato compatibile con printf(3) che descrive come tradurre una tupla " +"(nome, dominio) per questo dominio in un nome completamente qualificato." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376 -msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "Fornisce la possibilità di selezionare la famiglia di indirizzi preferita da usare quando si effettuano le interrogazioni DNS." +msgid "" +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "" +"Fornisce la possibilità di selezionare la famiglia di indirizzi preferita da " +"usare quando si effettuano le interrogazioni DNS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381 -msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "Definisce la quantità di tempo (in secondi) per cui attendere una risposta dal risolutore DNS prima di assumere che non sia raggiungibile." +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "" +"Definisce la quantità di tempo (in secondi) per cui attendere una risposta " +"dal risolutore DNS prima di assumere che non sia raggiungibile." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385 msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." msgstr "Usa la parte del dominio del nome host della macchina." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 -msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "Se la scoperta dei servizi viene usata nel back end, specifica la parte del dominio dell'interrogazione DNS di scoperta dei servizi." +msgid "" +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "" +"Se la scoperta dei servizi viene usata nel back end, specifica la parte del " +"dominio dell'interrogazione DNS di scoperta dei servizi." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." @@ -517,29 +759,48 @@ msgstr "Considera i nomi utente e di gruppo come sensibili alle maiuscole." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400 -msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." -msgstr "Quando un utente o gruppo è cercato tramite nome nel fornitore proxy, viene eseguita una seconda richiesta tramite ID per 'rendere canonico' il nome nel caso il nome richiesto fosse un alias." +msgid "" +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." +msgstr "" +"Quando un utente o gruppo è cercato tramite nome nel fornitore proxy, viene " +"eseguita una seconda richiesta tramite ID per 'rendere canonico' il nome nel " +"caso il nome richiesto fosse un alias." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405 -msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "Usa questa directory home come valore predefinito per tutti i sottodomini di questo dominio." +msgid "" +"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "" +"Usa questa directory home come valore predefinito per tutti i sottodomini di " +"questo dominio." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." -msgstr "Elenco separato da virgole di utenti che sono autorizzati ad autenticarsi." +msgstr "" +"Elenco separato da virgole di utenti che sono autorizzati ad autenticarsi." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Elenco separato da virgole di gruppi che sono autorizzati ad autenticarsi. Questo si applica solo ai gruppi in questo dominio SSSD." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Elenco separato da virgole di gruppi che sono autorizzati ad autenticarsi. " +"Questo si applica solo ai gruppi in questo dominio SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -msgstr "Elenco separato da virgole di utenti a cui è esplicitamente negato l'accesso." +msgstr "" +"Elenco separato da virgole di utenti a cui è esplicitamente negato l'accesso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Elenco separato da virgole di gruppi a cui è esplicitamente negato l'accesso. Questo si applica solo ai gruppi in questo dominio SSSD." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Elenco separato da virgole di gruppi a cui è esplicitamente negato l'accesso. " +"Questo si applica solo ai gruppi in questo dominio SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." @@ -548,24 +809,43 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441 -msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." -msgstr "Gli strumenti appendono il nome di login a base_directory e usano il risultato come directory home." +msgid "" +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"Gli strumenti appendono il nome di login a base_directory e usano il " +"risultato come directory home." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "Indica se una directory home sia creata in modo predefinito per i nuovi utenti." +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "" +"Indica se una directory home sia creata in modo predefinito per i nuovi " +"utenti." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "Indica se una directory home sia rimossa in modo predefinito per gli utenti eliminati." +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "" +"Indica se una directory home sia rimossa in modo predefinito per gli utenti " +"eliminati." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456 -msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." -msgstr "Usato da sss_useradd(8) per specificare i permessi predefiniti per le nuove directory home appena create." +msgid "" +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Usato da sss_useradd(8) per specificare i permessi predefiniti per le nuove " +"directory home appena create." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461 -msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "La directory scheletro che contiene i file e directory da copiare nella directory home dell'utente, quanto questa viene creata da sss_useradd(8)." +msgid "" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " +"sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "" +"La directory scheletro che contiene i file e directory da copiare nella " +"directory home dell'utente, quanto questa viene creata da sss_useradd(8)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466 msgid "The mail spool directory." @@ -577,12 +857,20 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "Specifica l'elenco separato da virgole di URI dei server LDAP a cui SSSD si connette, in ordine di preferenza." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Specifica l'elenco separato da virgole di URI dei server LDAP a cui SSSD si " +"connette, in ordine di preferenza." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "Specifica l'elenco separato da virgole di URI dei server LDAP a cui SSSD si connette, in ordine di preferenza, per cambiare la password di un utente." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "" +"Specifica l'elenco separato da virgole di URI dei server LDAP a cui SSSD si " +"connette, in ordine di preferenza, per cambiare la password di un utente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." @@ -618,19 +906,23 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." -msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che corrisponde all'id primario di gruppo dell'utente." +msgstr "" +"L'attributo LDAP che corrisponde all'id primario di gruppo dell'utente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che corrisponde al campo gecos dell'utente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." -msgstr " L'attributo LDAP che contiene il nome della directory home dell'utente." +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgstr "" +" L'attributo LDAP che contiene il nome della directory home dell'utente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." -msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene il percorso alla shell predefinita dell'utente." +msgstr "" +"L'attributo LDAP che contiene il percorso alla shell predefinita dell'utente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." @@ -641,88 +933,185 @@ msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene l'objectSID di un oggetto utente LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene il marcatore temporale dell'ultima modifica dell'oggetto genitore." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +"L'attributo LDAP che contiene il marcatore temporale dell'ultima modifica " +"dell'oggetto genitore." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP corrispondente alla sua controparte shadow(5) (data dell'ultimo cambio della password)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow questo parametro contiene il nome di un " +"attributo LDAP corrispondente alla sua controparte shadow(5) (data " +"dell'ultimo cambio della password)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP corrispondente alla sua controparte shadow(5) (minima età della password)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow questo parametro contiene il nome di un " +"attributo LDAP corrispondente alla sua controparte shadow(5) (minima età " +"della password)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP corrispondente alla sua controparte shadow(5) (massima età della password)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow questo parametro contiene il nome di un " +"attributo LDAP corrispondente alla sua controparte shadow(5) (massima età " +"della password)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP corrispondente alla sua controparte shadow(5) (periodo di avviso della password)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow questo parametro contiene il nome di un " +"attributo LDAP corrispondente alla sua controparte shadow(5) (periodo di " +"avviso della password)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP corrispondente alla sua controparte shadow(5) (periodo di inattività della password)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow questo parametro contiene il nome di un " +"attributo LDAP corrispondente alla sua controparte shadow(5) (periodo di " +"inattività della password)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow oppure ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP corrispondente alla sua controparte shadow(5) (data di scadenza dell'account)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " +"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow oppure ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow " +"questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP corrispondente alla " +"sua controparte shadow(5) (data di scadenza dell'account)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che mantiene la data e l'ora dell'ultimo cambio della password in Kerberos." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos questo parametro contiene il nome " +"di un attributo LDAP che mantiene la data e l'ora dell'ultimo cambio della " +"password in Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che mantiene la data e l'ora di quando la password attuale scade." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos questo parametro contiene il nome " +"di un attributo LDAP che mantiene la data e l'ora di quando la password " +"attuale scade." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che memorizza la data di scadenza dell'account." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad questo parametro contiene il nome " +"di un attributo LDAP che memorizza la data di scadenza dell'account." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad questo parametro contiene il nome di un attributo LDAP che memorizza il campo del bit di controllo dell'account utente." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad questo parametro contiene il nome " +"di un attributo LDAP che memorizza il campo del bit di controllo dell'account " +"utente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o equivalenti, questo parametro determina se l'accesso è consentito." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o equivalenti, questo parametro " +"determina se l'accesso è consentito." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, questo attributo determina se l'accesso è consentito." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, questo attributo determina se " +"l'accesso è consentito." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, questo attributo determina fino a quando l'accesso è consentito." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, questo attributo determina fino " +"a quando l'accesso è consentito." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "Quando si usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, questo attributo determina le ore di un giorno di una settimana quando l'accesso è consentito." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, questo attributo determina le " +"ore di un giorno di una settimana quando l'accesso è consentito." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." -msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene l'UPN, il nome principale dell'utente di Kerberos." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." +msgstr "" +"L'attributo LDAP che contiene l'UPN, il nome principale dell'utente di " +"Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene le chiavi pubbliche SSH dell'utente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655 -msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "Alcuni server di directory, come Active Directory, potrebbero fornire la parte del reame dell'UPN in caratteri minuscoli, cosa che potrebbe portare al fallimento dell'autenticazione." +msgid "" +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm " +"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "" +"Alcuni server di directory, come Active Directory, potrebbero fornire la " +"parte del reame dell'UPN in caratteri minuscoli, cosa che potrebbe portare al " +"fallimento dell'autenticazione." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "Impostare questa opzione a vero se si vuole usare un reame in lettere maiuscole." +msgstr "" +"Impostare questa opzione a vero se si vuole usare un reame in lettere " +"maiuscole." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661 -msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." -msgstr "Specifica per quanti secondi SSSD attende prima di aggiornare la propria cache dei record enumerati." +msgid "" +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." +msgstr "" +"Specifica per quanti secondi SSSD attende prima di aggiornare la propria " +"cache dei record enumerati." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666 -msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." -msgstr "Determina quanto spesso controllare la cache per le voci inattivi (come i gruppi senza utenti e utenti che non si sono mai autenticati) e rimuoverle per salvare spazio." +msgid "" +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." +msgstr "" +"Determina quanto spesso controllare la cache per le voci inattivi (come i " +"gruppi senza utenti e utenti che non si sono mai autenticati) e rimuoverle " +"per salvare spazio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." @@ -733,12 +1122,24 @@ msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che elenca i gruppi di appartenenza dell'utente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "Se access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD userà la presenza dell'attributo authorizedService nella voce LDAP dell'utente per determinare il privilegio di accesso." +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" +"Se access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD userà la " +"presenza dell'attributo authorizedService nella voce LDAP dell'utente per " +"determinare il privilegio di accesso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "Se access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=host, SSSD userà la presenza dell'attributo host nella voce LDAP dell'utente per determinare il privilegio di accesso." +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." +msgstr "" +"Se access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=host, SSSD userà la presenza " +"dell'attributo host nella voce LDAP dell'utente per determinare il privilegio " +"di accesso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." @@ -758,27 +1159,52 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." -msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene l'UUID/GUID di un oggetto di gruppo LDAP." +msgstr "" +"L'attributo LDAP che contiene l'UUID/GUID di un oggetto di gruppo LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." -msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene l'objectSID di un oggetto di gruppo LDAP." +msgstr "" +"L'attributo LDAP che contiene l'objectSID di un oggetto di gruppo LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene il marcatore temporale dell'ultima modifica dell'oggetto genitore." +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +"L'attributo LDAP che contiene il marcatore temporale dell'ultima modifica " +"dell'oggetto genitore." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732 -msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." -msgstr "Se ldap_schema è impostato a un formato di schema che supporta gruppi annidati (come RFC2307bis), questa opzione controlla quanti livelli di annidamento SSSD seguirà." +msgid "" +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"Se ldap_schema è impostato a un formato di schema che supporta gruppi " +"annidati (come RFC2307bis), questa opzione controlla quanti livelli di " +"annidamento SSSD seguirà." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "Questa opzione istruisce SSSD a trarre vantaggio di una funzionalità specifica di Active Directory che può accelerare le operazioni di richiesta durante l'installazione con gruppi complessi o profondamente annidati." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "" +"Questa opzione istruisce SSSD a trarre vantaggio di una funzionalità " +"specifica di Active Directory che può accelerare le operazioni di richiesta " +"durante l'installazione con gruppi complessi o profondamente annidati." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "Questa opzione istruisce SSSD a trarre vantaggio di una funzionalità specifica di Active Directory che può accelerare le operazioni di initgroups (principalmente quando si ha a che fare con gruppi complessi o profondamente annidati)." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing " +"with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "" +"Questa opzione istruisce SSSD a trarre vantaggio di una funzionalità " +"specifica di Active Directory che può accelerare le operazioni di initgroups " +"(principalmente quando si ha a che fare con gruppi complessi o profondamente " +"annidati)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." @@ -793,84 +1219,148 @@ msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene i nomi dei membri del gruppo di rete." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene le triple (host, utente, dominio) del gruppo di rete." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "" +"L'attributo LDAP che contiene le triple (host, utente, dominio) del gruppo di " +"rete." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." -msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene l'UUID/GUID di un oggetto di gruppo di rete LDAP." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgstr "" +"L'attributo LDAP che contiene l'UUID/GUID di un oggetto di gruppo di rete " +"LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "La classe oggetto di una voce di servizio in LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." -msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene il nome degli attributi di servizio e dei loro alias." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." +msgstr "" +"L'attributo LDAP che contiene il nome degli attributi di servizio e dei loro " +"alias." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene la porta gestita da questo servizio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "L'attributo LDAP che contiene i protocolli capiti da questo servizio." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." -msgstr "Un DN di base facoltativo, ambito di ricerca e filtro LDAP per restringere le ricerche LDAP per questo tipo di attributo." +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " +"for this attribute type." +msgstr "" +"Un DN di base facoltativo, ambito di ricerca e filtro LDAP per restringere le " +"ricerche LDAP per questo tipo di attributo." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807 -msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "Specifica il timeout (in secondi) per cui le ricerche ldap sono autorizzate a durare prima che siano cancellate e i risultati in cache siano restituiti (e si entri in modalità fuori linea)." +msgid "" +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il timeout (in secondi) per cui le ricerche ldap sono autorizzate a " +"durare prima che siano cancellate e i risultati in cache siano restituiti (e " +"si entri in modalità fuori linea)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "Specifica il timeout (in secondi) per cui le ricerche ldap per l'enumerazione di utenti e gruppi sono autorizzate a durare prima che siano cancellate e i risultati in cache siano restituiti (e si entri in modalità fuori linea)." +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il timeout (in secondi) per cui le ricerche ldap per l'enumerazione " +"di utenti e gruppi sono autorizzate a durare prima che siano cancellate e i " +"risultati in cache siano restituiti (e si entri in modalità fuori linea)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "Specifica il timeout (in secondi) dopo cui il poll(2)/select(2) seguente un connect(2) ritorna in caso di mancata attività." +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il timeout (in secondi) dopo cui il poll(2)/select(2) seguente un " +"connect(2) ritorna in caso di mancata attività." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "Specifica il timeout (in secondi) dopo cui le chiamate alle API LDAP sincrone verranno interrotte se non si è ottenuta risposta." +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il timeout (in secondi) dopo cui le chiamate alle API LDAP sincrone " +"verranno interrotte se non si è ottenuta risposta." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." -msgstr "Specifica il timeout (in secondi) per cui sarà mantenuta una connessione ad un server LDAP." +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il timeout (in secondi) per cui sarà mantenuta una connessione ad " +"un server LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832 -msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "Specifica il numero di record da recuperare da LDAP in una singola richiesta. Alcuni server LDAP forzano un limite massimo per richiesta." +msgid "" +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some " +"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il numero di record da recuperare da LDAP in una singola richiesta. " +"Alcuni server LDAP forzano un limite massimo per richiesta." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Disabilita il controllo delle pagine di LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842 -msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "Quando si comunica con un server LDAP usando SASL, specifica il minimo livello di sicurezza necessario per stabilire la connessione." +msgid "" +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "" +"Quando si comunica con un server LDAP usando SASL, specifica il minimo " +"livello di sicurezza necessario per stabilire la connessione." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847 -msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "Specifica il numero di membri di gruppo che devono essere mancanti dalla cache interna al fine di indurre una richiesta di deferenza." +msgid "" +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il numero di membri di gruppo che devono essere mancanti dalla " +"cache interna al fine di indurre una richiesta di deferenza." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853 -msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." -msgstr "Specifica quali controlli eseguire sui certificati del server in una sessione TLS, se previsti." +msgid "" +"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " +"any." +msgstr "" +"Specifica quali controlli eseguire sui certificati del server in una sessione " +"TLS, se previsti." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858 -msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "Specifica il file che contiene i certificati per tutte le autorità dei certificati che sssd riconoscerà." +msgid "" +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il file che contiene i certificati per tutte le autorità dei " +"certificati che sssd riconoscerà." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863 -msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "Specifica il percorso ad una directory che contiene i certificati (in file individuali separati) delle autorità dei certificati." +msgid "" +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il percorso ad una directory che contiene i certificati (in file " +"individuali separati) delle autorità dei certificati." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." -msgstr "Specifica il file che contiene il certificato per la chiave del client." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il file che contiene il certificato per la chiave del client." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." @@ -881,12 +1371,22 @@ msgstr "Specifica le cifrature accettabili." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881 -msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." -msgstr "Specifica che la connessione id_product deve usare anche TLS per proteggere il canale." +msgid "" +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." +msgstr "" +"Specifica che la connessione id_product deve usare anche TLS per proteggere " +"il canale." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886 -msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "Specifica che SSSD deve cercare di mappare gli ID utente e di gruppo dagli attributi ldap_user_objectsid e ldap_group_objectsid invece di basarsi su ldap_user_uid_number e ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "" +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on " +"ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "" +"Specifica che SSSD deve cercare di mappare gli ID utente e di gruppo dagli " +"attributi ldap_user_objectsid e ldap_group_objectsid invece di basarsi su " +"ldap_user_uid_number e ldap_group_gid_number." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." @@ -901,8 +1401,12 @@ msgstr "Specifica il reame SASL da usare." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905 -msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "Se impostato a vero, la libreria LDAP effettuerà una richiesta inversa per rendere canonico il nome host durante il bind SASL." +msgid "" +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "" +"Se impostato a vero, la libreria LDAP effettuerà una richiesta inversa per " +"rendere canonico il nome host durante il bind SASL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." @@ -910,39 +1414,64 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "Specifica che l'id_provider deve inizializzare le credenziali Kerberos (TGT)." +msgstr "" +"Specifica che l'id_provider deve inizializzare le credenziali Kerberos (TGT)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Specifica il tempo di vita in secondi del TGT se viene usato GSSAPI." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925 -msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "Seleziona la politica per valutare la scadenza delle password lato client." +msgid "" +"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "" +"Seleziona la politica per valutare la scadenza delle password lato client." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." -msgstr "Specifica se debba essere abilitato il chasing automatico dei riferimenti." +msgstr "" +"Specifica se debba essere abilitato il chasing automatico dei riferimenti." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Specifica il nome di servizio da usare quando è abilitata la scoperta dei servizi." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il nome di servizio da usare quando è abilitata la scoperta dei " +"servizi." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939 -msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Specifica il nome di servizio da usare per trovare un server LDAP che permetta il cambio delle password quando è abilitata la scoperta dei servizi." +msgid "" +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il nome di servizio da usare per trovare un server LDAP che " +"permetta il cambio delle password quando è abilitata la scoperta dei servizi." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944 -msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "Specifica se aggiornare l'attributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change con i giorni dall'Epoch dopo un'operazione di cambio password." +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "" +"Specifica se aggiornare l'attributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change con i giorni " +"dall'Epoch dopo un'operazione di cambio password." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949 -msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "Se si usa access_provider = ldap e ldap_access_order = filter (predefinito), questa opzione è obbligatoria. Specifica il criterio del filtro di ricerca LDAP che deve essere soddisfatto dall'utente affinché sia consentito l'accesso a questo host." +msgid "" +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "" +"Se si usa access_provider = ldap e ldap_access_order = filter (predefinito), " +"questa opzione è obbligatoria. Specifica il criterio del filtro di ricerca " +"LDAP che deve essere soddisfatto dall'utente affinché sia consentito " +"l'accesso a questo host." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954 -msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." -msgstr "Tramite questa opzione è possibile abilitare la valutazione lato client degli attributi di controllo dell'accesso." +msgid "" +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." +msgstr "" +"Tramite questa opzione è possibile abilitare la valutazione lato client degli " +"attributi di controllo dell'accesso." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." @@ -950,23 +1479,36 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." -msgstr "Specifica come gli alias vengono deferenziati quando si esegue una ricerca." +msgstr "" +"Specifica come gli alias vengono deferenziati quando si esegue una ricerca." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970 -msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "Permette di mantenere gli utenti locali come membri di un gruppo LDAP per i server che usano lo schema RFC2307." +msgid "" +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use " +"the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "" +"Permette di mantenere gli utenti locali come membri di un gruppo LDAP per i " +"server che usano lo schema RFC2307." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "Specifica l'elenco separato da virgole di indirizzi IP o nomi host dei server Kerberos a cui SSSD si connette, in ordine di preferenza." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Specifica l'elenco separato da virgole di indirizzi IP o nomi host dei server " +"Kerberos a cui SSSD si connette, in ordine di preferenza." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002 msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." msgstr "Il nome del reame Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012 -msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." -msgstr "Se il servizio di cambio password non è in esecuzione sul KDC, qui si possono definire server alternativi." +msgid "" +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers " +"can be defined here." +msgstr "" +"Se il servizio di cambio password non è in esecuzione sul KDC, qui si possono " +"definire server alternativi." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." @@ -977,36 +1519,65 @@ msgstr "Ubicazione della cache delle credenziali degli utenti." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027 -msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." -msgstr "Timeout in secondi dopo cui una richiesta di autenticazione in linea o di cambio password è interrotta." +msgid "" +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password " +"request is aborted." +msgstr "" +"Timeout in secondi dopo cui una richiesta di autenticazione in linea o di " +"cambio password è interrotta." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032 -msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." -msgstr "Verifica con l'aiuto di krb5_keytab che il TGT ottenuto non è stato falsificato." +msgid "" +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." +msgstr "" +"Verifica con l'aiuto di krb5_keytab che il TGT ottenuto non è stato " +"falsificato." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037 -msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." -msgstr "L'ubicazione del keytab da usare quando si verifica la validità delle credenziali ottenute dai KDC." +msgid "" +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." +msgstr "" +"L'ubicazione del keytab da usare quando si verifica la validità delle " +"credenziali ottenute dai KDC." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042 -msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "Memorizza la password dell'utente se il fornitore è fuori linea e usala per richiedere un TGT quando il fornitore ritorna in linea." +msgid "" +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "" +"Memorizza la password dell'utente se il fornitore è fuori linea e usala per " +"richiedere un TGT quando il fornitore ritorna in linea." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046 -msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Richiede un ticket rinnovabile con un tempo di vita totale, fornito come un intero immediatamente seguito da un'unità temporale." +msgid "" +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Richiede un ticket rinnovabile con un tempo di vita totale, fornito come un " +"intero immediatamente seguito da un'unità temporale." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050 -msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Richiede un ticket con un tempo di vita, fornito come un intero immediatamente seguito da un'unità temporale." +msgid "" +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Richiede un ticket con un tempo di vita, fornito come un intero " +"immediatamente seguito da un'unità temporale." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "Il tempo in secondi tra due controlli se il TGT debba essere rinnovato." +msgstr "" +"Il tempo in secondi tra due controlli se il TGT debba essere rinnovato." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059 -msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." -msgstr "Permette il tunnel sicuro dell'autenticazione flessibile (FAST) per la pre-autenticazione Kerberos." +msgid "" +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos " +"pre-authentication." +msgstr "" +"Permette il tunnel sicuro dell'autenticazione flessibile (FAST) per la " +"pre-autenticazione Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." @@ -1014,7 +1585,8 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "Specifica se l'host e l'utente principale debbano essere resi canonici." +msgstr "" +"Specifica se l'host e l'utente principale debbano essere resi canonici." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081 @@ -1022,24 +1594,42 @@ msgstr "Specifica il nome del dominio Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "Un elenco separato da virgole di indirizzi IP o nomi host dei server AD a cui SSSD si connette, in ordine di preferenza." +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Un elenco separato da virgole di indirizzi IP o nomi host dei server AD a cui " +"SSSD si connette, in ordine di preferenza." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." -msgstr "Facoltativo. Può essere impostato su macchine dove hostname(5) non rispecchia il nome completamente qualificato usato nel dominio Active Directory per identificare questo host." +msgid "" +"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " +"host." +msgstr "" +"Facoltativo. Può essere impostato su macchine dove hostname(5) non rispecchia " +"il nome completamente qualificato usato nel dominio Active Directory per " +"identificare questo host." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Sovrascrive l'home directory dell'utente." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110 -msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "Specifica il limite inferiore dell'intervallo di ID POSIX da usare per mappare i SID di utenti e gruppi Active Directory." +msgid "" +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il limite inferiore dell'intervallo di ID POSIX da usare per " +"mappare i SID di utenti e gruppi Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115 -msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "Specifica il limite superiore dell'intervallo di ID POSIX da usare per mappare i SID di utenti e gruppi Active Directory." +msgid "" +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active " +"Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il limite superiore dell'intervallo di ID POSIX da usare per " +"mappare i SID di utenti e gruppi Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." @@ -1054,8 +1644,12 @@ msgstr "Specifica il nome del dominio predefinito." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133 -msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "Cambia il comportamento dell'algoritmo di mappatura degli ID in modo che agisca in modo simile all'algoritmo \"idmap_autorid\" di winbind." +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "" +"Cambia il comportamento dell'algoritmo di mappatura degli ID in modo che " +"agisca in modo simile all'algoritmo \"idmap_autorid\" di winbind." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145 @@ -1063,24 +1657,39 @@ msgstr "Specifica il nome del dominio IPA." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "Un elenco separato da virgole di indirizzi IP o nomi host dei server IPA a cui SSSD si connette, in ordine di preferenza." +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Un elenco separato da virgole di indirizzi IP o nomi host dei server IPA a " +"cui SSSD si connette, in ordine di preferenza." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." -msgstr "Può essere impostato su macchine dove hostname(5) non rispecchia il nome completamente qualificato." +msgid "" +"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " +"qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Può essere impostato su macchine dove hostname(5) non rispecchia il nome " +"completamente qualificato." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "Questa opzione dice a SSSD di aggiornare automaticamente il server DNS interno a FreeIPA v2 con l'indirizzo IP di questo client." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "" +"Questa opzione dice a SSSD di aggiornare automaticamente il server DNS " +"interno a FreeIPA v2 con l'indirizzo IP di questo client." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "Il TTL da applicare al record DNS del client quando lo si aggiorna." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167 -msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "Scegliere l'interfaccia il cui indirizzo IP debba essere usato per gli aggiornamenti dinamici del DNS." +msgid "" +"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "" +"Scegliere l'interfaccia il cui indirizzo IP debba essere usato per gli " +"aggiornamenti dinamici del DNS." #. end Export #. ################################################################ Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/auth-server.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/auth-server.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/auth-server.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-24 09:16+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 08:31+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -100,8 +100,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." -msgstr "Il database LDAP è già stato creato. In seguito è possibile cambiare le impostazioni nel sistema installato." +msgid "" +"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later " +"in the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Il database LDAP è già stato creato. In seguito è possibile cambiare le " +"impostazioni nel sistema installato." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -113,8 +117,12 @@ msgstr "[impostata manualmente]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." -msgstr "Impossibile recuperare la password di root del sistema. Per continuare, impostare una password per il server LDAP." +msgid "" +"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " +"continue." +msgstr "" +"Impossibile recuperare la password di root del sistema. Per continuare, " +"impostare una password per il server LDAP." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -207,8 +215,12 @@ "senza installare i pacchetti richiesti." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." -msgstr "Impostazione di replicazione OpenLDAP fallita. Riconfigurare dopo che l'installazione è terminata." +msgid "" +"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " +"finished." +msgstr "" +"Impostazione di replicazione OpenLDAP fallita. Riconfigurare dopo che " +"l'installazione è terminata." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -230,11 +242,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " +"running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " +"you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -"Si dispone di una configurazione esistente ma il server LDAP non è attualmente in esecuzione.\n" +"Si dispone di una configurazione esistente ma il server LDAP non è " +"attualmente in esecuzione.\n" "Avviare adesso il server e ricaricare la configurazione o\n" "creare una nuova configurazione da zero?" @@ -319,8 +334,12 @@ msgstr "Il server LDAP non è in esecuzione." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "Riavviarlo ora per ricaricare la configurazione o creare una nuova configurazione da zero?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " +"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "" +"Riavviarlo ora per ricaricare la configurazione o creare una nuova " +"configurazione da zero?" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 @@ -349,19 +368,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "Tutti i dati, inclusa la configurazione, sono replicati da un server remoto." +msgstr "" +"Tutti i dati, inclusa la configurazione, sono replicati da un server remoto." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 msgid "" "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n" "computer. \n" msgstr "" -"YaST non è stato in grado di determinare il nome host completamente qualificato\n" +"YaST non è stato in grado di determinare il nome host completamente " +"qualificato\n" "di questo computer.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." -msgstr "Impostare un server principale di replicazione non è attualmente possibile." +msgstr "" +"Impostare un server principale di replicazione non è attualmente possibile." #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 @@ -532,15 +554,20 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" -msgstr "L'apertura della connessione al database \"cn=config\" sul server fornitore è fallita.\n" +msgid "" +"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " +"server.\n" +msgstr "" +"L'apertura della connessione al database \"cn=config\" sul server fornitore è " +"fallita.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" -"Verificare che il server fornitore permetta le connessioni remote al database \"cn=config\"\n" +"Verificare che il server fornitore permetta le connessioni remote al database " +"\"cn=config\"\n" "e che sia stata inserita la password corretta.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 @@ -549,7 +576,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." -msgstr "Si è verificato un errore durante la verifica della configurazione TLS/SSL." +msgstr "" +"Si è verificato un errore durante la verifica della configurazione TLS/SSL." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" @@ -574,13 +602,20 @@ "sta già agendo come consumatore di replicazione.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "L'impostazione di una replicazione a cascata del cn=config non è attualmente supportata." +msgid "" +"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "" +"L'impostazione di una replicazione a cascata del cn=config non è attualmente " +"supportata." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "Il controllo delle credenziali di autenticazione definite nella configurazione di replicazione sul server fornitore è fallito.\n" +msgid "" +"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " +"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "" +"Il controllo delle credenziali di autenticazione definite nella " +"configurazione di replicazione sul server fornitore è fallito.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -602,8 +637,10 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Per agire come un server principale per la replicazione, il database di configurazione richiede\n" -"di essere accessibile da remoto. Impostare una password per il database di configurazione.\n" +"Per agire come un server principale per la replicazione, il database di " +"configurazione richiede\n" +"di essere accessibile da remoto. Impostare una password per il database di " +"configurazione.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" @@ -612,7 +649,8 @@ "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"(L'accesso remoto al database di configurazione sarà ristretta alle connessioni\n" +"(L'accesso remoto al database di configurazione sarà ristretta alle " +"connessioni\n" "LDAP cifrate.)\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 @@ -642,12 +680,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " +"started. Note:\n" "After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Selezionare Sì se il server LDAP deve essere avviato automaticamente come\n" -"parte del processo di avvio del sistema. Selezionare No se il server LDAP non deve essere avviato.\n" -"Nota: dopo aver selezionato No non si può modificare la configurazione di OpenLDAP.\n" +"Selezionare Sì se il server LDAP deve essere avviato " +"automaticamente come\n" +"parte del processo di avvio del sistema. Selezionare No se il server " +"LDAP non deve essere avviato.\n" +"Nota: dopo aver selezionato No non si può modificare la configurazione " +"di OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" @@ -655,23 +697,32 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "Abilitare e disabilitare i vari ascoltatori del protocollo di OpenLDAP." +msgstr "" +"Abilitare e disabilitare i vari ascoltatori del protocollo di OpenLDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " +"communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " +"configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP è l'interfaccia LDAP standard sulla porta 389. La comunicazione sicura TLS/SSL\n" -"è possibile con l'operazione StartTLS quando il certificato del server è configurato." +"LDAP è l'interfaccia LDAP standard sulla porta 389. La " +"comunicazione sicura TLS/SSL\n" +"è possibile con l'operazione StartTLS quando il certificato del server è " +"configurato." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " +"protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " +"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPS abilita l'interfaccia \"LDAP su SSL (ldaps)\" per le connessioni protette da SSL\n" -"sulla porta 636. Questo funziona solamente se si ha un certificato server configurato (Si veda \"Impostazioni globali\"/\"Impostazioni TLS\").\n" +"LDAPS abilita l'interfaccia \"LDAP su SSL (ldaps)\" per le " +"connessioni protette da SSL\n" +"sulla porta 636. Questo funziona solamente se si ha un certificato server " +"configurato (Si veda \"Impostazioni globali\"/\"Impostazioni TLS\").\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -680,7 +731,8 @@ "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" "LDAPI abilita l'interfaccia \"LDAP su IPC\" per accedere al server\n" -"LDAP attraverso un socket di dominio Unix. Non disabilitare l'interfaccia LDAPI in quanto\n" +"LDAP attraverso un socket di dominio Unix. Non disabilitare l'interfaccia " +"LDAPI in quanto\n" "YaST la usa per comunicare con il server.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 @@ -692,7 +744,8 @@ "Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" "network ports or not.\n" msgstr "" -"Qui si può selezionare se SuSEFirewall debba permettere o meno l'accesso alle\n" +"Qui si può selezionare se SuSEFirewall debba permettere o meno l'accesso " +"alle\n" "porte di rete di LDAP.\n" #. First part of the Add Database Widget @@ -702,51 +755,74 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " +"Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " +"and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library " +"to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " +"more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -"Scegliere il database tra hdb e dbd. Hdb è una variante \n" -"del back end bdb che usa un database organizzato gerarchicamente e che supporta rinomine dei \n" -"sotto-alberi. Per il resto è identico a bdb. Un database hdb richiede un valore di \n" -"idlcachesize maggiore rispetto a un database bdb per ottenere delle buone prestazioni.\n" -"Un database mdb usa la libreria di OpenLDAP Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) per memorizzare i dati.\n" -"È simile al back end hdb ma è più efficiente sia per quanto riguarda lo spazio, sia per le prestazioni.\n" +"Scegliere il database tra hdb e dbd. Hdb è una " +"variante \n" +"del back end bdb che usa un database organizzato gerarchicamente e che " +"supporta rinomine dei \n" +"sotto-alberi. Per il resto è identico a bdb. Un database hdb " +"richiede un valore di \n" +"idlcachesize maggiore rispetto a un database bdb per ottenere " +"delle buone prestazioni.\n" +"Un database mdb usa la libreria di OpenLDAP Lightning Memory-Mapped DB " +"(LMDB) per memorizzare i dati.\n" +"È simile al back end hdb ma è più efficiente sia per quanto riguarda " +"lo spazio, sia per le prestazioni.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." -msgstr "L'opzione DN di base specifica il nome della voce radice del database che si sta generando." +msgstr "" +"L'opzione DN di base specifica il nome della voce radice del " +"database che si sta generando." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password" +" \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " +"other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the " +"\n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>" +"dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " +"Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -"Un DN dell'amministratore e una Password dell'amministratore LDAP specificano\n" -"l'identità di un super-utente per il database, superando tutte le ACL e le altre\n" -"restrizioni amministrative. Spuntando Appendi DN di base si aggiunge il \n" -"DN di base immesso sopra; ad esempio, un DN di base <tt>dc=esempio,dc=com</tt>\n" +"Un DN dell'amministratore e una Password dell'amministratore " +"LDAP specificano\n" +"l'identità di un super-utente per il database, superando tutte le ACL e le " +"altre\n" +"restrizioni amministrative. Spuntando Appendi DN di base si aggiunge " +"il \n" +"DN di base immesso sopra; ad esempio, un DN di base <tt>" +"dc=esempio,dc=com</tt>\n" "e un DN dell'amministratore <tt>c=Admin</tt> si combinano in un \n" "DN dell'amministratore effettivo <tt>c=Admin,dc=esempio,dc=com</tt>. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " +"password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Se questa procedura guidata è stata avviata durante l'installazione, la \n" -"Password dell'amministratore LDAP è inizialmente impostata alla password dell'amministratore del sistema\n" +"Password dell'amministratore LDAP è inizialmente impostata alla " +"password dell'amministratore del sistema\n" "inserita precedentemente durante il processo d'installazione." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -758,11 +834,16 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -"Per usare questo database come predefinito per gli strumenti client di OpenLDAP\n" -"(ad esempio ldapsearch) selezionare Usa questo database come predefinito per i client\n" -"OpenLDAP. Questo comporterà che il nome host \"localhost\" e il DN di base\n" -"inserito sopra verranno scritti nel file di configurazione dei client OpenLDAP\n" -"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Questa casella di controllo è selezionata in modo\n" +"Per usare questo database come predefinito per gli strumenti client di " +"OpenLDAP\n" +"(ad esempio ldapsearch) selezionare Usa questo database come predefinito " +"per i client\n" +"OpenLDAP. Questo comporterà che il nome host \"localhost\" e il DN di " +"base\n" +"inserito sopra verranno scritti nel file di configurazione dei client " +"OpenLDAP\n" +"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Questa casella di controllo è selezionata " +"in modo\n" "predefinito durante la creazione del primo database su un server.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 @@ -780,9 +861,12 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"Per abilitare o disabilitare l'autenticazione con testo in chiaro (associazione LDAP semplice)\n" -"per il database di configurazione spuntare la casella di controllo associata. L'autenticazione con testo in chiaro\n" -"per il database di configurazione sarà permessa solamente quando sono usate connessioni\n" +"Per abilitare o disabilitare l'autenticazione con testo in chiaro " +"(associazione LDAP semplice)\n" +"per il database di configurazione spuntare la casella di controllo associata. " +"L'autenticazione con testo in chiaro\n" +"per il database di configurazione sarà permessa solamente quando sono usate " +"connessioni\n" "sufficientemente protette (ad esempio quelle cifrate con SSL/TLS).\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 @@ -794,11 +878,14 @@ "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Per modificare la password di amministrazione per il database di configurazione,\n" +"Per modificare la password di amministrazione per il database di " +"configurazione,\n" "premere Cambia password.\n" -"Apparirà una finestra a comparsa in cui immettere la nuova password e selezionare\n" +"Apparirà una finestra a comparsa in cui immettere la nuova password e " +"selezionare\n" "la Cifratura password.\n" -"I campi della password sono inizialmente vuoti, anche se una password è già impostata\n" +"I campi della password sono inizialmente vuoti, anche se una password è già " +"impostata\n" "nella configurazione.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 @@ -811,38 +898,58 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " +"automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Inserire il DN completo o solo la prima parte e quindi appendere automaticamente\n" +"Inserire il DN completo o solo la prima parte e quindi appendere " +"automaticamente\n" "il DN di base tramite Appendi DN di base." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " +"Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " +"Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " +"set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Per modificare la password dell'account dell'amministratore, fare clic su Cambia password.\n" -"Apparirà una finestra a comparsa in cui immettere la nuova password e selezionare la Cifratura password.\n" -"I campi della password sono inizialmente vuoti, anche se una password è già impostata nella configurazione.\n" +"Per modificare la password dell'account dell'amministratore, fare clic su " +"Cambia password.\n" +"Apparirà una finestra a comparsa in cui immettere la nuova password e " +"selezionare la Cifratura password.\n" +"I campi della password sono inizialmente vuoti, anche se una password è già " +"impostata nella configurazione.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " +"adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " +"number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " +"RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " +"Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " +"HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " +"entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Con la Cache delle voci e Cache degli indici (cache IDL) si possono regolare\n" -"le dimensioni delle cache interne di OpenLDAP. La Cache delle voci definisce il numero delle voci\n" -"mantenute nella cache delle voci nella memoria di OpenLDAP. Se è possibile (c'è RAM a sufficienza) questo numero\n" -"dovrebbe essere largo abbastanza per mantenere l'intero database in memoria. La Cache degli indici (cache IDL)\n" -"è usata per accelerare le ricerche sugli attributi indicizzati. In generale, specialmente i database HDB richiedono un'ampia\n" -"cache IDL per avere buone prestazioni di ricerca (tre volte la dimensione della cache delle voci come regola\n" +"Con la Cache delle voci e Cache degli indici (cache IDL) si " +"possono regolare\n" +"le dimensioni delle cache interne di OpenLDAP. La Cache delle voci " +"definisce il numero delle voci\n" +"mantenute nella cache delle voci nella memoria di OpenLDAP. Se è possibile " +"(c'è RAM a sufficienza) questo numero\n" +"dovrebbe essere largo abbastanza per mantenere l'intero database in memoria. " +"La Cache degli indici (cache IDL)\n" +"è usata per accelerare le ricerche sugli attributi indicizzati. In generale, " +"specialmente i database HDB richiedono un'ampia\n" +"cache IDL per avere buone prestazioni di ricerca (tre volte la dimensione " +"della cache delle voci come regola\n" "di riferimento)." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 @@ -859,16 +966,24 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " +"server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before " +"storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " +"but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " +"extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Spuntare Genera hash delle password in chiaro per specificare che il server OpenLDAP\n" -"deve cifrare le password in chiaro presenti nelle richieste di aggiunta e modifica prima di archiviarle nel\n" -"database. Benché questa operazione violi il modello di informazione X.500/LDAP, può essere necessaria\n" -"per compensare i client LDAP che non usano l'operazione estesa di modifica della password per gestire\n" +"Spuntare Genera hash delle password in chiaro per specificare che " +"il server OpenLDAP\n" +"deve cifrare le password in chiaro presenti nelle richieste di aggiunta e " +"modifica prima di archiviarle nel\n" +"database. Benché questa operazione violi il modello di informazione " +"X.500/LDAP, può essere necessaria\n" +"per compensare i client LDAP che non usano l'operazione estesa di modifica " +"della password per gestire\n" "le password. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -879,24 +994,35 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -"Se Rivela lo stato \"Account bloccato\" è abilitato, gli utenti che\n" -"tentano di autenticarsi a un account bloccato ricevono una notifica che indica\n" -"che l'account è bloccato. Questa notifica potrebbe fornire informazioni utili\n" -"a un attaccante. L'abilitazione di questa opzione non è consigliata per i siti\n" +"Se Rivela lo stato \"Account bloccato\" è abilitato, gli utenti " +"che\n" +"tentano di autenticarsi a un account bloccato ricevono una notifica che " +"indica\n" +"che l'account è bloccato. Questa notifica potrebbe fornire informazioni " +"utili\n" +"a un attaccante. L'abilitazione di questa opzione non è consigliata per i " +"siti\n" "per cui la sicurezza è prioritaria.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." -msgstr "Immettere il nome dell'oggetto della politica predefinita in DN dell'Oggetto politica predefinita." +msgid "" +"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " +"DN." +msgstr "" +"Immettere il nome dell'oggetto della politica predefinita in DN " +"dell'Oggetto politica predefinita." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " +"may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Per creare o cambiare la politica predefinita fare clic su Modifica politica. Potrebbe\n" -"essere richiesta la password dell'amministratore LDAP per permettere la lettura dell'oggetto politica\n" +"Per creare o cambiare la politica predefinita fare clic su Modifica " +"politica. Potrebbe\n" +"essere richiesta la password dell'amministratore LDAP per permettere la " +"lettura dell'oggetto politica\n" "dal server.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 @@ -905,17 +1031,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." -msgstr "Modificare le opzioni di indicizzazione di un hdb di un database dbd." +msgstr "" +"Modificare le opzioni di indicizzazione di un hdb di un database dbd." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." -msgstr "La tabella presenta un elenco di attributi che hanno attualmente un indice definito." +msgid "" +"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " +"defined." +msgstr "" +"La tabella presenta un elenco di attributi che hanno attualmente un indice " +"definito." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " +"types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" "Gli indici sono usati da OpenLDAP per migliorare le prestazioni di tipi\n" @@ -926,21 +1058,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " +"configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -"Presenza: questo indice è usato per le ricerche con filtri di presenza\n" -"(ad esempio <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Gli indici di presenza dovrebbero essere configurati\n" +"Presenza: questo indice è usato per le ricerche con filtri di " +"presenza\n" +"(ad esempio <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Gli indici di presenza dovrebbero " +"essere configurati\n" "solamente per gli attributi che occorrono molto raramente nel database.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " +"index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Uguaglianza: questo indice è usato per le ricerche con filtri d'uguaglianza (ad esempio\n" -"<tt>(attributeType=<valore esatto>)</tt>). Un indice Uguaglianza dovrebbe essere sempre configurato\n" +"Uguaglianza: questo indice è usato per le ricerche con filtri " +"d'uguaglianza (ad esempio\n" +"<tt>(attributeType=<valore esatto>)</tt>). Un indice Uguaglianza " +"dovrebbe essere sempre configurato\n" "per l'attributo <tt>objectclass</tt>.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 @@ -948,7 +1086,8 @@ "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -"Sottostringa: questo indice è usato per le ricerche con filtri di sottostringa\n" +"Sottostringa: questo indice è usato per le ricerche con filtri di " +"sottostringa\n" "(ad esempio <tt>(attributeType=<sottostringa>*)</tt> )\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 @@ -957,13 +1096,16 @@ "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Usare Aggiungi per definire le opzioni di indicizzazione per un nuovo attributo, \n" -"Elimina per eliminare un indice esistente e Modifica per cambiare le\n" +"Usare Aggiungi per definire le opzioni di indicizzazione per un " +"nuovo attributo, \n" +"Elimina per eliminare un indice esistente e Modifica per " +"cambiare le\n" "opzioni di indicizzazione di un attributo già indicizzato.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " +"added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" "written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" @@ -982,7 +1124,8 @@ "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -"La tabella fornisce una panoramica di tutte le regole di controllo degli accessi\n" +"La tabella fornisce una panoramica di tutte le regole di controllo degli " +"accessi\n" "che sono attualmente configurate per il database selezionato\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 @@ -991,8 +1134,10 @@ "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -"Per ogni regola si può vedere quali oggetti di destinazione la regola combacia.\n" -"Per avere una visione più dettagliata di una regola o per modificarla, selezionarla\n" +"Per ogni regola si può vedere quali oggetti di destinazione la regola " +"combacia.\n" +"Per avere una visione più dettagliata di una regola o per modificarla, " +"selezionarla\n" "nella tabella e premere Modifica.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 @@ -1000,19 +1145,24 @@ "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"Usare Aggiungi per aggiungere una regola di controllo degli accessi e\n" +"Usare Aggiungi per aggiungere una regola di controllo degli accessi " +"e\n" "Elimina per eliminare una regola di controllo degli accessi.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " +"using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -"La valutazione del controllo degli accessi di OpenLDAP si ferma alla prima\n" -"regola la cui definizione dell'obiettivo (DN, filtro e attributi) combacia con\n" -"la voce alla quale si accede. Pertanto si devono ordinare le regole in base alle\n" +"La valutazione del controllo degli accessi di OpenLDAP si ferma alla " +"prima\n" +"regola la cui definizione dell'obiettivo (DN, filtro e attributi) combacia " +"con\n" +"la voce alla quale si accede. Pertanto si devono ordinare le regole in base " +"alle\n" "proprie esigenze. Usare i pulsanti Su e Giù per fare ciò.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 @@ -1021,11 +1171,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, " +"if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Selezionare la casella di controllo \"Abilita il fornitore ldapsync per questo database\" se si vuole\n" -"essere in grado di replicare il database attualmente selezionato in un altro server." +"Selezionare la casella di controllo \"Abilita il fornitore ldapsync per " +"questo database\" se si vuole\n" +"essere in grado di replicare il database attualmente selezionato in un altro " +"server." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" @@ -1033,22 +1186,34 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " +"(stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " +"synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " +"or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " +"indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " +"is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -"È qui possibile specificare quanto spesso l'indicatore dello stato di sincronizzazione\n" -"(memorizzato nell'attributo \"contextCNS\") viene scritto nel database. Viene\n" -"sincronizzato con il database dopo \"Operazioni\" operazioni di scrittura specificate\n" -"o più di \"Minuti sono passati dall'ultima volta che l'indicatore è stato scritto.\n" -"In modo predefinito (entrambi i valori sono '0') l'indicatore di stato viene scritto solamente\n" -"dopo un arresto regolare. Scriverlo più frequentemente può portare ad un tempo di avvio più\n" -"veloce dopo un arresto non corretto ma potrebbe portare a un basso picco di prestazioni in\n" +"È qui possibile specificare quanto spesso l'indicatore dello stato di " +"sincronizzazione\n" +"(memorizzato nell'attributo \"contextCNS\") viene scritto nel " +"database. Viene\n" +"sincronizzato con il database dopo \"Operazioni\" operazioni di " +"scrittura specificate\n" +"o più di \"Minuti sono passati dall'ultima volta che l'indicatore è " +"stato scritto.\n" +"In modo predefinito (entrambi i valori sono '0') l'indicatore di stato viene " +"scritto solamente\n" +"dopo un arresto regolare. Scriverlo più frequentemente può portare ad un " +"tempo di avvio più\n" +"veloce dopo un arresto non corretto ma potrebbe portare a un basso picco di " +"prestazioni in\n" "ambienti con molte operazioni di scrittura LDAP.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 @@ -1057,15 +1222,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " +"operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " +"the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " +"replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " +"server." msgstr "" -"Configurare un log di sessione in memoria per registrare le informazioni relative alle operazioni di scrittura\n" -"effettuate nel database. Specificare quante operazioni di scrittura devono essere registrate nel log di sessione.\n" -"Configurare un log di sessione è utile solamente per replicazione \"refreshOnly\". In\n" -"questo caso può accelerare la replicazione e ridurre il carico sul server principale." +"Configurare un log di sessione in memoria per registrare le informazioni " +"relative alle operazioni di scrittura\n" +"effettuate nel database. Specificare quante operazioni di scrittura devono " +"essere registrate nel log di sessione.\n" +"Configurare un log di sessione è utile solamente per replicazione \"" +"refreshOnly\". In\n" +"questo caso può accelerare la replicazione e ridurre il carico sul server " +"principale." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" @@ -1076,7 +1249,8 @@ "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"Selezionare \"Questo database è un consumatore di replicazione\" se si vuole che il database sia una replica\n" +"Selezionare \"Questo database è un consumatore di replicazione\" se " +"si vuole che il database sia una replica\n" "di un database di un altro server.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 @@ -1089,14 +1263,18 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using " +"non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" "Inserire qui i dettagli di connessione per la connessione di replicazione\n" -"al server principale. Selezionare il protocollo da usare (ldap o ldaps)\n" +"al server principale. Selezionare il protocollo da usare (ldap o " +"ldaps)\n" "e inserire in nome host completamente qualificato del server principale. È\n" -"importante usare il nome host completamente qualificato per verificare il certificato\n" -"TLS/SSL del server principale. Adattare il numero di porta se il server principale sta\n" +"importante usare il nome host completamente qualificato per verificare il " +"certificato\n" +"TLS/SSL del server principale. Adattare il numero di porta se il server " +"principale sta\n" "usando porte ldap non standard.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -1115,8 +1293,10 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" "refreshOnly: il server secondario aprirà periodicamente una nuova\n" -"connessione, attiverà una sincronizzazione e chiuderà di nuovo la connessione.\n" -"L'intervallo di quanto spesso questa sincronizzazione accade può essere configurato\n" +"connessione, attiverà una sincronizzazione e chiuderà di nuovo la " +"connessione.\n" +"L'intervallo di quanto spesso questa sincronizzazione accade può essere " +"configurato\n" "attraverso l'impostazione Intervallo di replicazione.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 @@ -1125,8 +1305,10 @@ "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -"refreshAndPersist: il server secondario aprirà una connessione persistente\n" -"al server principale per la sincronizzazione. Le voci aggiornate nel server principale\n" +"refreshAndPersist: il server secondario aprirà una connessione " +"persistente\n" +"al server principale per la sincronizzazione. Le voci aggiornate nel server " +"principale\n" "sono immediatamente inviate al secondario attraverso questa connessione.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 @@ -1135,11 +1317,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " +"authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " +"database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Specificare un DN e una password che il server secondario deve usare per autenticarsi presso il principale.\n" -"Il DN specificato richiede di avere l'accesso in lettura a tutte le voci nel database replicato sul principale.\n" +"Specificare un DN e una password che il server secondario deve usare per " +"autenticarsi presso il principale.\n" +"Il DN specificato richiede di avere l'accesso in lettura a tutte le voci nel " +"database replicato sul principale.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" @@ -1149,20 +1335,26 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " +"configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " +"the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" "Siccome il database secondario è in sola lettura, il server secondario\n" "risponderà alle operazioni di scrittura con un riferimento LDAP.\n" -"Questo riferimento in modo predefinito indirizza il client al server principale. È possibile configurare un differente riferimento di aggiornamento qui.\n" -"Questo è ad esempio utile in un'impostazione di replicazione a cascata dove il fornitore\n" +"Questo riferimento in modo predefinito indirizza il client al server " +"principale. È possibile configurare un differente riferimento di " +"aggiornamento qui.\n" +"Questo è ad esempio utile in un'impostazione di replicazione a cascata dove " +"il fornitore\n" "per il server secondario è un server secondario esso stesso.\n" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" -msgstr "<big>Inizializzazione della configurazione del server LDAP</big>" +msgstr "" +"<big>Inizializzazione della configurazione del server LDAP</big>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" @@ -1170,12 +1362,14 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Interruzione dell'inizializzazione:</big> \n" -"È possibile interrompere il programma di configurazione in tutta sicurezza premendo Interrompi adesso." +"È possibile interrompere il programma di configurazione in tutta sicurezza " +"premendo Interrompi adesso." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" -msgstr "<big>Salvataggio della configurazione del server LDAP</big>\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Salvataggio della configurazione del server LDAP</big>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" @@ -1198,18 +1392,28 @@ "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" "Server module.\n" msgstr "" -"Questa finestra fornisce un breve sommario della configurazione che è stata creata.\n" -"Fare clic su Fine per scrivere tale configurazione e terminare il modulo del\n" +"Questa finestra fornisce un breve sommario della configurazione che è " +"stata creata.\n" +"Fare clic su Fine per scrivere tale configurazione e terminare il " +"modulo del\n" "server LDAP.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " -msgstr "Con Avvia server LDAP Sì o No si avvia o si arresta il server LDAP. " +msgid "" +"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server." +" " +msgstr "" +"Con Avvia server LDAP Sì o No si avvia o si arresta il server " +"LDAP. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." -msgstr "Se si seleziona Sì, premere Avanti per avviare la procedura di configurazione guidata." +msgid "" +"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " +"wizard." +msgstr "" +"Se si seleziona Sì, premere Avanti per avviare la procedura " +"di configurazione guidata." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -1221,12 +1425,17 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" -msgstr "Selezionare il tipo di server LDAP che si vuole configurare. Sono disponibili i seguenti scenari:" +msgid "" +"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " +"are available:" +msgstr "" +"Selezionare il tipo di server LDAP che si vuole configurare. Sono " +"disponibili i seguenti scenari:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " +"with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" "Server a sé stante: imposta un singolo server OpenLDAP a sé stante\n" @@ -1237,15 +1446,19 @@ "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -"Server principale in impostazione di replicazione: crea un'impostazione OpenLDAP che è\n" -"preparata per agire come un server principale (fornitore) in un'impostazione di replicazione.\n" +"Server principale in impostazione di replicazione: crea " +"un'impostazione OpenLDAP che è\n" +"preparata per agire come un server principale (fornitore) in un'impostazione " +"di replicazione.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " +"replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"Server replicato (secondario): imposta un server secondario OpenLDAP che replica tutti i suoi dati,\n" +"Server replicato (secondario): imposta un server secondario " +"OpenLDAP che replica tutti i suoi dati,\n" "inclusa la configurazione, da un server principale." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1271,20 +1484,26 @@ msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation." +"\n" msgstr "" -"Selezionare Abilita l'interfaccia LDAP su SSL (ldaps) per permettere al server di accettare\n" -"le connessioni LDAPS sulla porta 636. Se non selezionato, OpenLDAP supporterà solamente le connessioni\n" +"Selezionare Abilita l'interfaccia LDAP su SSL (ldaps) per " +"permettere al server di accettare\n" +"le connessioni LDAPS sulla porta 636. Se non selezionato, OpenLDAP supporterà " +"solamente le connessioni\n" "cifrate con TLS attraverso l'operazione estesa StartTLS.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " +"that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -"Se si ha già un certificato comune del server installato usando il corrispondente\n" -"modulo di YaST, selezionare Usa un certificato comune del server in modo che\n" +"Se si ha già un certificato comune del server installato usando il " +"corrispondente\n" +"modulo di YaST, selezionare Usa un certificato comune del server in " +"modo che\n" "il server OpenLDAP usi tale certificato.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 @@ -1294,13 +1513,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File" +",\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " +"corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" "Se non si ha un certificato comune del server o si vuole che OpenLDAP usi\n" "un certificato diverso, inserire il nome del File del certificato CA,\n" -"del File del certificato e del File della chiave del certificato\n" +"del File del certificato e del File della chiave del certificato" +"\n" "nei corrispondenti campi di testo.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 @@ -1308,23 +1530,29 @@ "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" -"Per creare un nuovo certificato o un nuovo CA, avviare il modulo di gestione di CA\n" +"Per creare un nuovo certificato o un nuovo CA, avviare il modulo di " +"gestione di CA\n" "premendo Avvia il modulo di gestione di CA.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "Sotto questa voce è possibile configurare alcuni parametri generali." +msgstr "" +"Sotto questa voce è possibile configurare alcuni parametri generali." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in " +"which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " +"support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" -"In questa finestra si possono aggiungere file schema. Premere Aggiungi per aprire una finestra di dialogo in cui selezionare\n" -"un nuovo schema. Attenzione: OpenLDAP (quando usato con back-config) attualmente\n" +"In questa finestra si possono aggiungere file schema. Premere Aggiungi<" +"/b> per aprire una finestra di dialogo in cui selezionare\n" +"un nuovo schema. Attenzione: OpenLDAP (quando usato con back-config) " +"attualmente\n" "non supporta la rimozione dei dati schema" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" @@ -1333,13 +1561,18 @@ "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" -"Selezionare i sottosistemi che registrano le statistiche e le informazioni di debug\n" +"Selezionare i sottosistemi che registrano le statistiche e le informazioni " +"di debug\n" "in syslog." #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" -msgstr "Selezionare quali funzionalità particolari il server OpenLDAP debba consentire o non consentire:" +msgid "" +"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " +"disallow:" +msgstr "" +"Selezionare quali funzionalità particolari il server OpenLDAP debba " +"consentire o non consentire:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1347,19 +1580,26 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " +"requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -"Richieste di associazione LDAPv2: per permettere al server di accettare le\n" -"richieste di associazione LDAPv2. Si noti che OpenLDAP non implementa realmente LDAPv2.\n" +"Richieste di associazione LDAPv2: per permettere al server di " +"accettare le\n" +"richieste di associazione LDAPv2. Si noti che OpenLDAP non implementa " +"realmente LDAPv2.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " +"when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " +"present) " msgstr "" -"Associazione anonima con credenziali non vuote: per permettere associazioni anonime quando\n" -"le credenziali non sono vuote (ad esempio, la password è presente ma il DN di associazione non è presente)" +"Associazione anonima con credenziali non vuote: per permettere " +"associazioni anonime quando\n" +"le credenziali non sono vuote (ad esempio, la password è presente ma il DN di " +"associazione non è presente)" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" @@ -1371,12 +1611,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " +"unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -"Operazioni d'aggiornamento non autenticate da elaborare: per permettere l'esecuzione di\n" -"operazioni di aggiornamento non autenticate (anonime). Tali operazioni sono comunque soggette ai\n" +"Operazioni d'aggiornamento non autenticate da elaborare: per " +"permettere l'esecuzione di\n" +"operazioni di aggiornamento non autenticate (anonime). Tali operazioni sono " +"comunque soggette ai\n" "controlli d'accesso e agli altri limiti amministrativi.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 @@ -1390,7 +1633,8 @@ "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" "Disabilita l'accettazione di richieste di associazione anonime:\n" -"il server non accetterà richieste di associazione anonime. Si noti che questo\n" +"il server non accetterà richieste di associazione anonime. Si noti che " +"questo\n" "generalmente non vieta l'accesso anonimo alle directory.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 @@ -1398,17 +1642,21 @@ "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -"Disabilita l'autenticazione con associazione semplice: disabilita completamente\n" +"Disabilita l'autenticazione con associazione semplice: disabilita " +"completamente\n" "l'autenticazione con associazione semplice\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " +"back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Disabilita il passaggio obbligato della sessione allo stato anonimo a seguito\n" -"della conferma di StartTLS: il server non forzerà più allo stato anonimo una\n" +"Disabilita il passaggio obbligato della sessione allo stato anonimo a " +"seguito\n" +"della conferma di StartTLS: il server non forzerà più allo stato anonimo " +"una\n" "connessione autenticata quando riceve l'operazione StartTLS.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 @@ -1425,91 +1673,141 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " +"\"Frontend\"\n" "database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " +"of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" -"Questo elenco mostra tutti i database configurati. I database con tipo \"frontend\" e\n" -"\"config\" rappresentano dei database interni particolari. Il database \"Frontend\" è\n" -"usato per configurare le restrizioni globali di controllo degli accessi e i sottoprogrammi\n" -"di copertura che si applicano a tutti i database. Il database \"Config\" contiene la\n" +"Questo elenco mostra tutti i database configurati. I database con tipo " +"\"frontend\" e\n" +"\"config\" rappresentano dei database interni particolari. Il database " +"\"Frontend\" è\n" +"usato per configurare le restrizioni globali di controllo degli accessi e i " +"sottoprogrammi\n" +"di copertura che si applicano a tutti i database. Il database \"Config\" " +"contiene la\n" "configurazione del server LDAP stesso.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "Per aggiungere un nuovo database, premere Aggiungi database...." +msgstr "" +"Per aggiungere un nuovo database, premere Aggiungi database...." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " +"Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"Per eliminare un database, selezionarlo dall'elenco e premere Elimina database....\n" +"Per eliminare un database, selezionarlo dall'elenco e premere Elimina " +"database....\n" "Non è possibile eliminare i database \"config\" e \"frontend\".\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " +"here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"Inserire qui una password per il database di configurazione (\"cn=config\"). Questa è richiesta per rendere\n" +"Inserire qui una password per il database di configurazione (\"" +"cn=config\"). Questa è richiesta per rendere\n" "il database di configurazione accessibile da remoto." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the " +"\"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed " +"for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Se è previsto che il server partecipi a un'impostazione MirrorMode, selezionare l'opzione \"Preparara per la replicazione\n" -"MirrorMode\". Questo assicurerà che l'attributo serverId venga generato come richiesto per la replicazione MirrorMode.\n" +"Se è previsto che il server partecipi a un'impostazione MirrorMode, " +"selezionare l'opzione \"Preparara per la replicazione\n" +"MirrorMode\". Questo assicurerà che l'attributo serverId venga generato " +"come richiesto per la replicazione MirrorMode.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " +"server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps<" +"/i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"Per impostare un server secondario alcuni dettagli devono essere richiesti ad un server principale. Inserire il nome host\n" -"del server principale, adattare il protocollo (\"ldap\" oppure \"ldaps\") e il numero di porta come richiesto e immettere la password\n" -"per il database di configurazione del server principale (\"cn=config\")." +"Per impostare un server secondario alcuni dettagli devono essere richiesti " +"ad un server principale. Inserire il nome host\n" +"del server principale, adattare il protocollo (\"ldap\" oppure \"" +"ldaps\") e il numero di porta come richiesto e immettere la password\n" +"per il database di configurazione del server principale (\"cn=config" +"\")." #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." -msgstr "Specificare il <big>Reame</big> e la <big>Password principale</big> per il server Kerberos." +msgid "" +"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " +"Kerberos server." +msgstr "" +"Specificare il <big>Reame</big> e la <big>Password principale</big> per il " +"server Kerberos." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "Benché il reame Kerberos possa essere una stringa ASCII qualsiasi, la convenzione è di usare lo stesso nome del dominio, scritto con lettere maiuscole.\n" +msgid "" +"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to " +"use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "" +"Benché il reame Kerberos possa essere una stringa ASCII qualsiasi, la " +"convenzione è di usare lo stesso nome del dominio, scritto con lettere " +"maiuscole.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." -msgstr "Questa stringa specifica la posizione del database di Kerberos per questo reame." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Questa stringa specifica la posizione del database di Kerberos per questo " +"reame." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." -msgstr "Questa stringa specifica la posizione del file della lista di controllo d'accesso (ACL) che kadmin usa per determinare i permessi dei principali sul database. " +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " +"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "" +"Questa stringa specifica la posizione del file della lista di controllo " +"d'accesso (ACL) che kadmin usa per determinare i permessi dei principali sul " +"database. " #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." -msgstr "Questa stringa specifica la posizione del file keytab che kadmin usa per autenticarsi presso il database." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " +"authenticate to the database." +msgstr "" +"Questa stringa specifica la posizione del file keytab che kadmin usa per " +"autenticarsi presso il database." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." -msgstr "Questo tempo assoluto specifica la data di scadenza predefinita dei principali creati in questo reame." +msgid "" +"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " +"created in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Questo tempo assoluto specifica la data di scadenza predefinita dei " +"principali creati in questo reame." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." -msgstr "Questi marcatori specificano gli attributi predefiniti del principale creato in questo reame." +msgid "" +"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " +"this realm." +msgstr "" +"Questi marcatori specificano gli attributi predefiniti del principale " +"creato in questo reame." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -1518,7 +1816,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "Abilitare questo marcatore consente al principale di ottenere ticket postdatabili." +msgstr "" +"Abilitare questo marcatore consente al principale di ottenere ticket " +"postdatabili." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -1527,7 +1827,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "Abilitare questo marcatore consente al principale di ottenere ticket inoltrabili." +msgstr "" +"Abilitare questo marcatore consente al principale di ottenere ticket " +"inoltrabili." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -1536,7 +1838,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "Abilitare questo marcatore consente al principale di ottenere ticket rinnovabili." +msgstr "" +"Abilitare questo marcatore consente al principale di ottenere ticket " +"rinnovabili." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" @@ -1545,7 +1849,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "Abilitare questo marcatore consente al principale di ottenere ticket proxy." +msgstr "" +"Abilitare questo marcatore consente al principale di ottenere ticket proxy." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" @@ -1553,8 +1858,13 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "Abilitare questo marcatore consente al principale di ottenere una chiave di sessione per un altro utente, permettendo l'autenticazione utente-utente per questo principale." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " +"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "" +"Abilitare questo marcatore consente al principale di ottenere una chiave di " +"sessione per un altro utente, permettendo l'autenticazione utente-utente per " +"questo principale." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -1562,8 +1872,17 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "Se questo marcatore è abilitato su un principale client, allora quel principale deve pre-autenticarsi presso il KDC prima di ricevere qualsiasi ticket. Su un principale di servizio, abilitare questo marcatore significa che i ticket di servizio per questo principale saranno emessi solo ai client con un TGT che ha il ticket pre-autenticato impostato." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " +"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " +"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only " +"be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "" +"Se questo marcatore è abilitato su un principale client, allora quel " +"principale deve pre-autenticarsi presso il KDC prima di ricevere qualsiasi " +"ticket. Su un principale di servizio, abilitare questo marcatore significa " +"che i ticket di servizio per questo principale saranno emessi solo ai client " +"con un TGT che ha il ticket pre-autenticato impostato." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -1571,8 +1890,12 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "Se questo marcatore è abilitato, il principale deve pre-autenticarsi usando un dispositivo hardware prima di ricevere qualsiasi ticket." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a " +"hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "" +"Se questo marcatore è abilitato, il principale deve pre-autenticarsi usando " +"un dispositivo hardware prima di ricevere qualsiasi ticket." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" @@ -1580,8 +1903,11 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "Abilitare questo marcatore permette al KDC di emettere ticket di servizio per questo principale." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "" +"Abilitare questo marcatore permette al KDC di emettere ticket di servizio per " +"questo principale." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -1589,8 +1915,14 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "Abilitare questo marcatore permette a un principale di ottenere ticket basati sulla modalità 'ticket garantisce ticket' piuttosto che ripetere il processo di autenticazione usato per ottenere il TGT." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a " +"ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that " +"was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "" +"Abilitare questo marcatore permette a un principale di ottenere ticket basati " +"sulla modalità 'ticket garantisce ticket' piuttosto che ripetere il processo " +"di autenticazione usato per ottenere il TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -1598,8 +1930,13 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." -msgstr "Abilitando questo marcatore il KDC emetterà ticket per questo principale. Disabilitandolo essenzialmente si disattiva il principale in questo reame." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " +"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " +"this realm." +msgstr "" +"Abilitando questo marcatore il KDC emetterà ticket per questo principale. " +"Disabilitandolo essenzialmente si disattiva il principale in questo reame." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" @@ -1608,7 +1945,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "Abilitare questo marcatore forza il cambio della password per questo principale." +msgstr "" +"Abilitare questo marcatore forza il cambio della password per questo " +"principale." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" @@ -1616,94 +1955,179 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." -msgstr "Se questo marcatore è abilitato, questo principale è marcato come servizio di cambio password. Questo deve essere usato solo in casi particolari. Per esempio, se la password di un utente è scaduta, l'utente deve ottenere un ticket per quel principale per essere in grado di cambiarla senza dover seguire il normale processo di autenticazione." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " +"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " +"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " +"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Se questo marcatore è abilitato, questo principale è marcato come servizio di " +"cambio password. Questo deve essere usato solo in casi particolari. Per " +"esempio, se la password di un utente è scaduta, l'utente deve ottenere un " +"ticket per quel principale per essere in grado di cambiarla senza dover " +"seguire il normale processo di autenticazione." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "Questa stringa indica la posizione del file del dizionario contenente le stringhe non consentite come password. Se questo non è impostato o se non c'è una politica assegnata al principale, non verrà effettuato alcun controllo." +msgid "" +"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not " +"allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " +"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "" +"Questa stringa indica la posizione del file del dizionario contenente le " +"stringhe non consentite come password. Se questo non è impostato o se non c'è " +"una politica assegnata al principale, non verrà effettuato alcun controllo.<" +"/p>" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." -msgstr "Questo numero di porta specifica la porta sulla quale il demone kadmind resta in ascolto per questo reame." +msgid "" +"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " +"for this realm." +msgstr "" +"Questo numero di porta specifica la porta sulla quale il demone kadmind " +"resta in ascolto per questo reame." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "Questa stringa specifica la posizione dove è stata memorizzata con kdb5_stash la chiave principale." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " +"with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "" +"Questa stringa specifica la posizione dove è stata memorizzata con " +"kdb5_stash la chiave principale." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." -msgstr "Questa stringa specifica l'elenco di porte che KDC ascolta per questo reame." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Questa stringa specifica l'elenco di porte che KDC ascolta per questo " +"reame." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "Questa stringa specifica il nome del principale associato a questa chiave principale. Il valore predefinito è K/M." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master " +"key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "" +"Questa stringa specifica il nome del principale associato a questa chiave " +"principale. Il valore predefinito è K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "Questa stringa di tipo di chiave rappresenta il tipo di chiave delle chiavi principali." +msgstr "" +"Questa stringa di tipo di chiave rappresenta il tipo di chiave delle " +"chiavi principali." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." -msgstr "Questo intervallo di tempo specifica il periodo di tempo massimo durante il quale un ticket può essere valido in questo reame." +msgid "" +"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " +"valid for in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Questo intervallo di tempo specifica il periodo di tempo massimo durante " +"il quale un ticket può essere valido in questo reame." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "Questo intervallo di tempo specifica il periodo di tempo massimo durante il quale un ticket può essere rinnovato in questo reame." +msgid "" +"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " +"renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Questo intervallo di tempo specifica il periodo di tempo massimo durante " +"il quale un ticket può essere rinnovato in questo reame." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "Un elenco di stringhe chiave/sale che specifica le combinazioni chiave/sale predefinite dei principali per questo reame." +msgid "" +"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " +"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "" +"Un elenco di stringhe chiave/sale che specifica le combinazioni " +"chiave/sale predefinite dei principali per questo reame." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "Specifica le combinazioni chiave/sale dei principali consentite per questo reame." +msgid "" +"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Specifica le combinazioni chiave/sale dei principali consentite per questo " +"reame." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "Specifica se l'elenco dei reami transitati per i ticket inter-reame debba essere verificato o meno rispetto al percorso calcolato dal nome del reame e dalla sezione [capaths] del suo file krb5.conf" +msgid "" +"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " +"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " +"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "" +"Specifica se l'elenco dei reami transitati per i ticket inter-reame debba " +"essere verificato o meno rispetto al percorso calcolato dal nome del reame e " +"dalla sezione [capaths] del suo file krb5.conf" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "Questa etichetta specifica per LDAP indica il numero di connessioni da mantenere attraverso il server LDAP." +msgid "" +"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " +"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "" +"Questa etichetta specifica per LDAP indica il numero di connessioni da " +"mantenere attraverso il server LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "Questa etichetta specifica per LDAP indica il file delle password memorizzate per gli oggetti usati per avviare i server Kerberos." +msgid "" +"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords " +"for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "" +"Questa etichetta specifica per LDAP indica il file delle password " +"memorizzate per gli oggetti usati per avviare i server Kerberos." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." -msgstr "Specifica l'elenco dei sotto-alberi contenenti i principali di un reame. L'elenco contiene i DN degli oggetti del sotto-albero separati dai due punti (:).L'ambito di ricerca specifica l'ambito in cui cercare i principali nel sotto-albero." +msgid "" +"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " +"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The " +"search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the " +"subtree." +msgstr "" +"Specifica l'elenco dei sotto-alberi contenenti i principali di un reame. " +"L'elenco contiene i DN degli oggetti del sotto-albero separati dai due punti " +"(:).L'ambito di ricerca specifica l'ambito in cui cercare i principali " +"nel sotto-albero." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "Specifica il DN dell'oggetto contenitore nel quale i principali del reame verranno creati. Se il riferimento al contenitore non è configurato per un reame, i principali verranno creati nel contenitore del reame." +msgid "" +"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " +"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " +"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il DN dell'oggetto contenitore nel quale i principali del reame " +"verranno creati. Se il riferimento al contenitore non è configurato per un " +"reame, i principali verranno creati nel contenitore del reame." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "Specifica il tempo di vita massimo del ticket per i principali in questo reame." +msgstr "" +"Specifica il tempo di vita massimo del ticket per i principali in questo " +"reame." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -msgstr "Specifica la vita massima rinnovabile dei ticket per i principali in questo reame." +msgid "" +"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Specifica la vita massima rinnovabile dei ticket per i principali in " +"questo reame." #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -2027,16 +2451,22 @@ msgstr "URI server" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "Questo server non è impostato come un nodo MirrorMode. Premere \"Avanti\" per avviare l'ordinaria procedura guidata della configurazione di OpenLDAP." +msgid "" +"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " +"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "" +"Questo server non è impostato come un nodo MirrorMode. Premere \"Avanti\" per " +"avviare l'ordinaria procedura guidata della configurazione di OpenLDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Panoramica MirrorMode LDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "Non è possibile cancellare l'host su cui si è avviato questo modulo YaST.\n" +msgid "" +"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "" +"Non è possibile cancellare l'host su cui si è avviato questo modulo YaST.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." @@ -2347,16 +2777,23 @@ msgstr "Selezione dei marcatori da &non consentire:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" -msgstr "Disabilita l'accettazione di richieste di associazione anonime (non vieta l'accesso anonimo alle directory)" +msgid "" +"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " +"directory access)" +msgstr "" +"Disabilita l'accettazione di richieste di associazione anonime (non vieta " +"l'accesso anonimo alle directory)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Disabilita l'autenticazione con associazione semplice" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "Disabilita il passaggio obbligato della sessione allo stato anonimo a seguito della conferma di StartTLS" +msgid "" +"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "" +"Disabilita il passaggio obbligato della sessione allo stato anonimo a seguito " +"della conferma di StartTLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2448,7 +2885,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "Permetti l'autenticazione con testo in chiaro (associazione semplice) per questo database." +msgstr "" +"Permetti l'autenticazione con testo in chiaro (associazione semplice) per " +"questo database." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -2490,10 +2929,9 @@ msgstr "Cambia la password dell'amministratore" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Use Kerberos" msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" -msgstr "Usa Kerberos" +msgstr "Aggiorna memorizzazione Kerberos" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Add Index" @@ -2783,7 +3221,8 @@ #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" -msgstr "Inserire un elenco di attributi validi nel campo di testo \"Attributi\"" +msgstr "" +"Inserire un elenco di attributi validi nel campo di testo \"Attributi\"" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" @@ -2791,7 +3230,8 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." -msgstr "Si deve aggiungere almeno un elemento all'elenco \"Livello di accesso\"." +msgstr "" +"Si deve aggiungere almeno un elemento all'elenco \"Livello di accesso\"." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" @@ -2806,8 +3246,10 @@ "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Il database selezionato contiene delle regole di controllo degli accessi che non sono\n" -"attualmente supportate da YaST. La finestra del controllo degli accessi verrà disabilitata.\n" +"Il database selezionato contiene delle regole di controllo degli accessi che " +"non sono\n" +"attualmente supportate da YaST. La finestra del controllo degli accessi " +"verrà disabilitata.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." @@ -2876,8 +3318,11 @@ msgstr "Controllo delle capacità LDAPsync del fornitore fallito," #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "Verificare che il server di destinazione sia abilitato ad agire come fornitore LDAPsync" +msgid "" +"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "" +"Verificare che il server di destinazione sia abilitato ad agire come " +"fornitore LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -3044,7 +3489,9 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "Si è verificato un errore durante il popolamento del database di configurazione con \"slapadd\"." +msgstr "" +"Si è verificato un errore durante il popolamento del database di " +"configurazione con \"slapadd\"." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." @@ -3103,8 +3550,12 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamento degli oggetti predefiniti delle politiche delle password" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" -msgstr "In attesa del completamento dei processi di indicizzazione a bassa priorità (questo potrebbe impiegare alcuni minuti)" +msgid "" +"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " +"some minutes)" +msgstr "" +"In attesa del completamento dei processi di indicizzazione a bassa priorità " +"(questo potrebbe impiegare alcuni minuti)" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -3123,8 +3574,11 @@ msgstr "Creazione degli oggetti delle politiche delle password fallita." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" -msgstr "Si è verificato un errore durante l'attesa della terminazione dell'indicizzatore del database OpenLDAP.\n" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "" +"Si è verificato un errore durante l'attesa della terminazione " +"dell'indicizzatore del database OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -3185,7 +3639,9 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "Modifica della configurazione d'avvio in modo da usare il database di configurazione" +msgstr "" +"Modifica della configurazione d'avvio in modo da usare il database di " +"configurazione" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" @@ -3222,11 +3678,16 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859 msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "Impossibile determinare il proprio nome host completamente qualificato." +msgstr "" +"Impossibile determinare il proprio nome host completamente qualificato." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "Un server principale per la replicazione non può funzionare correttamente senza sapere il proprio nome host completamente qualificato." +msgid "" +"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own " +"fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "" +"Un server principale per la replicazione non può funzionare correttamente " +"senza sapere il proprio nome host completamente qualificato." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 @@ -3256,8 +3717,12 @@ msgstr "DN LDAP non valido: \"%s\", non è possibile estrarre i valori RDN" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 -msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "Il valore dell'attributo \"c\" deve contenere un codice di nazione a 2 lettere ISO-3166 valido." +msgid "" +"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country " +"2-letter code." +msgstr "" +"Il valore dell'attributo \"c\" deve contenere un codice di nazione a 2 " +"lettere ISO-3166 valido." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 @@ -3272,7 +3737,8 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -msgstr "Il DN di base \"%s\" presenta dei RDN multivalore (non supportato da YaST)." +msgstr "" +"Il DN di base \"%s\" presenta dei RDN multivalore (non supportato da YaST)." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 #, perl-format @@ -3282,7 +3748,8 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -msgstr "Il DN radice \"%s\" presenta dei RDN multivalore (non supportato da YaST)." +msgstr "" +"Il DN radice \"%s\" presenta dei RDN multivalore (non supportato da YaST)." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." @@ -3298,8 +3765,11 @@ msgstr "File del certificato CA: \"%s\" non esiste." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 -msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "Si è verificato un errore provando a verificare il certificato del server del server fornitore.\n" +msgid "" +"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "" +"Si è verificato un errore provando a verificare il certificato del server del " +"server fornitore.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format @@ -3473,3 +3943,4 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "Impossibile scrivere il file del certificato CA." + Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/autoinst.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/autoinst.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/autoinst.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-24 09:04+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 08:31+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -36,7 +36,9 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Esecuzione degli script di installazione automatica nell'ambiente di installazione..." +msgstr "" +"Esecuzione degli script di installazione automatica nell'ambiente di " +"installazione..." # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:752 @@ -59,7 +61,8 @@ #. $Id$ #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:35 msgid "Error while reading configuration data." -msgstr "Si è verificato un errore durante la lettura dei dati di configurazione." +msgstr "" +"Si è verificato un errore durante la lettura dei dati di configurazione." # TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:1196 #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:68 @@ -140,8 +143,11 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Client per la creazione di un profilo AutoYaST basato sul sistema correntemente in uso" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Client per la creazione di un profilo AutoYaST basato sul sistema " +"correntemente in uso" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -153,10 +159,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" -msgstr "%1 esiste! Sovrascriverlo davvero?" +msgstr "Il file %1 esiste! Sovrascriverlo davvero?" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/printconf/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:69 @@ -173,22 +178,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"Usando questa finestra di dialogo, si copia il contenuto del file e si specifica\n" -"il percorso finale sul sistema installato. YaST copierà questo file nella posizione indicata." +"Usando questa finestra di dialogo, si copia il contenuto del file e si " +"specifica\n" +"il percorso finale sul sistema installato. YaST copierà questo file nella " +"posizione indicata." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Per proteggere i file copiati, impostare il proprietario ed i permessi dei file.\n" -"Impostare il proprietario usando la sintassi userid:groupid. I permessi possono essere\n" -"una rappresentazione simbolica delle modifiche da effettuare o una cifra in base otto\n" +"Per proteggere i file copiati, impostare il proprietario ed i permessi dei " +"file.\n" +"Impostare il proprietario usando la sintassi userid:groupid. I " +"permessi possono essere\n" +"una rappresentazione simbolica delle modifiche da effettuare o una cifra in " +"base otto\n" "che rappresenta il modello dei bit per i nuovi permessi." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -264,12 +277,15 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Per molti servizi e applicazioni potrebbe essere già\n" -"pronto un file di configurazione da copiare per intero sul sistema installato.\n" +"pronto un file di configurazione da copiare per intero sul sistema " +"installato.\n" "Ad esempio quando si installa un server web e il file di configurazione \n" "httpd.conf è già pronto." @@ -296,7 +312,9 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "Configurazione del sistema in base alle impostazioni dell'installazione automatica" +msgstr "" +"Configurazione del sistema in base alle impostazioni dell'installazione " +"automatica" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_ask_config.ycp:142 @@ -514,7 +532,8 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Preparazione del sistema per l'installazione automatica, attendere." +msgstr "" +"Preparazione del sistema per l'installazione automatica, attendere." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -579,13 +598,11 @@ msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Configurazione del bootloader in corso..." -# #-#-#-#-# repair.it.po (repair) #-#-#-#-# -# TLABEL modules/printconf/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:69 +# #-#-#-#-# repair.it.po (repair) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/printconf/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:69 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Repairing file system..." msgid "Registering the system..." -msgstr "Riparazione del file system in corso..." +msgstr "Registrazione del sistema in corso..." # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_sw_select.ycp:207 @@ -630,7 +647,8 @@ "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -"Si è verificato un errore durante la configurazione della selezione dei programmi.\n" +"Si è verificato un errore durante la configurazione della selezione dei " +"programmi.\n" "Riprovare.\n" #. ReportingDialog() @@ -688,7 +706,8 @@ "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"In base all'esperienza si può saltare, registrare o visualizzare (con tempo massimo)\n" +"In base all'esperienza si può saltare, registrare o visualizzare (con " +"tempo massimo)\n" "i messaggi di installazione. \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -696,8 +715,10 @@ "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -"Si raccomanda di visualizzare tutti i messaggi con un tempo massimo.\n" -"A volte si possono saltare gli avvertimenti ma non li si dovrebbe ignorare.\n" +"Si raccomanda di visualizzare tutti i messaggi con un tempo " +"massimo.\n" +"A volte si possono saltare gli avvertimenti ma non li si dovrebbe ignorare.<" +"/p>\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -714,12 +735,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selezionare una delle seguenti selezioni di base e fare clic su Dettagliato per aggiungere\n" +"Selezionare una delle seguenti selezioni di base e fare clic su " +"Dettagliato per aggiungere\n" "ulteriori selezioni e pacchetti aggiuntivi.\n" "\n" @@ -728,11 +751,15 @@ #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" -msgstr "Ubicazione della sorgente di installazione (come http://miohost/11.3/DVD1/)" +msgstr "" +"Ubicazione della sorgente di installazione (come http://miohost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "La sorgente di installazione di questo sistema (non si possono creare immagini se la si seleziona)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"La sorgente di installazione di questo sistema (non si possono creare " +"immagini se la si seleziona)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -747,30 +774,39 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Monta in /etc/fstab con:\n" "\tUn file system da montare viene generalmente identificato in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tin base al nome del dispositivo. È possibile modificare questa identificazione in modo che il file system da montare\n" -"\tvenga individuato mediante la ricerca di un'etichetta di volume o un UUID. Non tutti i file system possono essere\n" -"\tmontati mediante UUID o etichetta di volume. Se l'opzione è disabilitata, non è possibile effettuare questa operazione.\n" +"\tin base al nome del dispositivo. È possibile modificare questa " +"identificazione in modo che il file system da montare\n" +"\tvenga individuato mediante la ricerca di un'etichetta di volume o un UUID. " +"Non tutti i file system possono essere\n" +"\tmontati mediante UUID o etichetta di volume. Se l'opzione è disabilitata, " +"non è possibile effettuare questa operazione.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Etichetta del volume:\n" -"\t Il nome immesso in questo campo viene usato come etichetta del volume. Questa funzione è utile\n" -"\t quando viene attivata l'opzione per il montaggio in base all'etichetta del volume.\n" +"\t Il nome immesso in questo campo viene usato come etichetta del volume. " +"Questa funzione è utile\n" +"\t quando viene attivata l'opzione per il montaggio in base all'etichetta " +"del volume.\n" "\t Un'etichetta di volume non può contenere il carattere / o spazi.\n" "\t " @@ -876,7 +912,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"È stata selezionata la creazione di una nuova partizione ma non un file system valido.\n" +"È stata selezionata la creazione di una nuova partizione ma non un file " +"system valido.\n" "Selezionare un file system valido per continuare.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -949,8 +986,11 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "La dimensione \"auto\" è valida solo se è selezionato il punto di montaggio \"/boot\" o \"swap\"." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"La dimensione \"auto\" è valida solo se è selezionato il punto di montaggio " +"\"/boot\" o \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1021,7 +1061,8 @@ "sulla riga di comando e riprovare. A causa di questo errore, si può\n" "immettere solamente un URL di un profilo e non di una directory. Se si usano\n" "delle regole o file di controllo basati su nome di host, riavviare il\n" -"processo di installazione e assicurarsi che i file di controllo siano accessibili.\n" +"processo di installazione e assicurarsi che i file di controllo siano " +"accessibili.\n" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_lilo_info.ycp:314 @@ -1140,7 +1181,9 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Utilizzare questa interfaccia per definire le classi dei file di controllo.\n" +msgstr "" +"Utilizzare questa interfaccia per definire le classi dei file di " +"controllo.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1257,7 +1300,8 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"Selezionare una o più delle classi elencate a cui dovrà appartenere il file di controllo\n" +"Selezionare una o più delle classi elencate a cui dovrà appartenere il " +"file di controllo\n" "attuale.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1435,13 +1479,17 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Applicare veramente le impostazioni del modulo '%1' al sistema attuale?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Applicare veramente le impostazioni del modulo '%1' al sistema attuale?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." -msgstr "Si è verificato un errore durante l'apertura e/o l'analisi del file XML." +msgstr "" +"Si è verificato un errore durante l'apertura e/o l'analisi del file XML." #. NEW #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725 @@ -1450,7 +1498,9 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" msgstr "Applicare veramente le impostazioni del profilo al sistema attuale?" #. EXIT @@ -1487,7 +1537,8 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Indicare la directory in cui devono essere memorizzati tutti i file di controllo nel\n" +"Indicare la directory in cui devono essere memorizzati tutti i file di " +"controllo nel\n" "campo Repository." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1520,7 +1571,8 @@ "127 characters long or less.\n" msgstr "" "Nome file non valido.\n" -"I nomi possono contenere soltanto lettere, cifre e caratteri di sottolineatura,\n" +"I nomi possono contenere soltanto lettere, cifre e caratteri di " +"sottolineatura,\n" "devono iniziare con una lettera e possono essere lunghi\n" "127 caratteri al massimo.\n" @@ -1590,11 +1642,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Il file Kickstart è stato importato.\n" -"Controllare la sintassi importata e assicurarsi che la selezione dei pacchetti e il partizionamento\n" +"Controllare la sintassi importata e assicurarsi che la selezione dei " +"pacchetti e il partizionamento\n" "siano stati importati correttamente." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1714,7 +1768,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le opzioni in questa finestra di dialogo influiscono sul comportamento di AutoYaST\n" +"Le opzioni in questa finestra di dialogo influiscono sul comportamento di " +"AutoYaST\n" "durante l'installazione automatica.\n" "\n" @@ -1724,25 +1779,31 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'opzione per confermare l'installazione è selezionata in modo predefinito per evitare un'installazione indesiderata.\n" -"Questa opzione ferma il sistema in fase di installazione e mostra un sommario delle operazioni richieste nella solita\n" -"schermata delle proposte. Deselezionare questa opzione per eseguire l'installazione\n" +"L'opzione per confermare l'installazione è selezionata in modo predefinito " +"per evitare un'installazione indesiderata.\n" +"Questa opzione ferma il sistema in fase di installazione e mostra un sommario " +"delle operazioni richieste nella solita\n" +"schermata delle proposte. Deselezionare questa opzione per eseguire " +"l'installazione\n" "automaticamente senza interruzioni.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se si disattiva la seconda fase di autoyast, l'installazione continua in modalità manuale\n" +"Se si disattiva la seconda fase di autoyast, l'installazione continua in " +"modalità manuale\n" "dopo il primo riavvio (dopo l'installazione dei pacchetti).\n" "\n" @@ -1753,7 +1814,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per informazioni sulla gestione delle firme, leggere la documentazione di AutoYaST.\n" +"Per informazioni sulla gestione delle firme, leggere la documentazione di " +"AutoYaST.\n" "\n" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# @@ -1783,7 +1845,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Elenco dei percorsi per le risposte (percorsi multipli sono separati da spazi)" +msgstr "" +"Elenco dei percorsi per le risposte (percorsi multipli sono separati da spazi)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1900,13 +1963,17 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Questo strumento utilizza xmllint per validare il profilo nei confronti del\n" -"DTD e verifica che non manchino dati. In alcuni casi la mancanza di dati può essere voluta\n" -"e l'errore riportato può essere ignorato, ad es. quando si creano delle classi.\n" +"Questo strumento utilizza xmllint per validare il profilo nei " +"confronti del\n" +"DTD e verifica che non manchino dati. In alcuni casi la mancanza di dati può " +"essere voluta\n" +"e l'errore riportato può essere ignorato, ad es. quando si creano delle " +"classi.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" @@ -1926,19 +1993,24 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Per importare un file Kickstart basta fornire il percorso del file di configurazione.\n" -"I dati importati verranno caricati nel sistema di gestione delle configurazioni \n" +"Per importare un file Kickstart basta fornire il percorso del file di " +"configurazione.\n" +"I dati importati verranno caricati nel sistema di gestione delle " +"configurazioni \n" "per aggiungere ulteriori opzioni di configurazione disponibili con SUSE.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" "Questo strumento crea un profilo di riferimento leggendo le\n" -"informazioni dal sistema corrente. Selezionare le risorse da caricare per questo sistema\n" -"in aggiunta alle risorse predefinite, come partizionamento e selezione dei pacchetti.\n" +"informazioni dal sistema corrente. Selezionare le risorse da caricare per " +"questo sistema\n" +"in aggiunta alle risorse predefinite, come partizionamento e selezione dei " +"pacchetti.\n" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2196 @@ -1948,10 +2020,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"La tabella a destra mostra le partizioni da creare sul sistema destinazione.\n" +"La tabella a destra mostra le partizioni da creare sul sistema " +"destinazione.\n" "\n" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# @@ -1991,7 +2065,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Se non vengono definite delle partizioni ed il disco specificato\n" @@ -2011,40 +2086,58 @@ msgstr "Opzioni per esperti" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "In modo predefinito, AutoYaST creerà una partizione estesa e aggiungerà tutte le nuove partizioni come dispositivi logici. Comunque è anche possibile impostare AutoYaST in modo da creare una determinata partizione come partizione primaria o estesa. Inoltre è possibile specificare la dimensione di una partizione usando i settori al posto della dimensione in MegaByte." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"In modo predefinito, AutoYaST creerà una partizione estesa e aggiungerà tutte " +"le nuove partizioni come dispositivi logici. Comunque è anche possibile " +"impostare AutoYaST in modo da creare una determinata partizione come " +"partizione primaria o estesa. Inoltre è possibile specificare la dimensione " +"di una partizione usando i settori al posto della dimensione in MegaByte." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Queste opzioni e altre opzioni per esperti non possono essere configurate usando\n" +"Queste opzioni e altre opzioni per esperti non possono essere configurate " +"usando\n" "questa interfaccia. Esse vanno aggiunte manualmente al file di controllo.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per la configurazione di LVM e RAID consultare la documentazione ed aggiungere la configurazione\n" -"ad un file di controllo esistente. Si possono creare solo delle partizioni LVM e RAID non formattate\n" +"Per la configurazione di LVM e RAID consultare la documentazione ed " +"aggiungere la configurazione\n" +"ad un file di controllo esistente. Si possono creare solo delle partizioni " +"LVM e RAID non formattate\n" "come preparazione.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Impossibile trovare l'URL '%1' tramite protocollo HTTP(S). Il server ha ritornato il codice %2." +msgstr "" +"Impossibile trovare l'URL '%1' tramite protocollo HTTP(S). Il server ha " +"ritornato il codice %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Impossibile trovare l'URL '%1' tramite protocollo FTP. Il server ha ritornato il codice %2." +msgstr "" +"Impossibile trovare l'URL '%1' tramite protocollo FTP. Il server ha ritornato " +"il codice %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2124,7 +2217,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Script di pre-installazione</h3>\n" -"Si possono aggiungere dei comandi da eseguire prima che si avvii l'installazione. \n" +"Si possono aggiungere dei comandi da eseguire prima che si avvii " +"l'installazione. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 @@ -2149,7 +2243,8 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed " +"\n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2157,8 +2252,10 @@ "<H3>Script chroot</H3>\n" "Affinché lo script di post-installazione venga eseguito all'interno\n" "dell'ambiente chroot, selezionare le opzioni script chroot. Questi\n" -"script vengono eseguiti prima che il sistema esegua il primo riavvio. Gli script chroot vengono eseguiti\n" -"in modo predefinito nel sistema di installazione. Per accedere ai file nel sistema installato\n" +"script vengono eseguiti prima che il sistema esegua il primo riavvio. Gli " +"script chroot vengono eseguiti\n" +"in modo predefinito nel sistema di installazione. Per accedere ai file nel " +"sistema installato\n" "usare sempre il punto di montaggio \"/mnt\" negli script.\n" "\n" @@ -2167,13 +2264,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " +"\"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "È possibile eseguire gli script chroot in un secondo momento dopo che\n" -"il bootloader è stato configurato ricorrendo al particolare tag booleano \"chrooted\"\n" +"il bootloader è stato configurato ricorrendo al particolare tag booleano " +"\"chrooted\"\n" "con l'effetto che gli script verranno eseguiti nel sistema installato.\n" "\n" @@ -2191,10 +2290,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Script di inizializzazione</H3>\n" -"Questi script vengono eseguiti durante il processo di avvio iniziale e dopo\n" -"che YaST abbia concluso la configurazione del sistema. Gli script finali vengono\n" +"Questi script vengono eseguiti durante il processo di avvio iniziale e " +"dopo\n" +"che YaST abbia concluso la configurazione del sistema. Gli script finali " +"vengono\n" "eseguiti ricorrendo a un particolare script rc che viene eseguito\n" -"solo una volta. Gli script finali vengono eseguiti verso la fine del processo di avvio\n" +"solo una volta. Gli script finali vengono eseguiti verso la fine del processo " +"di avvio\n" "e dopo l'inizializzazione della rete.\n" "\n" @@ -2203,13 +2305,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interprete:</H3>\n" -"Gli script di pre-installazione possono essere solo degli script di shell. Non utilizzare Perl o \n" +"Gli script di pre-installazione possono essere solo degli script di shell. " +"Non utilizzare Perl o \n" "Python per script di pre-installazione.\n" "\n" @@ -2219,32 +2323,44 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Accesso alla rete:</H3>\n" -"durante l'esecuzione degli script di post-installazione, la rete è disabilitata.\n" -"Per renderla accessibile, è necessario effettuare l'inizializzazione negli script. Un'alternativa\n" -"per gli script di post-installazione con la rete è costituita dagli script di inizializzazione che garantiscono\n" -"un sistema completamente configurato durante l'esecuzione degli script. Se è stata effettuata un'installazione\n" -"tramite rete, è possibile utilizzare l'opzione Rete anche per lo script post-installazione.\n" +"durante l'esecuzione degli script di post-installazione, la rete è " +"disabilitata.\n" +"Per renderla accessibile, è necessario effettuare l'inizializzazione negli " +"script. Un'alternativa\n" +"per gli script di post-installazione con la rete è costituita dagli script di " +"inizializzazione che garantiscono\n" +"un sistema completamente configurato durante l'esecuzione degli script. Se è " +"stata effettuata un'installazione\n" +"tramite rete, è possibile utilizzare l'opzione Rete anche per lo " +"script post-installazione.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " +"as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback e debug:</H3>\n" -"Tutti gli script, ad eccezione degli script di inizializzazione, possono mostrare STDOUT+STDERR in una finestra a comparsa come feedback.\n" -"Se si attiva il debug, verranno visualizzati ulteriori dati nella finestra di dialogo di feedback che potrebbero semplificare\n" +"Tutti gli script, ad eccezione degli script di inizializzazione, possono " +"mostrare STDOUT+STDERR in una finestra a comparsa come feedback.\n" +"Se si attiva il debug, verranno visualizzati ulteriori dati nella finestra di " +"dialogo di feedback che potrebbero semplificare\n" "il debug dello script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2333,12 +2449,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation " +"for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aggiungendo degli script al processo di installazione automatica, si può personalizzare\n" -"l'installazione in base alle proprie esigenze e controllare le diverse fasi dell'installazione.\n" +"Aggiungendo degli script al processo di installazione automatica, si può " +"personalizzare\n" +"l'installazione in base alle proprie esigenze e controllare le diverse fasi " +"dell'installazione.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2365,8 +2484,12 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "Il parser XML ha riportato un errore durante l'analisi del profilo autoyast. Il messaggio di errore è:\n" +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"Il parser XML ha riportato un errore durante l'analisi del profilo autoyast. " +"Il messaggio di errore è:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059 @@ -2378,9 +2501,11 @@ "file without using classes.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Impossibile recuperare classi definite dall'utente. Verificare che tutte le classi\n" +"Impossibile recuperare classi definite dall'utente. Verificare che tutte le " +"classi\n" "siano state definite correttamente e che siano disponibili per\n" -"questo sistema via rete o localmente. Il sistema non può essere installato con il\n" +"questo sistema via rete o localmente. Il sistema non può essere installato " +"con il\n" "file di controllo originale senza usare le classi.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2445,26 +2570,32 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Molti moduli utilizzati per generare la configurazione sono\n" -"uguali a quelli disponibili tramite il Centro di controllo di YaST. Invece di configurare il\n" -"sistema, i dati immessi vengono raccolti ed esportati nel file di controllo che\n" +"uguali a quelli disponibili tramite il Centro di controllo di YaST. Invece di " +"configurare il\n" +"sistema, i dati immessi vengono raccolti ed esportati nel file di controllo " +"che\n" "può essere utilizzato per installare un altro sistema tramite AutoYaST.\n" "\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Oltre ai moduli noti esistenti sono state aggiunte\n" -"delle nuove interfacce per delle configurazioni particolari e complesse, ad esempio\n" +"delle nuove interfacce per delle configurazioni particolari e complesse, ad " +"esempio\n" "per il partizionamento, opzioni generali e programmi.\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. @@ -2565,13 +2696,16 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "Impossibile riutilizzare il gruppo di volumi %1. Il gruppo di volumi non esiste." +msgstr "" +"Impossibile riutilizzare il gruppo di volumi %1. Il gruppo di volumi non " +"esiste." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "Il gruppo di volumi '%1' deve avere almeno un volume fisico. Indicarne uno." +msgstr "" +"Il gruppo di volumi '%1' deve avere almeno un volume fisico. Indicarne uno." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2659,8 +2793,12 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Creazione dell'immagine fallita durante l'installazione dei modelli. Controllare /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check " +"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Creazione dell'immagine fallita durante l'installazione dei modelli. " +"Controllare /tmp/ay_image.log" # TLABEL modules/inst_sw_single.ycp:115 #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371 @@ -2668,8 +2806,12 @@ msgstr "Creazione immagine - Installazione dei pacchetti" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Creazione dell'immagine fallita durante l'installazione dei pacchetti. Controllare /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check " +"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Creazione dell'immagine fallita durante l'installazione dei pacchetti. " +"Controllare /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392 @@ -2681,14 +2823,17 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed " +"anymore." msgstr "" "Si possono applicare le modifiche all'immagine ora in %1/\n" -"Se si preme il pulsante OK, l'immagine verrà compressa e non sarà più possibile modificarla." +"Se si preme il pulsante OK, l'immagine verrà compressa e non sarà più " +"possibile modificarla." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Compressione dell'immagine fallita in '%1'. Controllare /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Compressione dell'immagine fallita in '%1'. Controllare /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2701,7 +2846,8 @@ "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "impossibile ottenere il file directory.yast in `%1`.\n" -"Si può creare tale file tramite il comando 'ls -F > directory.yast' se è mancante." +"Si può creare tale file tramite il comando 'ls -F > directory.yast' se è " +"mancante." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512 @@ -2731,10 +2877,12 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Si può modificare ora l'immagine ISO in %1, come aggiungere un file XML di AutoYaST completamente diverso.\n" +"Si può modificare ora l'immagine ISO in %1, come aggiungere un file XML di " +"AutoYaST completamente diverso.\n" "Se si preme il pulsante Ok, l'immagine verrà creata." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2782,13 +2930,21 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "È fallita l'esecuzione del risolutore dei pacchetti. Controllare la sezione dei programmi nel profilo autoyast." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"È fallita l'esecuzione del risolutore dei pacchetti. Controllare la sezione " +"dei programmi nel profilo autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "Lo schema delle partizioni configurato nel profilo XML non è adatto al disco fisso. Mancano %1MB" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"Lo schema delle partizioni configurato nel profilo XML non è adatto al disco " +"fisso. Mancano %1MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" @@ -2814,13 +2970,15 @@ "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Sono state rilevate varie partizioni radice, senza che però sia stato configurato\n" +"Sono state rilevate varie partizioni radice, senza che però sia stato " +"configurato\n" "quale utilizzare. Impossibile eseguire l'installazione automatica.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" -msgstr "il dispositivo '%1' non è stato trovato dal back end della memorizzazione" +msgstr "" +"il dispositivo '%1' non è stato trovato dal back end della memorizzazione" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.it.po (autoinst) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:752 Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/bootloader.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/bootloader.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/bootloader.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 08:11+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 08:32+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -58,10 +58,9 @@ #. command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Set a global option" msgid "Delete a global option" -msgstr "Imposta un'opzione globale" +msgstr "Elimina un'opzione globale" #. command line help text for set action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 @@ -95,10 +94,9 @@ #. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Value: %1" msgid "Value: %s" -msgstr "Valore: %1" +msgstr "Valore: %s" #. command line error report #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 @@ -136,13 +134,20 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Nessun boot loader è stato selezionato per l'installazione. Potrebbe essere impossibile avviare il sistema." +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"Nessun boot loader è stato selezionato per l'installazione. Potrebbe essere " +"impossibile avviare il sistema." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "A causa del partizionamento, non è possibile installare correttamente il boot loader" +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"A causa del partizionamento, non è possibile installare correttamente il boot " +"loader" #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224 @@ -175,13 +180,18 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Imposta flag attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione di boot \n" -"Per attivare la partizione che contiene il boot loader. Il codice MBR generico avvierà\n" -"la partizione attiva. Per i BIOS più vecchi è necessario attivare una partizione \n" +"Imposta flag attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione di " +"boot \n" +"Per attivare la partizione che contiene il boot loader. Il codice MBR " +"generico avvierà\n" +"la partizione attiva. Per i BIOS più vecchi è necessario attivare una " +"partizione \n" "anche se il boot loader è installato nell'MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -202,10 +212,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Timeout in secondi \n" -"Specifica il tempo di attesa del boot loader prima che il kernel predefinito venga caricato.\n" +"Specifica il tempo di attesa del boot loader prima che il kernel predefinito " +"venga caricato.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -216,115 +228,153 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -" Selezionare Imposta come predefinita per contrassegnare la sezione\n" +" Selezionare Imposta come predefinita per contrassegnare la " +"sezione\n" "selezionata come predefinita. Durante l'avvio il boot loader visualizzerà un\n" -"menu di boot e attenderà che l'utente selezioni il kernel o il sistema operativo da avviare. Se non\n" +"menu di boot e attenderà che l'utente selezioni il kernel o il sistema " +"operativo da avviare. Se non\n" "viene premuto alcun tasto prima del timeout,\n" -"verrà avviato il kernel o il sistema operativo predefinito. L'ordine delle sezioni del menu del\n" -"boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti Su e Giù.\n" +"verrà avviato il kernel o il sistema operativo predefinito. L'ordine delle " +"sezioni del menu del\n" +"boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti Su e Giù<" +"/b>.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"<big>Scrivi codice di boot generico su MBR</big> sostituisce il record di boot principale del disco con il codice generico (codice indipendente dal sistema operativo che\n" +"<big>Scrivi codice di boot generico su MBR</big> sostituisce il " +"record di boot principale del disco con il codice generico (codice " +"indipendente dal sistema operativo che\n" "avvia la partizione attiva)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Avvia da partizione di boot rappresenta una delle opzioni consigliate, l'altra è\n" +"Avvia da partizione di boot rappresenta una delle opzioni " +"consigliate, l'altra è\n" "Avvia da partizione radice." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another " +"operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Avvia dal record di boot principale è un'opzione sconsigliata se nel computer in uso è installato\n" +"Avvia dal record di boot principale è un'opzione sconsigliata se " +"nel computer in uso è installato\n" "un altro sistema operativo" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Avvia da partizione radice è un'opzione consigliata se esiste una partizione\n" -"appropriata. Selezionare Imposta flag attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione di boot e Scrivi codice di boot generico su MBR\n" -"in Opzioni boot loader per aggiornare il record di boot principale se è necessario oppure configurare un altro gestore di boot\n" +"Avvia da partizione radice è un'opzione consigliata se esiste una " +"partizione\n" +"appropriata. Selezionare Imposta flag attivo nella tabella delle " +"partizioni per la partizione di boot e Scrivi codice di boot generico " +"su MBR\n" +"in Opzioni boot loader per aggiornare il record di boot principale se " +"è necessario oppure configurare un altro gestore di boot\n" "per avviare questa sezione." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Boot da partizione estesa deve essere scelto nel caso la propria partizione radice risieda\n" +"Boot da partizione estesa deve essere scelto nel caso la propria " +"partizione radice risieda\n" "su una partizione logica e manchi la partizione /boot" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Partizione di boot personalizzata consente di scegliere la partizione di boot desiderata." +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"Partizione di boot personalizzata consente di scegliere la " +"partizione di boot desiderata." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"L'array MD è costituito da due dischi. Abilita ridondanza per array MD\n" +"L'array MD è costituito da due dischi. Abilita ridondanza per array MD<" +"/b>\n" "abilita la scrittura di GRUB nell'MBR di entrambi i dischi." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" #| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2<" +"/code>) for details." msgstr "" "Usa console seriale consente di definire i parametri da utilizzare\n" -"per una console seriale. Per ulteriori informazioni, vedere la documentazione di grub (<code>info grub</code>)." +"per una console seriale. Per ulteriori informazioni, vedere la documentazione " +"di grub (<code>info grub2</code>)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console<" +"/code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Definizione terminale \n" -"Definisce il tipo di terminale che si desidera utilizzare. Nel caso di un terminale seriale, ad esempio una console seriale,\n" -"è necessario specificare <code>serial</code>. È inoltre possibile passare <code>console</code> al \n" -"comando, come <code>serial console</code>. In questo caso, il terminale in cui si\n" +"Definisce il tipo di terminale che si desidera utilizzare. Nel caso di un " +"terminale seriale, ad esempio una console seriale,\n" +"è necessario specificare <code>serial</code>. È inoltre possibile passare <" +"code>console</code> al \n" +"comando, come <code>serial console</code>. In questo caso, il terminale in " +"cui si\n" "preme un tasto verrà utilizzato come terminale GRUB." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Sezioni di ricaduta in caso di errore in quello predefinito contiene un elenco di numeri di sezione \n" -"che verrà utilizzato per l'avvio qualora la sezione predefinita non fosse avviabile." +"Sezioni di ricaduta in caso di errore in quello predefinito " +"contiene un elenco di numeri di sezione \n" +"che verrà utilizzato per l'avvio qualora la sezione predefinita non fosse " +"avviabile." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Selezionare Nascondi menu all'avvio per nascondere il menu di boot." +msgstr "" +"Selezionare Nascondi menu all'avvio per nascondere il menu di " +"boot." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " +"only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Proteggi il boot loader con password \n" -"Definisce la password che è necessario specificare per accedere al menu di boot. In YaST la password viene accettata solo se viene ripetuta\n" +"Definisce la password che è necessario specificare per accedere al menu di " +"boot. In YaST la password viene accettata solo se viene ripetuta\n" "in Conferma password." #. help text 1/5 @@ -337,7 +387,8 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" "<big>Ordine dischi</big> \n" -"Per specificare l'ordine dei dischi in accordo con quello del BIOS, utilizzare i pulsanti\n" +"Per specificare l'ordine dei dischi in accordo con quello del BIOS, " +"utilizzare i pulsanti\n" "Su e Giù per riordinare i dischi.\n" "Per aggiungere un disco, premere Aggiungi.\n" "Per rimuovere un disco, premere Rimuovi." @@ -348,7 +399,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "Imposta flag &attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione di boot" +msgstr "" +"Imposta flag &attivo nella tabella delle partizioni per la partizione di boot" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 @@ -516,28 +568,54 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Parametro facoltativo della riga di comando del kernel consente di definire parametri aggiuntivi da passare al kernel." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Parametro facoltativo della riga di comando del kernel consente di " +"definire parametri aggiuntivi da passare al kernel." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "Modalità Vgadefinisce la modalità VGA per la console che il kernel deve impostare all'avvio." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console<" +"/i> to when booting." +msgstr "" +"Modalità Vgadefinisce la modalità VGA per la console che il " +"kernel deve impostare all'avvio." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Parametro failsafe della riga di comando del kernel consente di definire parametri per il failsafe da passare al kernel." +msgid "" +"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Parametro failsafe della riga di comando del kernel consente di " +"definire parametri per il failsafe da passare al kernel." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Rileva altro OS per mezzo di os-prober per il boot multiplo con altra distribuzione " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Rileva altro OS per mezzo di os-prober per il boot multiplo con " +"altra distribuzione " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Flag MBR protettivo è un'impostazione solo per esperti, in quanto è necessaria solamente per hardware particolare. Per maggiori dettagli si veda l'MBR protettivo nei dischi GPT. Non toccare se non si è sicuri." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " +"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " +"you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Flag MBR protettivo è un'impostazione solo per esperti, in quanto è " +"necessaria solamente per hardware particolare. Per maggiori dettagli si veda " +"l'MBR protettivo nei dischi GPT. Non toccare se non si è sicuri." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "Distributore specifica il nome del distributore del kernel usato per creare il nome della voce di boot." +msgid "" +"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " +"boot entry name. " +msgstr "" +"Distributore specifica il nome del distributore del kernel usato " +"per creare il nome della voce di boot." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" @@ -637,7 +715,9 @@ #. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Boot loader '%s' non supportato. Adattare opportunamente il proprio profilo AutoYaST." +msgstr "" +"Boot loader '%s' non supportato. Adattare opportunamente il proprio profilo " +"AutoYaST." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 @@ -650,7 +730,8 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "La partizione di boot è di tipo NFS. Impossibile installare il boot loader." +msgstr "" +"La partizione di boot è di tipo NFS. Impossibile installare il boot loader." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:578 @@ -772,12 +853,14 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current " +"\n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Da Altro,\n" -"è possibile modificare manualmente i file di configurazione del boot loader, cancellare la configurazione \n" +"è possibile modificare manualmente i file di configurazione del boot loader, " +"cancellare la configurazione \n" "corrente e proporre una nuova configurazione, ripartire da zero o rileggere\n" "la configurazione salvata sul disco. %1" @@ -819,11 +902,15 @@ "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" " Premendo Imposta come predefinita, la sezione \n" -"selezionata diventa quella predefinita. Durante l'avvio il boot loader presenterà un \n" +"selezionata diventa quella predefinita. Durante l'avvio il boot loader " +"presenterà un \n" "menu di boot e attenderà che l'utente selezioni il kernel o un altro \n" -"sistema operativo da avviare. Se non viene premuto alcun tasto prima del timeout, \n" -"verrà avviato il kernel o il sistema operativo predefinito. L'ordine delle sezioni nel menu del \n" -"boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti Su e Giù." +"sistema operativo da avviare. Se non viene premuto alcun tasto prima del " +"timeout, \n" +"verrà avviato il kernel o il sistema operativo predefinito. L'ordine delle " +"sezioni nel menu del \n" +"boot loader può essere modificato utilizzando i pulsanti Su e Giù<" +"/B>." #. help 4/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94 @@ -863,16 +950,19 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details<" +"/b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Nel Settore di boot della partizione <tt>/boot</tt> o <tt>/</tt> (radice).\n" +"- Nel Settore di boot della partizione <tt>/boot</tt> o <tt>/</tt> " +"(radice).\n" "È l'opzione consigliata qualora sia presente una partizione\n" "adatta. Impostare Attiva partizione Boot Loader e\n" -"Sostituisci MBR con codice generico in Dettagli installazione boot loader\n" +"Sostituisci MBR con codice generico in Dettagli installazione boot " +"loader\n" "per aggiornare il record di boot principale\n" "se necessario o configurare un altro gestore di boot\n" "per avviare &product;." @@ -898,7 +988,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ad esempio, la maggior parte dei PC \n" "presenta un limite del BIOS che \n" -"impedisce l'avvio da cilindri del disco fisso inferiori a 1024. In base al gestore di boot \n" +"impedisce l'avvio da cilindri del disco fisso inferiori a 1024. In base al " +"gestore di boot \n" "utilizzato, il sistema si potrà o meno avviare da una partizione logica." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 @@ -909,7 +1000,8 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Immettere il nome del dispositivo della partizione (ad esempio, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> o\n" +"Immettere il nome del dispositivo della partizione (ad esempio, <tt>" +"/dev/hda3</tt> o\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) nel campo di input." #. help text 1/1 @@ -920,7 +1012,8 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Dettagli installazione boot loader \n" -"Per adattare le opzioni di installazione avanzate (ad esempio, la mappatura dei \n" +"Per adattare le opzioni di installazione avanzate (ad esempio, la mappatura " +"dei \n" "dispositivi), premere Dettagli installazione boot loader." #. help text 1/1 @@ -953,8 +1046,10 @@ "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." msgstr "" "Configurazione manuale per esperti \n" -"Qui è possibile modificare manualmente la configurazione del boot loader.\n" -"Nota: il file di configurazione finale potrebbe presentare un'indentazione differente." +"Qui è possibile modificare manualmente la configurazione del boot loader." +"\n" +"Nota: il file di configurazione finale potrebbe presentare un'indentazione " +"differente." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223 @@ -964,7 +1059,8 @@ "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Nome sezione \n" -"Utilizzare Nome sezione per specificare il nome della sezione del boot loader. Il nome della sezione\n" +"Utilizzare Nome sezione per specificare il nome della sezione del boot " +"loader. Il nome della sezione\n" "deve essere univoco." #. help text 1/5 @@ -983,8 +1079,10 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Selezionare Clona sezione selezionata per clonare la sezione correntemente\n" -"selezionata. Modificare quindi le opzioni che si desidera siano differenti dalla \n" +"Selezionare Clona sezione selezionata per clonare la sezione " +"correntemente\n" +"selezionata. Modificare quindi le opzioni che si desidera siano differenti " +"dalla \n" "sezione selezionata." #. help text 3/5 @@ -993,7 +1091,8 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Selezionare Sezione immagine per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o un'altra immagine \n" +"Selezionare Sezione immagine per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o " +"un'altra immagine \n" "da caricare e avviare." #. help text 4/5 @@ -1002,7 +1101,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Selezionare Sezione Xen per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o un'altra immagine, \n" +"Selezionare Sezione Xen per aggiungere un nuovo kernel Linux o " +"un'altra immagine, \n" "ma avviandolo in ambiente Xen." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1012,18 +1112,22 @@ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" -"Selezionare Altro sistema (Chainloader) per aggiungere una sezione che \n" -"carica e avvia un settore di boot di una partizione del disco. Questa opzione si utilizza per\n" +"Selezionare Altro sistema (Chainloader) per aggiungere una sezione " +"che \n" +"carica e avvia un settore di boot di una partizione del disco. Questa opzione " +"si utilizza per\n" "avviare altri sistemi operativi." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selezionare Sezione menu per aggiungere una sezione che \n" -"carica un file di configurazione (la lista delle sezioni di boot) da una partizione del disco. Questa opzione si utilizza per\n" +"carica un file di configurazione (la lista delle sezioni di boot) da una " +"partizione del disco. Questa opzione si utilizza per\n" "avviare altri sistemi operativi." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -1149,40 +1253,69 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "A causa del partizionamento, non è possibile installare correttamente il boot loader." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"A causa del partizionamento, non è possibile installare correttamente il boot " +"loader." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Installa codice di boot nell'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">non installare</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installa codice di boot nell'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">non " +"installare</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Non installare codice di boot nell'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installa</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Non installare codice di boot nell'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installa<" +"/a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Installa codice di boot nella partizione /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">non installare</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installa codice di boot nella partizione /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">" +"non installare</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Non installare codice di boot nella partizione /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installa</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Non installare codice di boot nella partizione /boot (<a " +"href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installa</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Installa codice di boot nella partizione \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">non installare</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installa codice di boot nella partizione \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">" +"non installare</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Non installare codice di boot nella partizione \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">installa</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Non installare codice di boot nella partizione \"/\" (<a " +"href=\"enable_boot_root\">installa</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Attenzione: non è stata scelta l'ubicazione per il stage1 del boot loader. A meno che non si sappia cosa si sta facendo, selezionare l'ubicazione." +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Attenzione: non è stata scelta l'ubicazione per il stage1 del boot loader. A " +"meno che non si sappia cosa si sta facendo, selezionare l'ubicazione." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.it.po (bootloader) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1834 #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals @@ -1229,27 +1362,42 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "Combinazione non supportata di piattaforma hardware %1 e boot loader %2" +msgstr "" +"Combinazione non supportata di piattaforma hardware %1 e boot loader %2" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Il boot da MBR non funziona con il file system btrfs e l'etichetta del disco GPT senza una partizione bios_grub. Per correggere questo problema, creare la partizione bios_grub oppure usare un file system ext per la partizione di boot o non installare il stage 1 nell'MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " +"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or " +"use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Il boot da MBR non funziona con il file system btrfs e l'etichetta del disco " +"GPT senza una partizione bios_grub. Per correggere questo problema, creare la " +"partizione bios_grub oppure usare un file system ext per la partizione di " +"boot o non installare il stage 1 nell'MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Il dispositivo di boot è su un raid di tipo: %1. Il sistema non si avvierà." +msgstr "" +"Il dispositivo di boot è su un raid di tipo: %1. Il sistema non si avvierà." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Il dispositivo di boot è su un RAID1 software. Selezionare un'altra ubicazione per il boot loader, ad esempio l'MBR" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Il dispositivo di boot è su un RAID1 software. Selezionare un'altra " +"ubicazione per il boot loader, ad esempio l'MBR" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Manca una partizione ext per fare il boot. Impossibile installare il codice di boot." +msgstr "" +"Manca una partizione ext per fare il boot. Impossibile installare il codice " +"di boot." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/cluster.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/cluster.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/cluster.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-05 20:03+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 09:32+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -104,64 +104,60 @@ msgstr "Indirizzo IP ridondante" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Node IP" msgid "Node ID" -msgstr "IP nodo" +msgstr "ID del nodo" #. Set need to require 'set' #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'ID del nodo deve contenere un intero positivo" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgid "Node ID must be unique" -msgstr "L'indirizzo hardware deve essere unico." +msgstr "L'ID del nodo deve essere unico." -# #-#-#-#-# http-server.it.po (http-server) #-#-#-#-# -# TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:1111 +# #-#-#-#-# http-server.it.po (http-server) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:1111 #. BNC#871970, change member address struct #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" -msgstr "Indirizzo di rete di bind:" +msgstr "L'indirizzo di rete di bind deve essere fornito" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il nome del cluster deve essere fornito" -# #-#-#-#-# dhcp-server.it.po (dhcp-server) #-#-#-#-# -# TLABEL modules/sound/sound.ycp:510 +# #-#-#-#-# dhcp-server.it.po (dhcp-server) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/sound/sound.ycp:510 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" -msgstr "Va definito l'indirizzo hardware." +msgstr "L'indirizzo del membro deve essere fornito" #. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" -msgstr "Suona sound di test quando la scheda è configurata" +msgstr "I voti attesi devono essere forniti quando è configurato udp" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'indirizzo multicast deve essere fornito" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" -msgstr "Il valore di pos deve essere intero e positivo." +msgstr "La porta multicast deve essere un intero positivo" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270 -msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgid "" +"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " +"passive." msgstr "" +"Quando viene usata un'interfaccia multipla, può essere scelta solo passiva o " +"attiva. Impostata su passiva." #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 @@ -219,10 +215,9 @@ # TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:1328 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgid "Redundant IP" -msgstr "Indirizzo IP ridondante" +msgstr "IP ridondante" #. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539 @@ -230,15 +225,17 @@ " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." msgstr "" +"NOTA: rilevata vecchia configurazione corosync.\n" +"Riconfigurare l'elenco dei membri e confermare tutte le altre impostazioni." #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Number of threads must be integer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il numero di thread deve essere intero" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696 msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il numero di thread deve essere maggiore di 0" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Enable Security Auth" @@ -249,20 +246,28 @@ msgstr "Thread:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740 -msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "Per un cluster appena creato, premere il pulsante sottostante per generare /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgid "" +"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate " +"/etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "" +"Per un cluster appena creato, premere il pulsante sottostante per generare " +"/etc/corosync/authkey." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745 -msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." -msgstr "Per congiungersi a un cluster esistente, copiare manualmente /etc/corosync/authkey dagli altri nodi." +msgid "" +"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"Per congiungersi a un cluster esistente, copiare manualmente " +"/etc/corosync/authkey dagli altri nodi." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossibile creare /etc/corosync/authkey" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creazione di /etc/corosync/authkey avvenuta con successo" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Running" @@ -278,16 +283,14 @@ msgstr "Al boot" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" -msgstr "On -- Avvia pacemaker al boot" +msgstr "On -- Avvia pacemaker durante il boot" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" -msgstr "Off -- Avvia pacemaker solo manualmente" +msgstr "Off -- Avvia pacemaker manualmente" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Switch On and Off" @@ -386,7 +389,8 @@ "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Il file della chiave %1 è stato generato.\n" -"Premendo il pulsante \"Aggiungi file suggeriti\" lo si aggiunge all'elenco di sincronizzazione." +"Premendo il pulsante \"Aggiungi file suggeriti\" lo si aggiunge all'elenco di " +"sincronizzazione." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321 msgid "Key generation failed." @@ -395,11 +399,13 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " +"cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd è un demone che aiuta la duplicazione dello stato del firewall tra i nodi del cluster.\n" +"Conntrackd è un demone che aiuta la duplicazione dello stato del firewall tra " +"i nodi del cluster.\n" "YaST aiuta a configurare alcuni aspetti di base di conntrackd.\n" "Lo si deve avviare con il ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." @@ -420,14 +426,12 @@ msgstr "Genera /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" -msgstr "Il valore di pos deve essere intero e positivo." +msgstr "Il numero di gruppo deve essere un intero positivo" #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" #| "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" @@ -438,79 +442,220 @@ #| "<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" #| "<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " +"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " +"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " +"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " +"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " +"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " +"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid " +"field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " +"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the " +"network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to " +"use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This " +" may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will " +"be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified." +"\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " +"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " +"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " +"udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " +"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " +"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " +"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the " +" 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " +"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " +"not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " +"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " +"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " +"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " +"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " +"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " +"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<" +"br>\n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. " +"Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in " +"corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " +"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Indirizzo di rete di bind</big> Specifica l'indirizzo di cui l'esecutivo di openais fa il bind. Questo indirizzo deve sempre terminare con 0. Se il traffico di totem deve essere instradato su 192.168.5.92, impostare bindnetaddr a 192.168.5.0. Questo può anche essere un indirizzo IPv6; in tal caso verrà usata la rete IPv6. In questo caso deve essere specificato l'intero indirizzo e non è presente la selezione automatica dell'interfaccia di rete in una sottorete specifica come accade per IPv4. Se viene usata la rete IPv6, deve essere specificato il campo nodeid. \n" -"<big>Indirizzo di multicast</big> Questo è l'indirizzo di multicast usato dall'esecutivo di openais. Il valore predefinito dovrebbe funzionare per molte reti ma è meglio chiedere all'amministratore di rete circa l'indirizzo di multicast da usare. Si eviti 224.x.x.x in quanto è un indirizzo di multicast \"config\". L'indirizzo può anche essere un indirizzo IPv6 e in tal caso verrà usata la rete IPv6. In questo caso deve essere specificato il campo nodeid.\n" -"<big>Porta</big> Specifica il numero di porta UDP. È possibile usare lo stesso indirizzo di multicast su una rete con servizi openaus configurati su porte UDP diverse. \n" -"<big>Indirizzo membro</big> Questo elenco specifica tramite indirizzo IP tutti i nodi nel cluster. Questo può essere configurato quando si usa udpu. \n" -"<big>ID nodo</big> Questa opzione di configurazione è facoltativa quando si usa IPv4 e obbligatoria per IPv6. Questo valore a 32 bit specifica l'identificativo del nodo distribuito dal servizio dei componenti del cluster. Se non è specificato con IPv4, l'identificativo del nodo verrà determinato dall'indirizzo IP a 32 bit del sistema a cui il sistema è congiunto con l'identificativo dell'anello posto a 0. Il valore zero per l'identificativo del nodo è riservato e non deve essere usato. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> Specifica la modalità dell'anello ridondante, che può essere none, active o passive. La replicazione attiva offre una latenza leggermente inferiore dalla trasmissione alla distribuzione in ambienti di rete con errori ma con prestazioni inferiori. La replicazione passive può quasi raddoppiare la velocità del protocollo totem se il protocollo non viene limitato dalla cpu. L'ultima opzione è none che indica che solo un'interfaccia di rete verrà usata per il protocollo totem. Se è specificata un'unica direttiva di interfaccia, none viene scelta automaticamente. Solo active e passive possono essere scelte quando sono specificate direttive di interfaccia multiple. \n" -"<big>Voti attesi</big> Numero di voti atteso per il quorum della votazione. Viene calcolato automaticamente quando la sezione nodelist {} è presente in corosync.conf oppure può essere specificato nella sezione quorum {}. \n" -"<big>Genera automaticamente ID nodo</big> Nodeid è obbligatorio quando si usa IPv6. Abilitando l'ID nodo automatico il nodeid verrà generator automaticamente. \n" +"<big>Indirizzo di rete di bind</big> Specifica l'indirizzo di " +"cui l'esecutivo di openais fa il bind. Questo indirizzo deve sempre terminare " +"con 0. Se il traffico di totem deve essere instradato su 192.168.5.92, " +"impostare bindnetaddr a 192.168.5.0. Questo può anche essere un indirizzo " +"IPv6; in tal caso verrà usata la rete IPv6. In questo caso deve essere " +"specificato l'intero indirizzo e non è presente la selezione automatica " +"dell'interfaccia di rete in una sottorete specifica come accade per IPv4. Se " +"viene usata la rete IPv6, deve essere specificato il campo nodeid. \n" +"<big>Indirizzo di multicast</big> Questo è l'indirizzo di " +"multicast usato dall'esecutivo di openais. Il valore predefinito dovrebbe " +"funzionare per molte reti ma è meglio chiedere all'amministratore di rete " +"circa l'indirizzo di multicast da usare. Si eviti 224.x.x.x in quanto è un " +"indirizzo di multicast \"config\". L'indirizzo può anche essere un " +"indirizzo IPv6 e in tal caso verrà usata la rete IPv6. In questo caso deve " +"essere specificato il campo nodeid.\n" +"<big>Porta</big> Specifica il numero di porta UDP. È possibile " +"usare lo stesso indirizzo di multicast su una rete con servizi openaus " +"configurati su porte UDP diverse. \n" +"<big>Indirizzo membro</big> Questo elenco specifica tramite " +"indirizzo IP tutti i nodi nel cluster. Questo può essere configurato quando " +"si usa udpu (unicast). \n" +"<big>ID nodo</big> Questa opzione di configurazione è " +"facoltativa quando si usa IPv4 e obbligatoria per IPv6. Questo valore a 32 " +"bit specifica l'identificativo del nodo distribuito dal servizio dei " +"componenti del cluster. Se non è specificato con IPv4, l'identificativo del " +"nodo verrà determinato dall'indirizzo IP a 32 bit del sistema a cui il " +"sistema è congiunto con l'identificativo dell'anello posto a 0. Il valore " +"zero per l'identificativo del nodo è riservato e non deve essere usato. <" +"/p>\n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Specifica la modalità dell'anello " +"ridondante, che può essere none, active o passive. La replicazione attiva " +"offre una latenza leggermente inferiore dalla trasmissione alla distribuzione " +"in ambienti di rete con errori ma con prestazioni inferiori. La replicazione " +"passive può quasi raddoppiare la velocità del protocollo totem se il " +"protocollo non viene limitato dalla cpu. L'ultima opzione è none che indica " +"che solo un'interfaccia di rete verrà usata per il protocollo totem. Se è " +"specificata un'unica direttiva di interfaccia, none viene scelta " +"automaticamente. Solo active e passive possono essere scelte quando sono " +"specificate direttive di interfaccia multiple. \n" +"<big>Voti attesi</big> Numero di voti atteso per il quorum della " +"votazione. Viene calcolato automaticamente quando la sezione nodelist {} è " +"presente in corosync.conf oppure può essere specificato nella sezione quorum " +"{}. \n" +"<big>Genera automaticamente ID nodo</big> Nodeid è obbligatorio " +"quando si usa IPv6. Abilitando l'ID nodo automatico il nodeid verrà generator " +"automaticamente. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" #| "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The defaul t is on. \n" msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " +"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " +"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " +"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " +"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " +"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " +"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " +"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " +"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption " +"algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 " +"byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. " +"Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as " +"measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU " +"frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu " +"utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of " +"10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on " +"3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput " +"of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " +"throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. " +"The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Thread</big> Questa direttiva controlla quanti thread sono usati per cifrare e inviare i messaggi multicast. Se secauth è off, il protocollo non userà mai l'invio tramite thread. Se secauth è on, questa direttiva permette ai sistemi di essere configurati in modo che usino thread multipli per cifrare e inviare i messaggi multicast. Una direttiva di thread impostata a 0 indica che non deve essere usato l'invio tramite thread. Questa modalità offre le migliori prestazioni su sistemi non SMP. Il valore predefinito è 0. \n" -"<big>Abilita le autorizzazioni di sicurezza</big> Specifica che deve essere usata l'autenticazione HMAC/SHA1 per autenticare tutti i messaggi. Specifica altresì che tutti i dati devono essere cifrati con l'algoritmo di cifratura sover128 per proteggere i dati dalle intercettazioni. Abilitando questa opzione viene aggiunta un'intestazione di 36 byte ad ogni messaggio inviato da totem che riduce il traffico utile. La cifrature e l'autenticazione consumano il 75% dei cicli CPU in aisexec come misurato da gprof quando abilitato. Per reti a 100 mbit con trasmissioni a 1500 MTU: quando questa opzione è attiva su CPU a 3GHz, è possibile un traffico utile di 9mb/s con l'uso del 100% della CPU; quando questa opzione non è attiva su CPU a 3GHz, è possibile un traffico utile di 10mb/s con l'uso del 20% della CPU. Per reti gigabit con trasmissioni a MTU maggiori: quando questa opzione è attiva su CPU a 3GHz, è possibile un traffico utile di 20mb/s; quando questa opzione non è attiva su CPU a 3GHz, è possibile un traffico utile di 60mb/s. L'opzione è attiva in modo predefinito. \n" +"<big>Thread</big> Questa direttiva controlla quanti thread sono " +"usati per cifrare e inviare i messaggi multicast. Se secauth è off, il " +"protocollo non userà mai l'invio tramite thread. Se secauth è on, questa " +"direttiva permette ai sistemi di essere configurati in modo che usino thread " +"multipli per cifrare e inviare i messaggi multicast. Una direttiva di thread " +"impostata a 0 indica che non deve essere usato l'invio tramite thread. Questa " +"modalità offre le migliori prestazioni su sistemi non SMP. Il valore " +"predefinito è 0. \n" +"<big>Abilita le autorizzazioni di sicurezza</big> Specifica che " +"deve essere usata l'autenticazione HMAC/SHA1 per autenticare tutti i " +"messaggi. Specifica altresì che tutti i dati devono essere cifrati con " +"l'algoritmo di cifratura sover128 per proteggere i dati dalle " +"intercettazioni. Abilitando questa opzione viene aggiunta un'intestazione di " +"36 byte ad ogni messaggio inviato da totem che riduce il traffico utile. La " +"cifrature e l'autenticazione consumano il 75% dei cicli CPU in aisexec come " +"misurato da gprof quando abilitato. Per reti a 100 Mbit con trasmissioni a " +"1500 MTU: quando questa opzione è attiva su CPU a 3GHz, è possibile un " +"traffico utile di 9Mb/s con l'uso del 100% della CPU; quando questa opzione " +"non è attiva su CPU a 3GHz, è possibile un traffico utile di 10Mb/s con l'uso " +"del 20% della CPU. Per reti gigabit con trasmissioni a MTU maggiori: quando " +"questa opzione è attiva su CPU a 3GHz, è possibile un traffico utile di " +"20Mb/s; quando questa opzione non è attiva su CPU a 3GHz, è possibile un " +"traffico utile di 60Mb/s. L'opzione è attiva in modo predefinito. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " +"or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall " +"is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Al boot</big> Avviare o meno il servizio corosync al boot\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Impostazioni firewall</big> Abilita la porta quando il firewall è abilitato\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Al boot</big> Avviare o meno il servizio corosync al " +"boot\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Impostazioni firewall</big> Abilita la porta quando " +"il firewall è abilitato\n" "\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " +"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " +"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " +"synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using " +"the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated " +"with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied " +"to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Host da sincronizzare</big> I nomi host qui usati devono essere i nomi host locali dei nodi del cluster. Questo significa che si deve usare esattamente la stessa stringa fornita dal comando hostname.\n" -"\t\t<big>File da sincronizzare</big> Il nome completo assoluto di file da sincronizzare.\n" -"\t\t<big>Chiavi pre-condivise</big> L'autenticazione viene eseguita in csync2 tramite gli indirizzi IP e le chiavi pre-condivise. Il file delle chiavi viene generato tramite csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Il file key_hagroup deve essere copiato manualmente in tutti i componenti del cluster dopo che è stato creato.\n" +"\t\t<big>Host da sincronizzare</big> I nomi host qui usati " +"devono essere i nomi host locali dei nodi del cluster. Questo significa che " +"si deve usare esattamente la stessa stringa fornita dal comando hostname." +"\n" +"\t\t<big>File da sincronizzare</big> Il nome completo assoluto " +"di file da sincronizzare.\n" +"\t\t<big>Chiavi pre-condivise</big> L'autenticazione viene " +"eseguita in csync2 tramite gli indirizzi IP e le chiavi pre-condivise. Il " +"file delle chiavi viene generato tramite csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. " +"Il file key_hagroup deve essere copiato manualmente in tutti i componenti del " +"cluster dopo che è stato creato.\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface " +"for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You " +"may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " +"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " +"used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " +"syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Interfaccia dedicata</big> Un'interfaccia di rete dedicata per la sincronizzazione. L'interfaccia deve supportare multicast e deve essere attiva per l'uso. Si potrebbe doverla avere pre-configurata. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> L'indirizzo IPv4 assegnato all'interfaccia di rete dedicata. Questo è rilevato automaticamente.\n" -"\t\t<big>Indirizzo di multicast</big> L'indirizzo di multicast da usare per la sincronizzazione.\n" -"\t\t<big>Numero di gruppo</big> Un ID numerico che caratterizza il gruppo per la sincronizzazione.\n" +"\t\t<big>Interfaccia dedicata</big> Un'interfaccia di rete " +"dedicata per la sincronizzazione. L'interfaccia deve supportare multicast e " +"deve essere attiva per l'uso. Si potrebbe doverla avere pre-configurata. " +"\n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> L'indirizzo IPv4 assegnato all'interfaccia di " +"rete dedicata. Questo è rilevato automaticamente.\n" +"\t\t<big>Indirizzo di multicast</big> L'indirizzo di multicast " +"da usare per la sincronizzazione.\n" +"\t\t<big>Numero di gruppo</big> Un ID numerico che caratterizza " +"il gruppo per la sincronizzazione.\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -529,7 +674,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruzione dell'inizializzazione:</big> \n" -"È possibile interrompere il programma di configurazione premendo Interrompi adesso.\n" +"È possibile interrompere il programma di configurazione premendo " +"Interrompi adesso.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/control.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/control.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/control.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 08:51+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 08:33+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -33,7 +33,6 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Congratulations!\n" @@ -54,10 +53,11 @@ "\n" "Congratulazioni.\n" "L'installazione di openSUSE sul computer è completa.\n" -"Dopo aver fatto clic su Fine, sarà possibile effettuare il login nel sistema.\n" +"Dopo aver fatto clic su Fine, sarà possibile effettuare il login nel " +"sistema.\n" "Conviene visitarci sul sito %1.\n" "Buon divertimento! Il team di sviluppo openSUSE.\n" -"\t" +" " #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 msgid "" @@ -75,7 +75,8 @@ msgstr "" "L'ambiente desktop fornisce l'interfaccia grafica\n" "al computer e un insieme di applicazioni per la\n" -"posta elettronica, la navigazione in internet, attività d'ufficio, giochi e strumenti\n" +"posta elettronica, la navigazione in internet, attività d'ufficio, giochi e " +"strumenti\n" "per la gestione del computer.\n" "\n" "openSUSE fornisce una scelta di ambienti desktop. I più utilizzati\n" @@ -154,10 +155,9 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" -msgstr "Carica la configurazione della rete di Linuxrc" +msgstr "Carica la configurazione della rete di linuxrc" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/crowbar.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/crowbar.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/crowbar.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -2,23 +2,24 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Franca Delcarlo <francad(a)attglobal.net>, 1999, 2000, 2001. # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 2000. -# +# Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-08 10:42+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 14:17+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: i18n <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: \n" +"Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module #: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56 @@ -27,20 +28,18 @@ #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Repository Name" msgid "Repository Name" -msgstr "Nome &Repository" +msgstr "Nome repository" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "User Found Error" msgid "Ask On Error" -msgstr "Utente ha trovato l'errore" +msgstr "Chiedi per errori" #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 @@ -50,68 +49,83 @@ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" +"s11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" +"Qui è possibile modificare l'ubicazione dei propri Repository degli " +"aggiornamenti.\n" +"\n" +"Possibili esempi di URL sono:\n" +"\n" +"<ul>\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"per server SMT\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" +"s11-sp3-x86_64/ per il server gestore di SUSE.\n" +"\n" +"Per una descrizione dettagliata, si veda la Guida d'installazione.\n" +"" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository URL" msgid "Repository &URL" -msgstr "URL del repository" +msgstr "&URL del repository" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "User Found Error" msgid "&Ask On Error" -msgstr "Utente ha trovato l'errore" +msgstr "&Chiedi per errori" #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Administrator DN" msgid "Administrator Name" -msgstr "DN amministratore" +msgstr "Nome amministratore" -# #-#-#-#-# users.it.po (users) #-#-#-#-# -# TLABEL modules/inst_root.ycp:37 +# #-#-#-#-# users.it.po (users) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/inst_root.ycp:37 #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the password for Crowbar administrator." msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." -msgstr "Immettere la password per l'amministratore di Crowbar." +msgstr "" +"Gestire nomi utenti e password per gli amministratori di Crowbar." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Model" msgid "&Mode" -msgstr "Mod&ello" +msgstr "&Modalità" #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy." +"\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " +"space-separated list." msgstr "" +"Definire qui una Modalità rete con l'importante Politica di " +"associazione.\n" +"Si possono altresì specificare i nomi delle interfacce per i condotti " +"della rete bastione come elenco separato da spazi." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bonding Policy" msgid "Bonding &Policy" -msgstr "Politica di bond" +msgstr "&Politica di bond" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222 msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Mappa delle interfacce fisiche per la rete bastione" #. help text for conduit if list #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231 @@ -120,6 +134,9 @@ "<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" "Valid examples are <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>." msgstr "" +"Ogni definizione di interfaccia fisica deve rispettare il modello\n" +"<tt>[Quantificatore][Velocità][Ordine]</tt>.\n" +"Ad esempio, <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>." #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 @@ -140,29 +157,26 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Use VLAN" msgid "Use &VLAN" -msgstr "Usa VLAN" +msgstr "Usa &VLAN" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VLAN ID" msgid "VLAN &ID" -msgstr "ID VLAN" +msgstr "&ID VLAN" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306 msgid "Rou&ter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Router" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgid "Router pre&ference" -msgstr "Ripristino le preferenze dell'utente in corso..." +msgstr "&Preferenze router" # #-#-#-#-# dhcp-server.it.po (dhcp-server) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:1091 @@ -177,31 +191,27 @@ msgstr "&Maschera di rete" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Broadcast" msgid "Broa&dcast" -msgstr "Broadcast" +msgstr "&Broadcast" #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Add Bridge" msgid "&Add Bridge" -msgstr "Aggiungi bridge" +msgstr "A&ggiungi bridge" #. push button label& #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit Ranges..." msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." -msgstr "&Modifica intervalli..." +msgstr "Modifica &intervalli..." #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Add &Bastion Network" -msgstr "Rete di connessione" +msgstr "Aggiungi r&ete bastione" # #-#-#-#-# dhcp-server.it.po (dhcp-server) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:1089 @@ -237,11 +247,9 @@ "Le password non corrispondono.\n" "Riprovare." -# #-#-#-#-# network.it.po (network) #-#-#-#-# -# TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1101 +# #-#-#-#-# network.it.po (network) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:1101 #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" #| "Choose a different one." @@ -249,16 +257,15 @@ "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" -"Nome configurazione %1 esiste già.\n" -"Sceglierne un altro." +"L'utente %1 esiste già.\n" +"Sceglierne un nome diverso." # TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:1173 #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" -msgstr "L'URL inserito non è valido." +msgstr "Il formato di interfaccia '%1' non è valido." #. table entry (VLAN status) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 @@ -300,10 +307,9 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." -msgstr "L'indirizzo '%1' non è parte della rete '%2'." +msgstr "L'indirizzo IP '%1' non è parte della rete '%2'." #. popup message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068 @@ -340,49 +346,46 @@ #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "User Settings" msgid "&User Settings" -msgstr "Impostazioni utente" +msgstr "Impostazioni &utente" #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 -msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgid "" +"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" +"Se non è presenta alcun utente, verrà usato l'utente 'crowbar' con la " +"password predefinita." -# #-#-#-#-# network.it.po (network) #-#-#-#-# -# TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:1187 +# #-#-#-#-# network.it.po (network) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:1187 #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Mode" msgid "N&etwork Mode" -msgstr "Modalità rete" +msgstr "Modalità &rete" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Bastion Network" -msgstr "Rete di connessione" +msgstr "Rete bastione" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Networks" msgid "Net&works" -msgstr "Reti" +msgstr "Re&ti" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Repositories" msgid "Re&positories" -msgstr "Repository" +msgstr "Re&pository" #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un URL vuoto indica che verrà usato il valore predefinito." #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653 Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/drbd.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/drbd.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/drbd.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-05 20:06+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 08:37+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -192,7 +192,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Interruzione dell'inizializzazione:</BIG> \n" -"è possibile interrompere il programma di configurazione in sicurezza, facendo clic su Interrompiora.\n" +"è possibile interrompere il programma di configurazione in sicurezza, facendo " +"clic su Interrompiora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -235,7 +236,8 @@ msgstr "" "Boot:\n" "\t\t\tselezionare \"Attivo\" per avviare il server DRBD ora e al boot\n" -"\t\t\tselezionando \"Disattivo\", il server DRBD partirà solo manualmente\n" +"\t\t\tselezionando \"Disattivo\", il server DRBD partirà solo manualmente<" +"/p>\n" "\t\tScambiare Attivo e Disattivo:\n" "\t\t\tAvviare o fermare il server DRBD ora\n" "\t\t" @@ -247,14 +249,15 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " +"resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Premere il pulsante \"Aggiungi\", \"Modifica\" o \"Elimina\" per aggiungere, modificare o eliminare una risorsa\n" +"Premere il pulsante \"Aggiungi\", \"Modifica\" o \"Elimina\" per " +"aggiungere, modificare o eliminare una risorsa\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" @@ -266,69 +269,142 @@ #| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of " +"one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is " +"used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the " +"device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the " +"node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " +"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " +"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " +"parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and " +"the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be " +"used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or " +"'/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " +"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it." +"\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Nome\" è obbligatorio e deve corrispondere al nome host Linux (uname -n) di uno dei nodi\n" -"\t\t\"Indirizzo:Porta\": una risorsa richiede un indirizzo IP per dispositivo, il quale viene usato per attendere le connessioni in ingresso dal dispositivo partner. Ogni risorsa DRBD richiede una porta TCP che viene usato per la connessione al dispositivo partner del nodo.\n" -"\t\t\"Dispositivo\": Il nome del nodo del dispositivo a blocchi della risorsa descritta. Si deve usare questo dispositivo con la propria applicazione (file system) e non si deve usare il dispositivo a blocchi di basso livello che è specificato tramite il parametro del disco, seguito dal suo numero minore.\n" -"\t\tAd esempio: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disco\": DRBD usa questo dispositivo a blocchi per la memorizzazione e il recupero effettivo dei dati. Mai accedere a tale dispositivo quando DRBD lo sta usando.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disco\": interno. Interno significa che l'ultima parte del dispositivo sottostante viene usato per memorizzare i meta-dati.\n" +"\t\t\"Nome\" è obbligatorio e deve corrispondere al nome host Linux (uname " +"-n) di uno dei nodi. Il nome host non deve includere \".\".\n" +"\t\t\"Indirizzo:Porta\": una risorsa richiede un indirizzo IP per " +"dispositivo, il quale viene usato per attendere le connessioni in ingresso " +"dal dispositivo partner. Ogni risorsa DRBD richiede una porta TCP che viene " +"usato per la connessione al dispositivo partner del nodo.\n" +"\t\t\"Dispositivo\": Il nome del nodo del dispositivo a blocchi della " +"risorsa descritta. Si deve usare questo dispositivo con la propria " +"applicazione (file system) e non si deve usare il dispositivo a blocchi di " +"basso livello che è specificato tramite il parametro del disco, seguito dal " +"suo numero minore. Altrimenti omettere il nome o il numero maggiore e minore. " +"Se si omette il nome, verrà usato /dev/drbdminor come predefinito\n" +"\t\tAd esempio: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {numero drbd minore in [0...255]}' " +"oppure '/dev/drbd{numero drbd minore in [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disco\": DRBD usa questo dispositivo a blocchi per la " +"memorizzazione e il recupero effettivo dei dati. Mai accedere a tale " +"dispositivo quando DRBD lo sta usando.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disco\": interno. Interno significa che l'ultima parte del " +"dispositivo sottostante viene usato per memorizzare i meta-dati.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local " +"disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local " +"disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " +"local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was " +"a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports " +"io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " +"DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response " +"packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and " +"therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than " +"connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 " +"seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a " +"keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " +"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " +"unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " +"packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " +"write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " +"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " +"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " +"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " +"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " +"KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " +"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " +"Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtocollo\n" -"\t\tProtocollo A: L'IO di scrittura viene riportato come completato quando ha raggiunto il disco locale e il buffer di invio TCP locale.\n" -"\t\tProtocollo B: L'IO di scrittura viene riportato come completato quando ha raggiunto il disco locale e la cache del buffer remoto.\n" -"\t\tProtocollo C: L'IO di scrittura viene riportato come completato quando ha raggiunto entrambi il disco locale e il disco remoto.\n" +"\t\tProtocollo A: L'IO di scrittura viene riportato come completato " +"quando ha raggiunto il disco locale e il buffer di invio TCP locale.\n" +"\t\tProtocollo B: L'IO di scrittura viene riportato come completato " +"quando ha raggiunto il disco locale e la cache del buffer remoto.\n" +"\t\tProtocollo C: L'IO di scrittura viene riportato come completato " +"quando ha raggiunto entrambi il disco locale e il disco remoto.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Attesa per il time-out della connessione\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Attesa per il time-out della connessione, nel caso questo nodo fosse stato un cluster degradato\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Attesa per il time-out della connessione, nel " +"caso questo nodo fosse stato un cluster degradato\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: Cosa fare quando il dispositivo di più basso livello riporta degli errori di IO ai livelli superiori\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: Cosa fare quando il dispositivo di più basso " +"livello riporta degli errori di IO ai livelli superiori\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: La dimensione del buffer e socket TCP\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Massimo numero di richieste da allocare per DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Massimo numero di richieste da allocare per DRBD<" +"/p>\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: Nel caso in cui il nodo partner fallisce l'invio di un pacchetto di risposta entro il tempo espresso in decimi di secondo, esso viene considerato come morto e pertanto la connessione TCP/IP viene abbandonata. Questo deve essere inferiore ai tempi \"connect-ing\" e \"ping-ing\". Il valore predefinito è 60, ossia 6 secondi (l'unità è il decimo di secondo).\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: Il tempo concesso all'altro nodo per rispondere ad un pacchetto per il mantenimento della connessione attiva. Nel caso in cui la risposta non viene ricevuta entro tale periodo di tempo, tale nodo viene considerato morto. Il valore predefinito è 500ms, l'unità predefinita è 100ms.\n" -"\t\tping-int: Il tempo concesso all'altro nodo per rispondere ad un pacchetto per il mantenimento della connessione attiva\n" +"\t\ttimeout: Nel caso in cui il nodo partner fallisce l'invio di un " +"pacchetto di risposta entro il tempo espresso in decimi di secondo, esso " +"viene considerato come morto e pertanto la connessione TCP/IP viene " +"abbandonata. Questo deve essere inferiore ai tempi \"connect-ing\" e " +"\"ping-ing\". Il valore predefinito è 60, ossia 6 secondi (l'unità è il " +"decimo di secondo).\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: Il tempo concesso all'altro nodo per rispondere ad " +"un pacchetto per il mantenimento della connessione attiva. Nel caso in cui la " +"risposta non viene ricevuta entro tale periodo di tempo, tale nodo viene " +"considerato morto. Il valore predefinito è 500ms, l'unità predefinita è " +"100ms.\n" +"\t\tping-int: Il tempo concesso all'altro nodo per rispondere ad un " +"pacchetto per il mantenimento della connessione attiva\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: Il più alto numero di blocchi di dati tra due barriere di scrittura\n" -"\t\tko-count: se il nodo secondario fallisce il completamento di una singola richiesta di scrittura per tale quantità moltiplicato il timeout, esso viene espulso dal cluster. Il valore predefinito è 0, che disabilita questa funzionalità.\n" -"\t\trate: Al fine di assicurare un comportamento fluido all'applicazione che sta usando DRBD, è possibile limitare la larghezza di banda che può essere usata per le sincronizzazioni a bassa priorità. Il valore predefinito è 250 KB/s, l'unità predefinita è il KB/s.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parametro per controllare quando grande può diventare l'area critica (insieme attivo). Il numero predefinito di estensioni è 127 (minimo: 7, massimo: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: Il più alto numero di blocchi di dati tra due " +"barriere di scrittura\n" +"\t\tko-count: se il nodo secondario fallisce il completamento di " +"una singola richiesta di scrittura per tale quantità moltiplicato il timeout, " +"esso viene espulso dal cluster. Il valore predefinito è 0, che disabilita " +"questa funzionalità.\n" +"\t\trate: Al fine di assicurare un comportamento fluido " +"all'applicazione che sta usando DRBD, è possibile limitare la larghezza di " +"banda che può essere usata per le sincronizzazioni a bassa priorità. Il " +"valore predefinito è 250 KB/s, l'unità predefinita è il KB/s.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parametro per controllare quando grande può " +"diventare l'area critica (insieme attivo). Il numero predefinito di " +"estensioni è 127 (minimo: 7, massimo: 3843)\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 @@ -336,24 +412,35 @@ msgstr "<big>Configurazione globale di DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" -msgstr "Selezionare \"Disabilita la verifica dell'IP \" per disabilitare il controllo di integrità di drbdadm" +msgid "" +"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " +"sanity check" +msgstr "" +"Selezionare \"Disabilita la verifica dell'IP \" per disabilitare il " +"controllo di integrità di drbdadm" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " +"waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " +"seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Aggiornamento finestra: la finestra utente conta e mostra i secondi che ha atteso\n" -" finora. Se il proprio terminale del server è connesso a un terminale seriale con\n" +"Aggiornamento finestra: la finestra utente conta e mostra i secondi " +"che ha atteso\n" +" finora. Se il proprio terminale del server è connesso a un " +"terminale seriale con\n" " limitata capacità di registrazione\n" -" è possibile che si desideri disabilitare questa funzionalità.\n" -" La finestra stamperà il conteggio ogni 'aggiornamento finestra' secondi,\n" -" per disabilitare completamente l'aggiornamento, impostarlo su 0. " +" è possibile che si desideri disabilitare questa " +"funzionalità.\n" +" La finestra stamperà il conteggio ogni 'aggiornamento " +"finestra' secondi,\n" +" per disabilitare completamente l'aggiornamento, impostarlo su " +"0. " #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" @@ -364,7 +451,8 @@ " as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" "Conteggio minore:\n" -" se in seguito si desiderano definire più risorse, questa funzione consente di non\n" +" se in seguito si desiderano definire più risorse, questa funzione " +"consente di non\n" " ricaricare il modulo.\n" " In modo predefinito, il modulo viene caricato con un numero di\n" " dispositivi pari a quelli configurati nel file in oggetto. " @@ -388,7 +476,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Aggiunta di un drbd:</big> \n" "scegliere un drbd dall'elenco dei drbd rilevati.\n" -"Se il drbd desiderato non è stato rilevato, utilizzare Altri (non rilevati).\n" +"Se il drbd desiderato non è stato rilevato, utilizzare Altri (non " +"rilevati).\n" "Quindi fare clic su Configura .\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -399,7 +488,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Modifica o eliminazione:</big> \n" -"Facendo clic su Modifica, viene visualizzata un'ulteriore finestra di dialogo\n" +"Facendo clic su Modifica, viene visualizzata un'ulteriore finestra di " +"dialogo\n" "in cui è possibile modificare la configurazione.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -453,7 +543,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "<big>Selezione di qualcosa</big> \n" -"Operazione non consentita. Innanzitutto è necessario effettuarne la codifica. :-)\n" +"Operazione non consentita. Innanzitutto è necessario effettuarne la codifica. " +":-)\n" "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -484,6 +575,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" +"I nomi dei nodi non devono contenere \".\", si usa il nome host locale." #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582 msgid "Please fill out all fields." @@ -534,7 +626,8 @@ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" "Per propagare questa configurazione,\n" -"copiare manualmente il file di configurazione '/etc/drbd.conf' nei restanti nodi." +"copiare manualmente il file di configurazione '/etc/drbd.conf' nei restanti " +"nodi." #. } #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122 Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/geo-cluster.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/geo-cluster.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/geo-cluster.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-05 20:22+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 15:13+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -67,17 +67,15 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione di GeoCluster" +msgstr "Configurazione di Geo Cluster" #. GeoCluster overview dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "GeoCluster Overview" msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" -msgstr "Panoramica GeoCluster" +msgstr "Panoramica Geo Cluster" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -117,10 +115,9 @@ msgstr "porta" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "arbitrator ip" msgid "arbitrator" -msgstr "IP dell'arbitratore" +msgstr "arbitratore" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 @@ -160,7 +157,6 @@ msgstr "Annulla" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Please enter valid ip address" msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Immettere un indirizzo IP valido" @@ -194,25 +190,21 @@ msgstr "before-acquire-handler" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "timeout is no valid" msgid "timeout is invalid" -msgstr "il timeout non è valido" +msgstr "timeout non è valido" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "expire is no valid" msgid "expire is invalid" -msgstr "la scadenza non è valido" +msgstr "scadenza non è valida" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "acquireafter is no valid" msgid "acquireafter is invalid" -msgstr "acquire-after non è valido" +msgstr "acquireafter non è valido" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "retries is no valid" msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "tentativi non è valido" @@ -222,16 +214,14 @@ msgstr "i valori dei tentativi minori di 3 sono illegali" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "weights is no valid" msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "pesi non è valido" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "ticket can not be null" msgid "ticket can not be empty" -msgstr "il ticket non può essere nullo" +msgstr "ticket non può essere vuoto" #. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358 @@ -242,16 +232,14 @@ #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" -msgstr "Immetti un indirizzo IP del proprio sito" +msgstr "Immettere un indirizzo IP del proprio arbitratore" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" -msgstr "Modifica un indirizzo IP del proprio sito" +msgstr "Modifica l'indirizzo IP del proprio arbitratore" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" @@ -267,7 +255,6 @@ #. abort? #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "Il nome della configurazione non può essere vuoto." @@ -285,10 +272,9 @@ msgstr "il trasporto deve essere fornito!" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" -msgstr "il trasporto deve essere fornito!" +msgstr "l'arbitratore deve essere fornito!" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "site have to be filled!" @@ -332,10 +318,9 @@ #. GeoCluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" -msgstr "Inizializzazione della configurazione di geo-cluster" +msgstr "Inizializzazione della configurazione di Geo Cluster" #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" @@ -364,10 +349,9 @@ #. GeoCluster write dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" -msgstr "Salvataggio della configurazione di geo-cluster" +msgstr "Salvataggio della configurazione di Geo Cluster" #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/iscsi-lio-server.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/iscsi-lio-server.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/iscsi-lio-server.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-20 15:08+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 08:37+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -85,13 +85,11 @@ msgid "Port number" msgstr "Numero di porta" -# #-#-#-#-# heartbeat.it.po (heartbeat) #-#-#-#-# -# TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:1329 +# #-#-#-#-# heartbeat.it.po (heartbeat) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:1329 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bad list of IP addresses." msgid "Bind all IP addresses" -msgstr "Elenco di indirizzi IP non valido." +msgstr "Associa a tutti gli indirizzi IP" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" @@ -279,7 +277,8 @@ "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Inizializzazione della configurazione della destinazione iSCSI LIO</big> \n" +"<big>Inizializzazione della configurazione della destinazione iSCSI " +"LIO</big> \n" "Attendere... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -289,7 +288,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruzione dell'inizializzazione</big> \n" -"Premere Interrompi per interrompere il programma di configurazione in modo sicuro.\n" +"Premere Interrompi per interrompere il programma di configurazione in " +"modo sicuro.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -297,7 +297,8 @@ "<big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Salvataggio della configurazione delle destinazioni iSCSI</big> \n" +"<big>Salvataggio della configurazione delle destinazioni iSCSI</big>" +" \n" "Attendere... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -339,7 +340,8 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Aggiunta di una destinazione iSCSI</big> \n" -"Scegliere una destinazione iSCSI dall'elenco delle destinazioni iSCSI rilevate.\n" +"Scegliere una destinazione iSCSI dall'elenco delle destinazioni iSCSI " +"rilevate.\n" "Se una destinazione non è stata rilevata, usare Altro (non rilevato).\n" "Quindi fare clic su Configura.\n" @@ -361,8 +363,10 @@ "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Panoramica della configurazione delle destinazioni iSCSI</big> \n" -"Visualizza una panoramica delle destinazioni iSCSI installate. Inoltre, consente di\n" +"<big>Panoramica della configurazione delle destinazioni iSCSI</big>" +" \n" +"Visualizza una panoramica delle destinazioni iSCSI installate. Inoltre, " +"consente di\n" "modificarne la configurazione. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 @@ -406,7 +410,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "<big>Selezione di qualcosa</big> \n" -"Operazione non consentita. Innanzitutto è necessario effettuarne la codifica. :-)\n" +"Operazione non consentita. Innanzitutto è necessario effettuarne la codifica. " +":-)\n" "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -422,30 +427,64 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." -msgstr "Selezionare il tipo di autenticazione. Usare Nessuna autenticazione oppure scegliere tra In entrata e In uscita (anche entrambi). Quindi immettere Utente e Password." +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " +"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User<" +"/b> and Password." +msgstr "" +"Selezionare il tipo di autenticazione. Usare Nessuna autenticazione " +"oppure scegliere tra In entrata e In uscita (anche entrambi). " +"Quindi immettere Utente e Password." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "Si usi Aggiungi per dare l'accesso al client ad un LUN importato da un gruppo di portale di destinazione. Specificare quale client è autorizzato ad accedervi (il nome del client è InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' sull'iniziatore iscsi). Elimina rimuoverà l'accesso del client al LUN." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " +"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " +"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). " +"Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Si usi Aggiungi per dare l'accesso al client ad un LUN importato da " +"un gruppo di portale di destinazione. Specificare quale client è autorizzato " +"ad accedervi (il nome del client è InitiatorName in " +"'/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' sull'iniziatore iscsi). Elimina " +"rimuoverà l'accesso del client al LUN." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." -msgstr "Con Modifica LUN si può modificare la mappatura LUN. Si noti che il numero obiettivo del LUN deve essere univoco. Dopo aver premuto Modifica Autorizzazione selezionare il tipo di autenticazione. Usare In entrata, In uscita o entrambi. Quindi inserire Utente e Password. Se nella finestra precedente si è disabilitato Usa autenticazione, Modifica autenticazione è altresì disabilitata." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " +"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " +"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " +"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " +"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " +"disabled here." +msgstr "" +"Con Modifica LUN si può modificare la mappatura LUN. Si noti che il " +"numero obiettivo del LUN deve essere univoco. Dopo aver premuto Modifica " +"Autorizzazione selezionare il tipo di autenticazione. Usare In " +"entrata, In uscita o entrambi. Quindi inserire Utente e " +"Password. Se nella finestra precedente si è disabilitato Usa " +"autenticazione, Modifica autenticazione è altresì disabilitata." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." -msgstr "Copia offre la possibilità di fornire accessi aggiuntivi del client al LUN." +msgid "" +"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " +"the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Copia offre la possibilità di fornire accessi aggiuntivi del client " +"al LUN." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " +"clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Elenco delle destinazioni offerte e dei gruppi di portale delle destinazioni. Creare una nuova destinazione premendo Aggiungi.\n" -"Per eliminare o modificare un elemento, selezionarlo e premere Modifica o Elimina." +"Elenco delle destinazioni offerte e dei gruppi di portale delle destinazioni. " +"Creare una nuova destinazione premendo Aggiungi.\n" +"Per eliminare o modificare un elemento, selezionarlo e premere Modifica" +" o Elimina." #. edit target #. add target @@ -456,58 +495,80 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. " +"\n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"È possibile rendere disponibili sotto un LUN dispositivi a blocchi o file arbitrari.\n" +"È possibile rendere disponibili sotto un LUN dispositivi a blocchi o " +"file arbitrari.\n" "Si deve fornire il percorso ai dispositivi a blocchi o a un file.\n" -"Il Nome LUNè un nome arbitrario per identificare univocamente il LUN.\n" -"Il nome deve essere unico dentro il gruppo di portale delle destinazioni. Se l'utente\n" +"Il Nome LUNè un nome arbitrario per identificare univocamente il " +"LUN.\n" +"Il nome deve essere unico dentro il gruppo di portale delle destinazioni. Se " +"l'utente\n" "non fornisce un nome per il LUN, esso viene generato automaticamente." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " +"address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"Specificare tramite Indirizzo IP e Numero di porta a quale indirizzo\n" +"Specificare tramite Indirizzo IP e Numero di porta a quale " +"indirizzo\n" "e porta il servizio sarà disponibile. Il numero di porta predefinito è 3260.\n" "Sono possibili sono gli indirizzi IP assegnati ad una delle schede di rete." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "Crea una nuova destinazione. Sostituire i valori di esempio con quelli corretti." +msgstr "" +"Crea una nuova destinazione. Sostituire i valori di esempio con quelli " +"corretti." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. " +"\n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"È possibile rendere disponibili sotto un lun dispositivi a blocchi o file arbitrari.\n" +"È possibile rendere disponibili sotto un lun dispositivi a blocchi o file " +"arbitrari.\n" "Si deve fornire il percorso ai dispositivi a blocchi o a un file.\n" -"Il Nome LUNè un nome arbitrario per identificare univocamente il LUN.\n" -"Il nome deve essere unico dentro il gruppo di portale delle destinazioni. Se l'utente\n" +"Il Nome LUNè un nome arbitrario per identificare univocamente il " +"LUN.\n" +"Il nome deve essere unico dentro il gruppo di portale delle destinazioni. Se " +"l'utente\n" "non fornisce un nome per il LUN, esso viene generato automaticamente." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." -msgstr "È possibile aggiungere, modificare o eliminare tutte le opzioni di configurazione aggiuntive." +msgid "" +"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"È possibile aggiungere, modificare o eliminare tutte le " +"opzioni di configurazione aggiuntive." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " +"purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " +"Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Se necessario, modificare il LUN e impostare il Tipo (nullio è solo per motivi di verifica).\n" -"Se il tipo è fileio, impostare il Percorso all'unità disco o al file. ID SCSI e Settori sono facoltativi." +"Se necessario, modificare il LUN e impostare il Tipo (nullio è " +"solo per motivi di verifica).\n" +"Se il tipo è fileio, impostare il Percorso all'unità disco o al file. " +"ID SCSI e Settori sono facoltativi." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -537,7 +598,9 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "Il percorso selezionato deve essere un dispositivo a blocchi o un file normale!" +msgstr "" +"Il percorso selezionato deve essere un dispositivo a blocchi o un file " +"normale!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" @@ -637,11 +700,13 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" -msgstr "C'è stato un problema nell'impostazione del lun %1 (nome:%2) al percorso %3" +msgstr "" +"C'è stato un problema nell'impostazione del lun %1 (nome:%2) al percorso %3" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" -msgstr "C'è stato un problema nell'impostazione dell'autenticazione su %1:%2 a %3" +msgstr "" +"C'è stato un problema nell'impostazione dell'autenticazione su %1:%2 a %3" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201 @@ -676,11 +741,13 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "C'è stato un problema nella rimozione del lun %4 per il client %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "" +"C'è stato un problema nella rimozione del lun %4 per il client %3 in %1:%2" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471 msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "C'è stato un problema nell'aggiunta del lun %4:%5 per il client %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "" +"C'è stato un problema nell'aggiunta del lun %4:%5 per il client %3 in %1:%2" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" @@ -692,7 +759,8 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551 msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "C'è stato un problema nel cambio dell'autenticazione per il client %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "" +"C'è stato un problema nel cambio dell'autenticazione per il client %3 in %1:%2" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/isns.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/isns.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/isns.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -12,20 +12,21 @@ # Franca Delcarlo <francad(a)attglobal.net>, 1999, 2000, 2001. # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 2000. # Andrea Florio <andrea(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009. +# Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-08 09:57+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 08:38+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Italiano <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xisns module #: src/clients/isns.rb:35 @@ -154,7 +155,8 @@ "<big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Inizializzazione della configurazione del demone iSNS</big> \n" +"<big>Inizializzazione della configurazione del demone iSNS</big> " +"\n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -164,7 +166,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruzione dell'inizializzazione</big> \n" -"per interrompere il programma di configurazione in modo sicuro, premere Interrompi.\n" +"per interrompere il programma di configurazione in modo sicuro, premere " +"Interrompi.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 @@ -198,26 +201,76 @@ "Configurare un server iSNS. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "Viene visualizzato l'elenco di tutti i nodi iSCSI disponibili registrati con il servizio iSNS. I nodi sono registrati dagli iniziatori iSCSI e dalle destinazioni iSCSI. È possibile solamente eliminarli. La cancellazione di un nodo lo rimuove dal database iSNS." +msgid "" +"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are " +"displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " +"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " +"removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "" +"Viene visualizzato l'elenco di tutti i nodi iSCSI disponibili registrati " +"con il servizio iSNS. I nodi sono registrati dagli iniziatori iSCSI e " +"dalle destinazioni iSCSI. È possibile solamente eliminarli. La " +"cancellazione di un nodo lo rimuove dal database iSNS." #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "Viene visualizzato un elenco di tutti i domini di ricerca. È possibile Creare un dominio di ricerca o Eliminare un dominio. L'eliminazione di un dominio rimuove i membri dal dominio ma non elimina i membri del nodo iSCSI." +msgid "" +"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create " +"a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " +"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "" +"Viene visualizzato un elenco di tutti i domini di ricerca. È possibile " +"Creare un dominio di ricerca o Eliminare un dominio. " +"L'eliminazione di un dominio rimuove i membri dal dominio ma non elimina i " +"membri del nodo iSCSI." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "Viene visualizzato un elenco dei nodi iSCSI suddivisi per dominio di ricerca. Selezionando un altro dominio di ricerca tale elenco viene aggiornato con i membri di quel dominio di ricerca. È possibile aggiungere un nodo iSCSI al dominio di ricerca o eliminare il nodo. Eliminando un nodo esso viene rimosso dal dominio ma non cancella il nodo iSCSI. Creare un nodo iSCSI permette di aggiungere un nodo non ancora registrato come membro di un dominio di ricerca. Quando l'iniziatore o la destinazione registra tale nodo, esso diventa parte del dominio. Quando un iniziatore iSCSI invia una richiesta di ricerca, il servizio iSNS restituisce tutte le destinazioni dei nodi iSCSI che sono membri degli stessi domini di ricerca." +msgid "" +"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " +"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " +"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " +"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " +"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet " +"registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the " +"initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain<" +"/p> When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service " +"returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery " +"Domains. " +msgstr "" +"Viene visualizzato un elenco dei nodi iSCSI suddivisi per dominio di ricerca. " +"Selezionando un altro dominio di ricerca tale elenco viene aggiornato con i " +"membri di quel dominio di ricerca. È possibile aggiungere un nodo " +"iSCSI al dominio di ricerca o eliminare il nodo. Eliminando un nodo " +"esso viene rimosso dal dominio ma non cancella il nodo iSCSI. Creare " +"un nodo iSCSI permette di aggiungere un nodo non ancora registrato come " +"membro di un dominio di ricerca. Quando l'iniziatore o la destinazione " +"registra tale nodo, esso diventa parte del dominio. Quando un " +"iniziatore iSCSI invia una richiesta di ricerca, il servizio iSNS restituisce " +"tutte le destinazioni dei nodi iSCSI che sono membri degli stessi domini di " +"ricerca." #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "In alto è riportato un elenco di tutti i gruppi dei domini di ricerca. I domini di ricerca appartengono ai gruppi dei domini di ricerca. Un dominio di ricerca deve essere membro di un gruppo di domini di ricerca affinché sia attivo. In un database iSNS, un gruppo di domini di ricerca contiene i domini di ricerca e i domini di ricerca contengono i nodi iSCSI membri." +msgid "" +"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " +"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " +"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " +"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " +"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "" +"In alto è riportato un elenco di tutti i gruppi dei domini di ricerca. I " +"domini di ricerca appartengono ai gruppi dei domini di ricerca. Un dominio " +"di ricerca deve essere membro di un gruppo di domini di ricerca affinché sia " +"attivo. In un database iSNS, un gruppo di domini di ricerca contiene i " +"domini di ricerca e i domini di ricerca contengono i nodi iSCSI membri." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "L'elenco dei membri del gruppo dei domini di ricerca viene aggiornato ogni qual volta un diverso gruppo dei domini di ricerca viene selezionato." +msgid "" +"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " +"discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "" +"L'elenco dei membri del gruppo dei domini di ricerca viene aggiornato ogni " +"qual volta un diverso gruppo dei domini di ricerca viene selezionato." # #-#-#-#-# isns.it.po (isns) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/printconf/printconf_filter.ycp:75 @@ -263,10 +316,11 @@ #. boolean display = true; #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." -msgstr "Impossibile connettersi al server iSNS. Controllare l'indirizzo del server iSNS." +msgstr "" +"Impossibile connettersi al server iSNS. Controllare se il server iSNS è in " +"esecuzione." # #-#-#-#-# isns.it.po (isns) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/sound/sound.ycp:921 @@ -282,8 +336,11 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Per configurare il servizio isns, il pacchetto %1 deve essere installato." +msgid "" +"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Per configurare il servizio isns, il pacchetto %1 deve essere " +"installato." #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/mail.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/mail.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/mail.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 08:44+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 08:38+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -96,7 +96,8 @@ "Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install." msgstr "" -"Selezionare il sistema di posta (agente di trasferimento della posta o MTA)\n" +"Selezionare il sistema di posta (agente di trasferimento della posta o " +"MTA)\n" "da installare." #. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -108,17 +109,20 @@ "sendmail -q.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"In che modo si è connessi ad Internet? In caso si usi una connessione dial-up\n" +"In che modo si è connessi ad Internet? In caso si usi una connessione " +"dial-up\n" "i messaggi di posta non verranno inviati immediatamente ma solo dopo che\n" "si avrà invocato il comando sendmail -q.\n" #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " +"localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Se si sceglie Nessuna connessione il server di posta sarà avviato\n" -"ma soltanto il trasporto di posta locale sarà disponibile. L'MTA ascolta su localhost.\n" +"ma soltanto il trasporto di posta locale sarà disponibile. L'MTA ascolta su " +"localhost.\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -127,7 +131,8 @@ "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Specificare qui la riscrittura dell'indirizzo del mittente per ogni utente.\n" +"Specificare qui la riscrittura dell'indirizzo del mittente per ogni " +"utente.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 @@ -138,7 +143,8 @@ "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Alcuni server richiedono l'autenticazione per inviare i messaggi di posta.\n" +"Alcuni server richiedono l'autenticazione per inviare i messaggi di " +"posta.\n" "Immettere qui le informazioni per questa opzione. Se non si vuole usare\n" "l'autenticazione lasciare vuoti questi campi.\n" @@ -147,20 +153,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as " +"smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il server di posta in uscita è di solito pensato per le connessioni dial-up.\n" +"Il server di posta in uscita è di solito pensato per le connessioni " +"dial-up.\n" "Immettere il server SMTP dell'ISP, tipo smtp.provider.com.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " +"provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nel campo Nome utente immettere il nome utente ricevuto dal proprio provider.\n" +"Nel campo Nome utente immettere il nome utente ricevuto dal proprio " +"provider.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -181,7 +191,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Nota: per semplicità viene visualizzato solo un server in questa\n" -"finestra, nonostante ve ne possano essere più di uno nel file di configurazione.\n" +"finestra, nonostante ve ne possano essere più di uno nel file di " +"configurazione.\n" "Non vanno persi.\n" #. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 @@ -201,12 +212,15 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Questa tabella reindirizza la posta consegnata localmente.\n" -"Si può reindirizzare ad un altro utente locale (utile per gli account di sistema,\n" -"soprattutto per root), ad un indirizzo remoto oppure ad una lista di indirizzi.\n" +"Si può reindirizzare ad un altro utente locale (utile per gli account di " +"sistema,\n" +"soprattutto per root), ad un indirizzo remoto oppure ad una lista di " +"indirizzi.\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -228,7 +242,8 @@ "part of the address.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Questa tabella reindirizza la posta in entrata. Al differenza della tabella degli alias,\n" +"Questa tabella reindirizza la posta in entrata. Al differenza della " +"tabella degli alias,\n" "questa tabella tiene conto anche del dominio come\n" "parte dell'indirizzo.\n" @@ -371,19 +386,16 @@ msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "Avvia &fetchmail" -# #-#-#-#-# ca-management.it.po (ca-management) #-#-#-#-# -# TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:1198 +# #-#-#-#-# ca-management.it.po (ca-management) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/dialup/dialup.ycp:1198 #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "[manually set]" msgid "manual" -msgstr "[impostata manualmente]" +msgstr "manuale" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "FTP daemon" msgid "daemon" -msgstr "Demone FTP" +msgstr "demone" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 @@ -649,7 +661,8 @@ "smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il server di posta in uscita è di solito destinato alle connessioni dial-up.\n" +"Il server di posta in uscita è di solito destinato alle connessioni " +"dial-up.\n" "Immettere il server SMTP del provider Internet, come ad esempio\n" "smtp.provider.it.\n" @@ -733,7 +746,8 @@ msgstr "" "Abilitando AMaViS si abiliteranno anche i seguenti moduli: \n" "Spamassassin programma di scansione antispam\n" -"DKIM controlla i messaggi in ingresso firmati con chiave di dominio\n" +"DKIM controlla i messaggi in ingresso firmati con chiave di " +"dominio\n" "Clamav motore di scansione antivirus open source" #. help text @@ -767,16 +781,21 @@ "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " +"send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'abilitazione di DKIM per i messaggi in uscita richiede azioni aggiuntive. Verrà\n" -"generata una chiave SSL per il valore 'mydomain' definito in Postfix. Verrà configurato\n" -"in Postfix un nuovo servizio 'submission'. Dopo aver impostato ciò, si possono inviare\n" -"messaggi con questo servizio 'submission' da 'mynetworks' con autenticazione SASL\n" +"L'abilitazione di DKIM per i messaggi in uscita richiede azioni " +"aggiuntive. Verrà\n" +"generata una chiave SSL per il valore 'mydomain' definito in Postfix. Verrà " +"configurato\n" +"in Postfix un nuovo servizio 'submission'. Dopo aver impostato ciò, si " +"possono inviare\n" +"messaggi con questo servizio 'submission' da 'mynetworks' con autenticazione " +"SASL\n" "abilitata. Solo i messaggi inviati da questo nuovo servizio verranno firmati\n" "con la chiave di dominio.\n" @@ -788,23 +807,30 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " +"the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La chiave pubblica della chiave di dominio deve essere offerta da un servizio\n" +"La chiave pubblica della chiave di dominio deve essere offerta da un " +"servizio\n" "di nomi di dominio. La chiave pubblica verrà salvata come un record DNS TXT\n" -"in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt e richiede di essere distribuita a un\n" +"in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt e richiede di essere distribuita " +"a un\n" "accettante servizio di nomi di dominio. Se esiste un servizio di nomi\n" -"in esecuzione su questo server, che sia un server autoritativo per quel dominio, la\n" +"in esecuzione su questo server, che sia un server autoritativo per quel " +"dominio, la\n" "chiave pubblica verrà aggiunta come un record TXT a quella zona di dominio\n" "in modo automatico.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "Se si abilita il supporto DKIM verrà abilitata anche la scansione antivirus (AMaViS)." +msgid "" +"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "" +"Se si abilita il supporto DKIM verrà abilitata anche la scansione antivirus " +"(AMaViS)." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -840,7 +866,8 @@ "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." msgstr "" "Si consiglia di avere un account di utente regolare\n" -"per l'amministratore di sistema e di ridirigere la posta di root verso questo account." +"per l'amministratore di sistema e di ridirigere la posta di root verso questo " +"account." # #-#-#-#-# mail.it.po (mail) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_video_data.ycp:289 @@ -852,8 +879,12 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "Il modo di consegna è di solito Direttamente, a meno che non si intenda inoltrare la posta di root o accedere alla posta tramite IMAP." +msgid "" +"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " +"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Il modo di consegna è di solito Direttamente, a meno che non " +"si intenda inoltrare la posta di root o accedere alla posta tramite IMAP." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -893,7 +924,8 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "Impossibile utilizzare procmail quando la posta di root non viene inoltrata." +msgstr "" +"Impossibile utilizzare procmail quando la posta di root non viene inoltrata." #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail normally Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/registration.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/registration.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/registration.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-21 09:11+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 08:39+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -99,9 +99,11 @@ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" -"Inserire nei campi sottostanti un codice di registrazione o valutazione per questo prodotto e il proprio\n" +"Inserire nei campi sottostanti un codice di registrazione o valutazione per " +"questo prodotto e il proprio\n" "nome utente/indirizzo email ottenuto dal centro clienti di SUSE.\n" -"L'accesso agli aggiornamenti di sicurezza e dei programmi in generale è possibile solamente\n" +"L'accesso agli aggiornamenti di sicurezza e dei programmi in generale è " +"possibile solamente\n" "nei sistemi registrati." #. label text describing the registration (2/2), @@ -111,7 +113,9 @@ msgid "" "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" "installation has completed." -msgstr "Se non si effettua ora la registrazione del prodotto, assicurarsi di registrarlo dopo il completamento dell'installazione." +msgstr "" +"Se non si effettua ora la registrazione del prodotto, assicurarsi di " +"registrarlo dopo il completamento dell'installazione." # #-#-#-#-# registration.it.po (registration) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/printconf/printconf_manuf_model.ycp:80 #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267 @@ -146,8 +150,12 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Immettere qui le credenziali del servizio clienti di SUSE per registrare il sistema per ottenere gli aggiornamenti e le estensioni." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"Immettere qui le credenziali del servizio clienti di SUSE per registrare il " +"sistema per ottenere gli aggiornamenti e le estensioni." #. not set yet? #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334 @@ -215,12 +223,20 @@ msgstr "Il sistema è già registrato." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "Lo si può ri-registrare nuovamente oppure si possono registrare estensioni o moduli aggiuntivi per migliorare la funzionalità del sistema. " +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"Lo si può ri-registrare nuovamente oppure si possono registrare estensioni " +"o moduli aggiuntivi per migliorare la funzionalità del sistema. " #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "Se si vuole de-registrare il sistema ci si deve autenticare nel Centro clienti di SUSE e da lì rimuovere manualmente il sistema." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"Se si vuole de-registrare il sistema ci si deve autenticare nel Centro " +"clienti di SUSE e da lì rimuovere manualmente il sistema." #. error message #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 @@ -237,7 +253,8 @@ "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -"Il supporto di installazione o l'installatore stesso è seriamente danneggiato.\n" +"Il supporto di installazione o l'installatore stesso è seriamente " +"danneggiato.\n" "Segnalare il bug presso %s." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 @@ -416,7 +433,8 @@ "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -"La rete non è configurata, il server di registrazione non può essere raggiunto.\n" +"La rete non è configurata, il server di registrazione non può essere " +"raggiunto.\n" "Si vuole configurare la rete ora?" #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78 @@ -431,7 +449,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." -msgstr "Verifica che questo sistema sia conosciuto dal server di registrazione." +msgstr "" +"Verifica che questo sistema sia conosciuto dal server di registrazione." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 @@ -449,7 +468,8 @@ "conosca il precedente NCC di registrazione. La sincronizzazione da NCC\n" "a SCC può richiedere veramente tanto tempo.\n" "\n" -"Se il sistema SLE11 è stato installato recentemente, è possibile autenticarsi in\n" +"Se il sistema SLE11 è stato installato recentemente, è possibile autenticarsi " +"in\n" "%s per accelerare il processo di sincronizzazione.\n" "Attendere parecchi minuti dopo essersi autenticati e quindi provare\n" "l'aggiornamento di nuovo." @@ -513,6 +533,10 @@ "Make sure the latest product supporting the new registration\n" "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" +"È stato rilevato un vecchio server di registrazione presso\n" +"%s. " +"Assicurarsi che sul server sia installato l'ultimo prodotto\n" +"che supporta il nuovo protocollo di registrazione." # #-#-#-#-# registration.it.po (registration) #-#-#-#-# TLABEL modules/printconf/printconf_manuf_model.ycp:80 #. progress step title @@ -628,17 +652,24 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " +"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" -"Immettere i codici di registrazione per i moduli o estensioni richiesti.\n" -"I codici di registrazione sono necessari per il successo della registrazione. Se non si può fornire un codice di registrazione, tornare indietro e deselezionare il corrispondente modulo o estensione." +"Immettere i codici di registrazione per i moduli o estensioni richiesti.<" +"/p>\n" +"I codici di registrazione sono necessari per il successo della " +"registrazione. Se non si può fornire un codice di registrazione, tornare " +"indietro e deselezionare il corrispondente modulo o estensione." #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "L'estensione selezionata richiede un ulteriore codice di registrazione." -msgstr[1] "Le estensioni selezionate richiedono ulteriori codici di registrazione." +msgstr[0] "" +"L'estensione selezionata richiede un ulteriore codice di registrazione." +msgstr[1] "" +"Le estensioni selezionate richiedono ulteriori codici di registrazione." #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." @@ -653,18 +684,29 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "Qui si possono selezionare i moduli ed estensioni disponibili per il sistema." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" +"Qui si possono selezionare i moduli ed estensioni disponibili per il " +"sistema." #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "Si noti che alcuni moduli o estensioni potrebbero richiede un codice di registrazione specifico." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." +msgstr "" +"Si noti che alcuni moduli o estensioni potrebbero richiede un codice di " +"registrazione specifico." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "Se si vuole rimuovere un modulo od estensione ci si deve autenticare nel Centro clienti di SUSE e da lì rimuoverli manualmente." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"Se si vuole rimuovere un modulo od estensione ci si deve autenticare nel " +"Centro clienti di SUSE e da lì rimuoverli manualmente." #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 @@ -692,8 +734,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." -msgstr "Qui si possono selezionare quali estensioni o moduli verranno registrati insieme al prodotto di base." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " +"with the base product." +msgstr "" +"Qui si possono selezionare quali estensioni o moduli verranno registrati " +"insieme al prodotto di base." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -748,21 +794,28 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"La registrazione del prodotto include il prodotto nel database del Servizio clienti di Novell\n" -"e consente di ricevere gli aggiornamenti in linea e di usufruire del supporto tecnico.\n" -"Per effettuare la registrazione automaticamente durante l'installazione, selezionare Esegui registrazione prodotto." +"La registrazione del prodotto include il prodotto nel database del " +"Servizio clienti di Novell\n" +"e consente di ricevere gli aggiornamenti in linea e di usufruire del supporto " +"tecnico.\n" +"Per effettuare la registrazione automaticamente durante l'installazione, " +"selezionare Esegui registrazione prodotto." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Se la rete fornisce un server di registrazione personalizzato, impostare l'URL corretto del\n" +"Se la rete fornisce un server di registrazione personalizzato, impostare " +"l'URL corretto del\n" "server e l'ubicazione del certificato SMT in Impostazioni server SMT.\n" "Per ulteriore assistenza, consultare il proprio manuale di SMT." @@ -835,28 +888,51 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "La connessione sicura (HTTPS) usa i certificati SSL per verificare l'autenticità del server e per cifrare i dati trasferiti." +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "" +"La connessione sicura (HTTPS) usa i certificati SSL per verificare " +"l'autenticità del server e per cifrare i dati trasferiti." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "Si può scegliere di importare il certificato nel proprio elenco di autorità di certificati (CA) note; questo significa che ci si fida del soggetto e di chi ha generato il certificato sconosciuto." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"Si può scegliere di importare il certificato nel proprio elenco di " +"autorità di certificati (CA) note; questo significa che ci si fida del " +"soggetto e di chi ha generato il certificato sconosciuto." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "Importare un certificato permetterà di usare ad esempio un certificato auto-firmato." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Importare un certificato permetterà di usare ad esempio un certificato " +"auto-firmato." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "Importante: si deve verificare l'impronta digitale del certificato per essere sicuri che si sta importando un certificato genuini dal server richiesto." +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "" +"Importante: si deve verificare l'impronta digitale del certificato " +"per essere sicuri che si sta importando un certificato genuini dal server " +"richiesto." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "Importare un certificato sconosciuto senza verificarlo è un enorme rischio per la sicurezza." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " +"risk." +msgstr "" +"Importare un certificato sconosciuto senza verificarlo è un enorme " +"rischio per la sicurezza." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60 Modified: trunk/yast/it/po/storage.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/it/po/storage.it.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) +++ trunk/yast/it/po/storage.it.po 2014-10-30 07:32:17 UTC (rev 90474) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-01 09:24+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 08:40+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: it\n" @@ -125,7 +125,8 @@ "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "Nessuna proposta automatica possibile.\n" -"Specificare i punti di montaggio manualmente della finestra del 'partizionatore'." +"Specificare i punti di montaggio manualmente della finestra del " +"'partizionatore'." #. TRANSLATORS: button text #. this is the resize case @@ -191,7 +192,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "Spazio disco insufficiente per proporre le istantanee per il volume radice." +msgstr "" +"Spazio disco insufficiente per proporre le istantanee per il volume radice." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -297,7 +299,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "Il ridimensionamento vero e proprio non verrà eseguito fino alla conferma di\n" -"tutte le impostazioni nell'ultima finestra di installazione. Fino a quel momento\n" +"tutte le impostazioni nell'ultima finestra di installazione. Fino a quel " +"momento\n" "tutte le partizioni Windows rimarranno inalterate.\n" "\n" @@ -430,7 +433,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Usato da Windows indica la dimensione dello spazio usato dalla partizione Windows.\n" +"Usato da Windows indica la dimensione dello spazio usato dalla " +"partizione Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -469,7 +473,8 @@ msgstr "" "Si è verificato un errore.\n" "\n" -"Lo spazio disponibile nella partizione Windows non è sufficiente per contenere\n" +"Lo spazio disponibile nella partizione Windows non è sufficiente per " +"contenere\n" "l'installazione minima di Linux.\n" "\n" "Per installare Linux, avviare innanzitutto Windows e disinstallare alcune\n" @@ -550,7 +555,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "Il sistema può essere configurato solo con l'opzione partizionamento personalizzato." +msgstr "" +"Il sistema può essere configurato solo con l'opzione partizionamento " +"personalizzato." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -693,8 +700,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Non è stato trovato alcun disco. Provare a usare il CD di aggiornamento, se disponibile, per l'installazione." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Non è stato trovato alcun disco. Provare a usare il CD di aggiornamento, se " +"disponibile, per l'installazione." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_target_selection.ycp:155 @@ -955,7 +965,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Nota: se si sceglie una zona che non è mostrata come libera\n" -"si corre il rischio di perdere dei dati esistenti sul disco fisso. Questo può riguardare\n" +"si corre il rischio di perdere dei dati esistenti sul disco fisso. Questo può " +"riguardare\n" "anche altri sistemi operativi.\n" "" @@ -993,7 +1004,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Il disco fisso selezionato è probabilmente usato da Windows. Non c'è \n" -"abbastanza spazio per &product;. Si può o eliminare Windows completamente o\n" +"abbastanza spazio per &product;. Si può o eliminare Windows completamente<" +"/b> o\n" "ridurlo per ottenere abbastanza spazio libero.\n" "" @@ -1008,9 +1020,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se si elimina Windows, tutti i dati su questa partizione verranno irrimediabilmente\n" -"persi durante l'installazione. Quando si riduce Windows, si raccomanda\n" -"caldamente di fare una copia di ripristino dei dati, poiché i dati devono essere riorganizzati.\n" +"Se si elimina Windows, tutti i dati su questa partizione verranno " +"irrimediabilmente\n" +"persi durante l'installazione. Quando si riduce Windows, si " +"raccomanda\n" +"caldamente di fare una copia di ripristino dei dati, poiché i dati devono " +"essere riorganizzati.\n" "In rari casi questa operazione può fallire.\n" "\n" @@ -1058,8 +1073,10 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Si è cercato di montare una partizione FAT su uno dei seguenti punti di montaggio:\n" -"/, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Questo causerà molto probabilmente dei problemi.\n" +"Si è cercato di montare una partizione FAT su uno dei seguenti punti di " +"montaggio:\n" +"/, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Questo causerà molto probabilmente dei " +"problemi.\n" "Usare un file system Linux, come ext3 o ext4, per questi punti di montaggio.\n" "\n" "Usare veramente questa impostazione?\n" @@ -1139,7 +1156,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Attenzione: non è presente alcuna partizione di tipo bios_grub.\n" -"Una partizione di tale tipo è necessaria per avviare da un disco GPT usando grub2.\n" +"Una partizione di tale tipo è necessaria per avviare da un disco GPT usando " +"grub2.\n" "\n" "Usare veramente questa configurazione?\n" @@ -1156,7 +1174,8 @@ "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" -"Attenzione: non c'è alcuna partizione montata come /boot. Per avviare dal disco fisso è richiesta una piccola partizione /boot (circa %1).\n" +"Attenzione: non c'è alcuna partizione montata come /boot. Per avviare dal " +"disco fisso è richiesta una piccola partizione /boot (circa %1).\n" "Conviene considerare l'ipotesi di crearne una.\n" "Le partizioni assegnate a /boot vengono automaticamente\n" "modificate impostando il tipo a 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -1192,7 +1211,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Attenzione: alcuni sottovolumi del file system radice sono nascosti dai\n" -"dai punti di montaggio di altri file system. Questo può portare a dei problemi.\n" +"dai punti di montaggio di altri file system. Questo può portare a dei " +"problemi.\n" "\n" "Usare veramente questa configurazione?\n" @@ -1275,7 +1295,8 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " +"\"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1283,8 +1304,10 @@ "\n" "Non è stata assegnata una partizione di swap. In molti casi\n" "è altamente consigliato creare e attivare una partizione di swap.\n" -"Le partizioni di swap del sistema sono elencate nella finestra principale come\n" -"\"Linux Swap\". Una partizione di swap assegnata ha come punto di montaggio \"swap\".\n" +"Le partizioni di swap del sistema sono elencate nella finestra principale " +"come\n" +"\"Linux Swap\". Una partizione di swap assegnata ha come punto di montaggio " +"\"swap\".\n" "Si possono assegnare più partizioni di swap se lo si desidera.\n" "\n" "Usare veramente questa impostazione senza una partizione di swap?\n" @@ -1392,20 +1415,25 @@ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Impossibile rimuovere il dispositivo (%1) in quanto è una partizione logica e\n" +"Impossibile rimuovere il dispositivo (%1) in quanto è una partizione logica " +"e\n" "un'altra partizione logica con un numero superiore è in uso.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partizione estesa selezionata contiene partizioni che sono attualmente montate:\n" +"La partizione estesa selezionata contiene partizioni che sono attualmente " +"montate:\n" "%1\n" -"Si raccomanda fortemente di smontare queste partizioni prima di eliminare la partizione estesa.\n" +"Si raccomanda fortemente di smontare queste partizioni prima di eliminare la " +"partizione estesa.\n" "Scegliere Annulla a meno che non si sappia esattamente cosa si sta facendo.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1578,22 +1606,29 @@ msgstr "" "Monta in /etc/fstab con:\n" "Di solito, un file system da montare è identificato in /etc/fstab\n" -"dal nome del dispositivo. È possibile cambiare questa modalità di identificazione in\n" -"modo da trovare il file system da montare tramite una ricerca di un UUID oppure di\n" -"un'etichetta di volume. Non tutti i file system possono essere montati in base\n" -"all'UUID o all'etichetta di volume. Se un'opzione è disabilitata, ciò non è possibile.\n" +"dal nome del dispositivo. È possibile cambiare questa modalità di " +"identificazione in\n" +"modo da trovare il file system da montare tramite una ricerca di un UUID " +"oppure di\n" +"un'etichetta di volume. Non tutti i file system possono essere montati in " +"base\n" +"all'UUID o all'etichetta di volume. Se un'opzione è disabilitata, ciò non è " +"possibile.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etichetta del volume:\n" -"Il nome immesso in questo campo viene usato come etichetta del volume. Questo di solito\n" -"ha senso solo quando si attiva l'opzione per il montaggio in base all'etichetta del volume.\n" +"Il nome immesso in questo campo viene usato come etichetta del volume. Questo " +"di solito\n" +"ha senso solo quando si attiva l'opzione per il montaggio in base " +"all'etichetta del volume.\n" "Un'etichetta di volume non può contenere il carattere / o spazi.\n" #. label text @@ -1615,10 +1650,9 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "UUID" msgid "&UUID" -msgstr "UUID" +msgstr "&UUID" # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_custom_part.ycp:2168 @@ -1647,7 +1681,8 @@ "is %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La lunghezza massima di un'etichetta di volume per il file system selezionato\n" +"La lunghezza massima di un'etichetta di volume per il file system " +"selezionato\n" "è %1. L'etichetta di volume è stata troncata a questa dimensione.\n" #. popup text @@ -1731,7 +1766,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partizione selezionata (%1) è attualmente montata su %2.\n" -"Se si modificano i parametri (come il punto di montaggio o il tipo di file system),\n" +"Se si modificano i parametri (come il punto di montaggio o il tipo di file " +"system),\n" "l'installazione di Linux potrebbe venire danneggiata.\n" "\n" "Smontare la partizione se possibile. Se non si è sicuri,\n" @@ -1749,7 +1785,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Il file system sulla partizione non può essere ridotto con YaST2.\n" -"Soltanto fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permettono la riduzione del file system." +"Soltanto fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permettono la riduzione del file " +"system." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 @@ -1759,7 +1796,8 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere ridotto con YaST2.\n" +"Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere ridotto con " +"YaST2.\n" "Solo fat, ext2, ext3 e reiser consentono di ridurre il file system." #. Popup text @@ -1787,7 +1825,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Il file system sulla partizione selezionata non può essere esteso da YaST2.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser consentono di estendere il file system." +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser consentono di estendere il file " +"system." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1798,7 +1837,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Il file system sul volume logico selezionato non può essere esteso da YaST2.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permettono l'estensione del file system." +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permettono l'estensione del file " +"system." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_ask_config.ycp:142 @@ -1825,7 +1865,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "È possibile ridurre un file system reiser, ma questa funzionalità non è\n" -"ancora ben collaudata. Si consiglia di effettuare una copia di ripristino dei dati.\n" +"ancora ben collaudata. Si consiglia di effettuare una copia di ripristino dei " +"dati.\n" "\n" "Ridurre il file system ora?" @@ -1834,12 +1875,15 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"I dispositivi selezionati contengono partizioni che sono attualmente montate:\n" +"I dispositivi selezionati contengono partizioni che sono attualmente " +"montate:\n" "%1\n" -"Si raccomanda *fortemente* di smontare queste partizioni prima di eliminare la tabella delle partizioni.\n" +"Si raccomanda *fortemente* di smontare queste partizioni prima di eliminare " +"la tabella delle partizioni.\n" "Scegliete Annulla a meno che non si sappia esattamente cosa si sta facendo.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1892,7 +1936,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Abilita istantanee automatiche per un file system Btrfs con snapper." +msgstr "" +"Abilita istantanee automatiche per un file system Btrfs con snapper." # #-#-#-#-# sudo.it.po (sudo) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/inst_mode.ycp:39 @@ -1941,7 +1986,8 @@ "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -"Sono attualmente permessi solo i nomi dei sotto-volumi che iniziano con \"%1\"!\n" +"Sono attualmente permessi solo i nomi dei sotto-volumi che iniziano con \"%" +"1\"!\n" "Aggiunta automatica di \"%1\" al nome del sotto-volume." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 @@ -1994,16 +2040,19 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " +"/var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Questo punto di montaggio corrisponde a un file system temporaneo come /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Questo punto di montaggio corrisponde a un file system temporaneo come /tmp o " +"/var/tmp.\n" "Se si lascia la password di cifratura vuota, il sistema creerà una password\n" -"casuale all'avvio del sistema. Questo significa che verranno persi tutti i dati\n" +"casuale all'avvio del sistema. Questo significa che verranno persi tutti i " +"dati\n" "in questi file system all'arresto del sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -2013,15 +2062,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se si dimentica la password non si potrà più accedere ai dati sul file system.\n" -"Scegliere attentamente la password. Si raccomanda una combinazione di lettere\n" +"Se si dimentica la password non si potrà più accedere ai dati sul file " +"system.\n" +"Scegliere attentamente la password. Si raccomanda una combinazione di " +"lettere\n" "e numeri. Per assicurarsi che la password sia inserita correttamente,\n" "immetterla due volte.\n" "\n" @@ -2032,7 +2084,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2086,14 +2139,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se il file system cifrato non contiene alcun file di sistema e non è quindi necessario\n" -"per l'aggiornamento, è possibile selezionare Ignora. In questo caso, il file\n" +"Se il file system cifrato non contiene alcun file di sistema e non è quindi " +"necessario\n" +"per l'aggiornamento, è possibile selezionare Ignora. In questo caso, " +"il file\n" "system non viene considerato durante l'aggiornamento.\n" "\n" @@ -2152,7 +2208,8 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Si è scelto di non montare automaticamente all'avvio un file system\n" -"che può contenere dei file necessari per il corretto funzionamento del sistema.\n" +"che può contenere dei file necessari per il corretto funzionamento del " +"sistema.\n" "\n" "Ciò può causare dei problemi.\n" "\n" @@ -2220,13 +2277,17 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Il file system FAT ù usato per un punto di montaggio di sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"Il file system FAT ù usato per un punto di montaggio di sistema (/, /usr, " +"/opt, /var, /home).\n" "Ciò non è possibile." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Carattere non valido nel punto di montaggio. Non usare \"`'!\"%#\" in un punto di montaggio." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Carattere non valido nel punto di montaggio. Non usare \"`'!\"%#\" in un " +"punto di montaggio." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2812,7 +2873,8 @@ "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Se si seleziona di cifrare tutti i dati sul\n" -"volume selezionare Cifra dispositivo. Cambiando la cifratura di un volume\n" +"volume selezionare Cifra dispositivo. Cambiando la cifratura di un " +"volume\n" "esiste tutti i dati in esso contenuti verranno cancellati.\n" #. helptext @@ -2924,8 +2986,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il file system usato per questo volume è swap. Si può lasciare la password di cifratura\n" -"vuota ma poi il dispositivo di swap non potrà essere usato per l'ibernazione (sospensione sul\n" +"Il file system usato per questo volume è swap. Si può lasciare la password di " +"cifratura\n" +"vuota ma poi il dispositivo di swap non potrà essere usato per l'ibernazione " +"(sospensione sul\n" "disco).\n" "\n" @@ -3039,7 +3103,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "La dimensione inserita non è valida. Inserire una dimensione tra %1 e %2." +msgstr "" +"La dimensione inserita non è valida. Inserire una dimensione tra %1 e %2." #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -3371,7 +3436,8 @@ "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Creare veramente una nuova tavola delle partizioni su %1? Questo cancellerà tutti i dati\n" +"Creare veramente una nuova tavola delle partizioni su %1? Questo cancellerà " +"tutti i dati\n" "su %1 e tutti i RAID ed i gruppi di volumi che usano le partizioni su %1." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# @@ -3704,7 +3770,8 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Questa vista mostra tutte le partizioni del disco fisso\n" -"selezionato. Se il disco fisso è utilizzato per esempio da un RAID BIOS o da un multipath, nessuna\n" +"selezionato. Se il disco fisso è utilizzato per esempio da un RAID BIOS o da " +"un multipath, nessuna\n" "partizione verrà mostrata qui.\n" #. helptext @@ -3766,7 +3833,8 @@ msgstr "" "Si può scegliere se i volumi di sistema esistenti,\n" "come / e /usr, verranno formattati durante\n" -"l'installazione. I volumi non di sistema, come /home, non saranno formattati." +"l'installazione. I volumi non di sistema, come /home, non saranno " +"formattati." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3930,11 +3998,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Percorso del file di loop: Questo deve essere un percorso assoluto\n" +"Percorso del file di loop: Questo deve essere un percorso " +"assoluto\n" "al file contenente i dati del dispositivo di loop cifrato da impostare.\n" #. helptext @@ -3948,7 +4018,8 @@ "\n" "Crea file di loop: Se questa opzione è selezionata,\n" "il file verrà creato con la dimensione specificata nel campo successivo.\n" -"NOTA: se il file esiste già, tutti i dati in esso contenuti andranno persi.\n" +"NOTA: se il file esiste già, tutti i dati in esso contenuti andranno " +"persi.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 @@ -3959,7 +4030,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Dimensione: Questa è la dimensione del file di loop.\n" -"Il file system creato nel dispositivo di loop cifrato avrà questa dimensione.\n" +"Il file system creato nel dispositivo di loop cifrato avrà questa " +"dimensione.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 @@ -3972,8 +4044,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "NOTA:Durante l'installazione YaST non può eseguire\n" -"verifiche di consistenza circa la dimensione del file e i percorsi in quanto il file\n" -"system non è accessibile. Verrà creato alla fine dell'installazione. Prestare\n" +"verifiche di consistenza circa la dimensione del file e i percorsi in quanto " +"il file\n" +"system non è accessibile. Verrà creato alla fine dell'installazione. " +"Prestare\n" "attenzione quando si fornisce la dimensione e il percorso.\n" #. input field label @@ -4003,7 +4077,8 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by size #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "La dimensione inserita non è valida. Immettere una dimensione di almeno %1." +msgstr "" +"La dimensione inserita non è valida. Immettere una dimensione di almeno %1." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 @@ -4162,7 +4237,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Eliminare veramente il gruppo di volumi \"%1\" e tutti gli annessi volumi logici?" +msgstr "" +"Eliminare veramente il gruppo di volumi \"%1\" e tutti gli annessi volumi " +"logici?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4170,7 +4247,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Il dato immesso non è valido. Inserire una dimensione fisica per l'extent maggiore di %1\n" +"Il dato immesso non è valido. Inserire una dimensione fisica per l'extent " +"maggiore di %1\n" "in potenze di 2, ad esempio \"%2\" or \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -4204,12 +4282,15 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Inserire il nome e la dimensione fisica dell'extent del nuovo gruppo di volumi." +msgstr "" +"Inserire il nome e la dimensione fisica dell'extent del nuovo gruppo di " +"volumi." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Selezionare i volumi fisici che il gruppo di volumi deve contenere." +msgstr "" +"Selezionare i volumi fisici che il gruppo di volumi deve contenere." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4242,10 +4323,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" -"Inserire la dimensione e il numero di segmenti per il nuovo volume logico.\n" +"Inserire la dimensione e il numero di segmenti per il nuovo volume " +"logico.\n" "Il numero di segmenti non può essere più alto\n" "del numero di volumi fisici del gruppo di volumi." @@ -4260,10 +4343,14 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "I cosiddetti Volumi leggeri possono essere creati\n" -"con dimensioni di volume arbitrarie. Lo spazio richiesto viene preso quando serve dal\n" -"Pool leggero assegnato. Pertanto si può creare un volume legger di dimensione\n" -"maggiore del pool leggero. Ovviamente quando ci sono realmente dati scritti nel volume leggero\n" -"il pool leggero assegnato deve essere in grado di far fronte a questa richiesta di spazio.\n" +"con dimensioni di volume arbitrarie. Lo spazio richiesto viene preso quando " +"serve dal\n" +"Pool leggero assegnato. Pertanto si può creare un volume legger di " +"dimensione\n" +"maggiore del pool leggero. Ovviamente quando ci sono realmente dati scritti " +"nel volume leggero\n" +"il pool leggero assegnato deve essere in grado di far fronte a questa " +"richiesta di spazio.\n" "I volumi leggeri non possono avere un conto dei segmenti." #. heading for frame @@ -4297,30 +4384,36 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Si può dichiarare un volume logico come un Volume normale.\n" -"Questo è il predefinito e rappresenta i volumi LVM piani come erano tutti volumi prima dell'esistenza della funzionalità Fornitura leggera.\n" +"Questo è il predefinito e rappresenta i volumi LVM piani come erano tutti " +"volumi prima dell'esistenza della funzionalità Fornitura leggera.\n" "Se in dubbio questa è probabilmente la scelta corretta." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "Si può dichiarare un volume logico come un Pool leggero.\n" -"Questo significa che i Volumi leggeri allocano lo spazio necessario su richiesta da tale pool." +"Questo significa che i Volumi leggeri allocano lo spazio necessario su " +"richiesta da tale pool." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" +"." msgstr "" "Si può dichiarare un volume logico come un Volume leggero.\n" -"Questo significa che il volume alloca lo spazio necessario su richiesta da un Pool leggero." +"Questo significa che il volume alloca lo spazio necessario su richiesta da un " +"Pool leggero." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4376,13 +4469,17 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non usati adatti per creare un gruppo di volumi.\n" +"Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non usati adatti per creare un gruppo di " +"volumi.\n" "\n" -"Per usare LVM è richiesta almeno una partizione non usata di tipo 0x8e (o 0x83) oppure\n" -"un dispositivo RAID non utilizzato. Cambiare di conseguenza la tabella delle partizioni." +"Per usare LVM è richiesta almeno una partizione non usata di tipo 0x8e (o " +"0x83) oppure\n" +"un dispositivo RAID non utilizzato. Cambiare di conseguenza la tabella delle " +"partizioni." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:1384 @@ -4621,8 +4718,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "La configurazione NFS non è disponibile. Controllare l'installazione del pacchetto yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"La configurazione NFS non è disponibile. Controllare l'installazione del " +"pacchetto yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4653,34 +4754,46 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: questo livello aumenta le prestazioni del disco.\n" -"In questa modalità non è presente alcuna ridondanza. Se un dispositivo va in crash, non è possibile recuperare i dati.\n" +"In questa modalità non è presente alcuna ridondanza. Se un dispositivo " +"va in crash, non è possibile recuperare i dati.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " +"all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Questa modalità ha la ridondanza migliore. Può essere usato con\n" -"due o più dischi. Questa modalità mantiene una copia esatta di tutti i dati su tutti i dischi.\n" -"Fintanto che almeno un disco funziona non ci sono perdite di dati. Le partizioni\n" +"RAID 1: Questa modalità ha la ridondanza migliore. Può essere " +"usato con\n" +"due o più dischi. Questa modalità mantiene una copia esatta di tutti i dati " +"su tutti i dischi.\n" +"Fintanto che almeno un disco funziona non ci sono perdite di dati. Le " +"partizioni\n" "usate per questo tipo di RAID devono avere circa la stessa dimensione.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Questa modalità combina la gestione di un maggior numero di dischi pur mantenendo\n" -"un po' di ridondanza. Questa modalità può essere usata con tre o più dischi. Se un disco ha problemi tutti i dati\n" -"sono ancora intatti, se due dischi falliscono simultaneamente tutti i dati vengono persi.\n" +"RAID 5: Questa modalità combina la gestione di un maggior " +"numero di dischi pur mantenendo\n" +"un po' di ridondanza. Questa modalità può essere usata con tre o più dischi. " +"Se un disco ha problemi tutti i dati\n" +"sono ancora intatti, se due dischi falliscono simultaneamente tutti i dati " +"vengono persi.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4697,12 +4810,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." +"\n" msgstr "" -"Aggiunta di partizioni al RAID. A seconda del tipo di RAID, la dimensione di disco\n" -"usabile può essere la somma di queste partizioni (RAID0), la dimensione della più piccola\n" -"partizione (RAID1) o (N-1) volte la dimensione della più piccola partizione (RAID5)\n" +"Aggiunta di partizioni al RAID. A seconda del tipo di RAID, la dimensione " +"di disco\n" +"usabile può essere la somma di queste partizioni (RAID0), la dimensione della " +"più piccola\n" +"partizione (RAID1) o (N-1) volte la dimensione della più piccola partizione " +"(RAID5)\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4767,12 +4885,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Dimensione del blocco: È la minima massa \"atomica\" di dati che può essere\n" -"scritta sui dispositivi. Una dimensione del blocco ragionevole per RAID 5 è 128 KByte. Per RAID 0, 32 KByte \n" -"è un buon punto di partenza. Per RAID 1 la dimensione del blocco non ha molta influenza sull'array.\n" +"Dimensione del blocco: È la minima massa \"atomica\" di dati che " +"può essere\n" +"scritta sui dispositivi. Una dimensione del blocco ragionevole per RAID 5 è " +"128 KByte. Per RAID 0, 32 KByte \n" +"è un buon punto di partenza. Per RAID 1 la dimensione del blocco non ha molta " +"influenza sull'array.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4782,10 +4905,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "L'algoritmo di parità da usare con RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric è quello che offre le migliori prestazioni sui tipici dischi con piatti rotanti.\n" +"Left-symmetric è quello che offre le migliori prestazioni sui tipici dischi " +"con piatti rotanti.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4872,7 +4997,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non usati adatti per creare un RAID." +msgstr "" +"Non ci sono abbastanza dispositivi non usati adatti per creare un RAID." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# # TLABEL modules/lan/lan.ycp:1384 @@ -5082,15 +5208,20 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" +"\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" -"Monta in modo predefinito in base a fornisce il metodo di montaggio\n" -"per i nuovi file system creati. Nome dispositivo usa il nome kernel del dispositivo\n" +"Monta in modo predefinito in base a fornisce il metodo di " +"montaggio\n" +"per i nuovi file system creati. Nome dispositivo usa il nome kernel " +"del dispositivo\n" "che non è persistente. ID dispositivo e Percorso dispositivo\n" -"usano i nomi generati da udev dalle informazioni hardware. Queste devono essere\n" +"usano i nomi generati da udev dalle informazioni hardware. Queste devono " +"essere\n" "persistenti ma sfortunatamente ciò non è sempre vero. Infine UUID e\n" "Etichetta volume usano l'UUID e l'etichetta dei file system.\n" @@ -5107,13 +5238,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Allineamento delle nuove partizioni create\n" -"determina come le partizioni create sono allineate. cilindro è l'allineamento tradizionale ai limiti dei cilindri del disco. ottimale allinea le\n" -"partizioni per la migliore prestazione in accordo con i suggerimenti forniti dal kernel linux\n" +"determina come le partizioni create sono allineate. cilindro è " +"l'allineamento tradizionale ai limiti dei cilindri del disco. ottimale " +"allinea le\n" +"partizioni per la migliore prestazione in accordo con i suggerimenti forniti " +"dal kernel linux\n" "oppure prova ad essere compatibile con Windows Vista e Win 7.\n" #. helptext @@ -5132,7 +5268,8 @@ "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." msgstr "" "Informazioni visibili sui dispositivi di\n" -"memorizzazione consente di nascondere informazioni nelle tabelle e nella panoramica." +"memorizzazione consente di nascondere informazioni nelle tabelle e nella " +"panoramica." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 @@ -5197,7 +5334,8 @@ "have no logical volumes." msgstr "" "Questa vista mostra i dispositivi che non hanno un punto di\n" -"montaggio loro assegnato, i dischi che non sono partizionati e i gruppi di volumi che\n" +"montaggio loro assegnato, i dischi che non sono partizionati e i gruppi di " +"volumi che\n" "non hanno volumi logici." #. popup message @@ -5384,32 +5522,42 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "È corretto combaciare i dispositivi con le classi secondo questi modelli?" +msgstr "" +"È corretto combaciare i dispositivi con le classi secondo questi modelli?" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Questa finestra server per definire le classi per i dispositivi raid\n" -"contenuti nel raid. Le classi disponibili sono A, B, C, D e E ma in molti casi\n" +"contenuti nel raid. Le classi disponibili sono A, B, C, D e E ma in molti " +"casi\n" "sono richieste meno classi (come solamente A e B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " +"\n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Si può mettere un dispositivo in una classe facendo clic col tasto destro sul\n" -"dispositivo e scegliendo la classe appropriata dal menu contestuale. Premendo il\n" -"tasto Ctrl o Shift si possono selezionare dispositivi multipli e metterli in una classe\n" -"con una singola operazione. Si possono anche usare i pulsanti etichettati da \"%1\" a \"%2\"\n" +"Si può mettere un dispositivo in una classe facendo clic col tasto destro " +"sul\n" +"dispositivo e scegliendo la classe appropriata dal menu contestuale. Premendo " +"il\n" +"tasto Ctrl o Shift si possono selezionare dispositivi multipli e metterli in " +"una classe\n" +"con una singola operazione. Si possono anche usare i pulsanti etichettati da " +"\"%1\" a \"%2\"\n" "per mettere i dispositivi attualmente selezionati in questa classe." #. dialog help text @@ -5437,8 +5585,10 @@ "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" "second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Inframmezzato usa il primo dispositivo di classe A, poi il primo di classe B\n" -"poi tutte le classi seguenti con assegnati dispositivi. Poi il secondo dispositivo di classe A,\n" +"Inframmezzato usa il primo dispositivo di classe A, poi il primo di " +"classe B\n" +"poi tutte le classi seguenti con assegnati dispositivi. Poi il secondo " +"dispositivo di classe A,\n" "il secondo di classe B, e così via." #. dialog help text @@ -5448,29 +5598,41 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Tutti i dispositivi senza una classe sono ordinati alla fine dell'elenco dei dispositivi.\n" -"Quando si chiude la finestra l'ordine attuale dei dispositivi viene usato come l'ordine nel RAID\n" +"Tutti i dispositivi senza una classe sono ordinati alla fine dell'elenco dei " +"dispositivi.\n" +"Quando si chiude la finestra l'ordine attuale dei dispositivi viene usato " +"come l'ordine nel RAID\n" "da creare." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" +") and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Premendo il pulsante \"%1\" si può scegliere un file che contiene le righe\n" -"con un'espressione regolare e un nome di classe (come \"sda.* A\"). Tutti i dispositivi che combaciano\n" -"con l'espressione regolare verranno messi nella classe indicata nella riga. L'espressione regolare viene\n" +"Premendo il pulsante \"%1\" si può scegliere un file che contiene le " +"righe\n" +"con un'espressione regolare e un nome di classe (come \"sda.* A\"). Tutti i " +"dispositivi che combaciano\n" +"con l'espressione regolare verranno messi nella classe indicata nella riga. " +"L'espressione regolare viene\n" "confrontata con il nome kernel (come /dev/sda1), \n" -"il nome di percorso udev (come /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e\n" -"l'identificativo udev (come /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"Il primo confronto soddisfatto infine determina la classe, nel caso che il nome del dispositivo combacia con\n" +"il nome di percorso udev (come /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0" +"-part1) e\n" +"l'identificativo udev (come /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). " +"\n" +"Il primo confronto soddisfatto infine determina la classe, nel caso che il " +"nome del dispositivo combacia con\n" "più di una espressione regolare." # #-#-#-#-# storage.it.po (storage) #-#-#-#-# @@ -5512,12 +5674,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Dimensione tmpfs:\n" -"la dimensione può essere inserita come un numero seguito da K, M, G per Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o\n" -"come un numero seguito da un segno di percentuale indicante la percentuale di memoria." +"la dimensione può essere inserita come un numero seguito da K, M, G per " +"Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o\n" +"come un numero seguito da un segno di percentuale indicante la percentuale di " +"memoria." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5538,7 +5703,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Priorità swap:\n" -"Immettere la priorità swap. Un numero maggiore significa una priorità maggiore.\n" +"Immettere la priorità swap. Un numero maggiore significa una priorità " +"maggiore.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5549,11 +5715,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Monta in sola lettura:\n" -"non è possibile scrivere sul file system. Il valore predefinito è 'falso'. Durante l'installazione\n" +"non è possibile scrivere sul file system. Il valore predefinito è 'falso'. " +"Durante l'installazione\n" "il file system è sempre montato in lettura-scrittura." #. button text @@ -5568,14 +5736,14 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Niente tempo di accesso:\n" -"i tempi di accesso non vengono aggiornati alla lettura di un file. Il valore predefinito è 'falso'.\n" +"i tempi di accesso non vengono aggiornati alla lettura di un file. Il valore " +"predefinito è 'falso'.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &User" msgid "Mountable by User" -msgstr "Montabile dall'&utente" +msgstr "Montabile dall'utente" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 @@ -5584,7 +5752,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Montabile dall'utente:\n" -"il file system può essere montato da un normale utente. Il valore predefinito è 'falso'.\n" +"il file system può essere montato da un normale utente. Il valore predefinito " +"è 'falso'.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5597,14 +5766,18 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" +"/tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Non montare all'avvio del sistema:\n" "il file system non è montato automaticamente all'avvio del sistema.\n" "Viene creata una voce in /etc/fstab e il file system viene montato con\n" -"le opzioni appropriate quando viene viene dato il comando <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"(<mount point> è la directory su cui montare il file system). Il valore predefinito è 'falso'.\n" +"le opzioni appropriate quando viene viene dato il comando <tt>mount <mount " +"point></tt>\n" +"(<mount point> è la directory su cui montare il file system). Il valore " +"predefinito è 'falso'.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 @@ -5635,16 +5808,22 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Modalità dati journaling:\n" "Specifica la modalità di journaling per i dati del file.\n" -"<tt>journal</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono trasmessi al journal prima di essere\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono trasmessi al journal prima di " +"essere\n" "scritti nel file system principale. Massimo impatto sulle prestazioni.\n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono inviati direttamente al file system principale\n" -"prima che i relativi metadati siano trasferiti al journal. Impatto medio sulle prestazioni. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordinamento dei dati non viene mantenuto. Nessun impatto sulle prestazioni.\n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Tutti i dati vengono inviati direttamente al file system " +"principale\n" +"prima che i relativi metadati siano trasferiti al journal. Impatto medio " +"sulle prestazioni. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordinamento dei dati non viene mantenuto. Nessun " +"impatto sulle prestazioni.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5682,18 +5861,24 @@ msgstr "&Valore opzioni arbitrarie" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Caratteri non validi nel valore arbitrario dell'opzione. Non usare spazi o tabulazioni; riprovare." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Caratteri non validi nel valore arbitrario dell'opzione. Non usare spazi o " +"tabulazioni; riprovare." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valore opzione arbitrario:\n" -"immettere in questo campo qualsiasi opzione di montaggio valida permessa nel quarto campo di /etc/fstab.\n" +"immettere in questo campo qualsiasi opzione di montaggio valida permessa nel " +"quarto campo di /etc/fstab.\n" "Usare le virgole per separare più opzioni.\n" #. label text @@ -5708,7 +5893,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Set di caratteri per nomi di file:\n" -"Impostare il set di caratteri utilizzato per mostrare i nomi di file nelle partizioni Windows.\n" +"Impostare il set di caratteri utilizzato per mostrare i nomi di file nelle " +"partizioni Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5719,10 +5905,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Pagina codice per nomi FAT brevi:\n" -"Questa pagina codice è usata per convertire in nomi brevi i caratteri su file system FAT.\n" +"Questa pagina codice è usata per convertire in nomi brevi i caratteri su file " +"system FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5733,10 +5921,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Numero di FAT:\n" -"Specifica il numero di tabelle di allocazione file (FAT) nel file system. Il valore predefinito è 2." +"Specifica il numero di tabelle di allocazione file (FAT) nel file system. Il " +"valore predefinito è 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5747,10 +5937,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " +"the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione FAT:\n" -"Specifica il tipo di tabelle di allocazione file da usare (12, 16 o 32 bit). Se viene specificato auto, YaST sceglierà automaticamente il valore migliore data la dimensione del file system.\n" +"Specifica il tipo di tabelle di allocazione file da usare (12, 16 o 32 bit). " +"Se viene specificato auto, YaST sceglierà automaticamente il valore migliore " +"data la dimensione del file system.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5780,10 +5974,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " +"directories.\n" msgstr "" "Funzione hash:\n" -"Questo specifica il nome della funzione hash da usare per ordinare i nomi dei file nelle directory.\n" +"Questo specifica il nome della funzione hash da usare per ordinare i nomi dei " +"file nelle directory.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5794,10 +5990,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisione file system:\n" -"Questa opzione definisce la revisione del formato reiserfs da usare. \"3.5\" è per la compatibilità all'indietro con i kernel della serie 2.2.x. \"3.6\" è più recente, ma può essere usato solo con versioni del kernel maggiori o uguali a 2.4.\n" +"Questa opzione definisce la revisione del formato reiserfs da usare. \"3.5\" " +"è per la compatibilità all'indietro con i kernel della serie 2.2.x. \"3.6\" è " +"più recente, ma può essere usato solo con versioni del kernel maggiori o " +"uguali a 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5809,10 +6011,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione blocchi:\n" -"Specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la dimensione dei blocchi sono 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se si è selezionato auto, viene usata la dimensione standard dei blocchi che è 4096.\n" +"Specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la " +"dimensione dei blocchi sono 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se si è " +"selezionato auto, viene usata la dimensione standard dei blocchi che è 4096.<" +"/p>\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5839,10 +6046,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentuale di spazio inode\n" -"L'opzione \"Percentuale di spazio inode\" specifica la percentuale massima di spazio sul file system che può essere allocata per gli inode.\n" +"L'opzione \"Percentuale di spazio inode\" specifica la percentuale massima di " +"spazio sul file system che può essere allocata per gli inode.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5853,12 +6062,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode allineato:\n" -"L'opzione \"Inode allineato\" viene usata per specificare se l'allocazione degli inode è \n" +"L'opzione \"Inode allineato\" viene usata per specificare se l'allocazione " +"degli inode è \n" "allineata o meno. In modo predefinito gli inode sono allineati, cosa che\n" "è di solito più efficiente rispetto all'accesso non allineato.\n" @@ -5881,10 +6092,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " +"size.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione log\n" -"Imposta la dimensione del log (in megabyte). Se si specifica auto il valore predefinito è il 40% dello spazio di aggregazione.\n" +"Imposta la dimensione del log (in megabyte). Se si specifica auto il valore " +"predefinito è il 40% dello spazio di aggregazione.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5922,10 +6135,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Dimensione blocchi:\n" -"Specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la dimensione dei blocchi sono1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se è selezionato auto, la dimensione dei blocchi è determinata dalla dimensione del file system e dall'utilizzo atteso.\n" +"Specifica la dimensione dei blocchi in byte. I valori validi per la " +"dimensione dei blocchi sono1024, 2048 e 4096 byte per blocco. Se è " +"selezionato auto, la dimensione dei blocchi è determinata dalla dimensione " +"del file system e dall'utilizzo atteso.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5948,9 +6166,12 @@ "Specifica il rapporto byte/inode. YaST crea un inode per ogni\n" "<byte-per-inode> byte di spazio sul disco. Maggiore è il\n" "rapporto byte per inode, minore è il numero di inode creati.\n" -"Generalmente questo valore non deve essere minore della dimensione dei blocchi del file system\n" -"poiché in questo caso verrebbero creati troppi nodi. Non è possibile aumentare il numero\n" -"di inode dopo la creazione di un file system quindi assicurarsi di immettere un valore\n" +"Generalmente questo valore non deve essere minore della dimensione dei " +"blocchi del file system\n" +"poiché in questo caso verrebbero creati troppi nodi. Non è possibile " +"aumentare il numero\n" +"di inode dopo la creazione di un file system quindi assicurarsi di immettere " +"un valore\n" "ragionevole per questo parametro.\n" #. label text @@ -5970,8 +6191,16 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentuale di blocchi riservati a root Specifica la percentuale di blocchi riservati al super utente root. Il valore predefinito è calcolato in modo tale che sia di solito riservato un giga. Il limite superiore per lo spazio riservato predefinito è 5.0, quello inferiore 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentuale di blocchi riservati a root Specifica la percentuale di " +"blocchi riservati al super utente root. Il valore predefinito è calcolato in " +"modo tale che sia di solito riservato un giga. Il limite superiore per lo " +"spazio riservato predefinito è 5.0, quello inferiore 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5999,7 +6228,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Indice di directory:\n" -"abilita l'utilizzo di b-tree con hash per accelerare le ricerche in grandi directory.\n" +"abilita l'utilizzo di b-tree con hash per accelerare le ricerche in grandi " +"directory.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -6010,11 +6240,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Nessun journal:\n" -"sopprime l'uso del journaling nel file system. Attivare questa opzione solamente quando\n" +"sopprime l'uso del journaling nel file system. Attivare questa opzione " +"solamente quando\n" "si sa esattamente cosa si sta facendo.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -6039,8 +6271,10 @@ "dallo strumento di partizionamento 'parted' usato per modificare\n" "la tabella delle partizioni.\n" "\n" -"Si possono usare le partizioni sul disco %1 così come sono oppure formattarle o\n" -"assegnare loro punti di montaggio, ma non è possibile aggiungere, modificare,\n" +"Si possono usare le partizioni sul disco %1 così come sono oppure formattarle " +"o\n" +"assegnare loro punti di montaggio, ma non è possibile aggiungere, " +"modificare,\n" "ridimensionare o rimuovere partizioni da tale disco.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda @@ -6075,9 +6309,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Si può inizializzare la tabella delle partizioni del disco in modo sicuro nel partizionatore\n" -"avanzato, selezionando \"Avanzate\"->\"Crea nuova tabella delle partizioni\",\n" -"ma così si distruggeranno tutti i dati su tutte le partizioni di questo disco.\n" +"Si può inizializzare la tabella delle partizioni del disco in modo sicuro nel " +"partizionatore\n" +"avanzato, selezionando \"Avanzate\"->\"Crea nuova tabella delle " +"partizioni\",\n" +"ma così si distruggeranno tutti i dati su tutte le partizioni di questo " +"disco.\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 @@ -6142,7 +6379,8 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "La password può contenere solo i seguenti caratteri:\n" -"0..9, a..z, A..Z, e qualsiasi carattere tra \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z, e qualsiasi carattere tra \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>" +"\".\n" "Riprovare." #. Label: get password for encrypted volume @@ -6242,8 +6480,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "Le partizioni non possono essere create in quanto le altre partizioni sul disco sono usate." +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"Le partizioni non possono essere create in quanto le altre partizioni sul " +"disco sono usate." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 msgid "" @@ -6293,8 +6534,10 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe indirettamente\n" -"il dispositivo %2 che contiene una partizione di swap attiva che è necessaria\n" +"Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe " +"indirettamente\n" +"il dispositivo %2 che contiene una partizione di swap attiva che è " +"necessaria\n" "per eseguire l'installazione.\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295 @@ -6304,7 +6547,8 @@ "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe indirettamente\n" +"Il dispositivo %1 non può essere rimosso in quanto ciò cambierebbe " +"indirettamente\n" "il dispositivo %2 che contiene i dati necessari ad eseguire l'installazione.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) @@ -6607,8 +6851,10 @@ "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Monta in base a indica la modalità di montaggio del file system:\n" -"(Kernel) in base al nome kernel, (Etichetta) in base all'etichetta del file system, (UUID) in base\n" -"all'UUID del File System, (ID) in base all'ID del dispositivo e (Percorso) in base al percorso del dispositivo.\n" +"(Kernel) in base al nome kernel, (Etichetta) in base all'etichetta del file " +"system, (UUID) in base\n" +"all'UUID del File System, (ID) in base all'ID del dispositivo e (Percorso) in " +"base al percorso del dispositivo.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 @@ -6636,7 +6882,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisco (*) dopo il punto di montaggio indica un file system\n" @@ -6722,7 +6969,8 @@ "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" msgstr "" -"ID del dispositivo mostra l'identificativo persistente del dispositivo.\n" +"ID del dispositivo mostra l'identificativo persistente del " +"dispositivo.\n" "Il campo può essere vuoto.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6731,7 +6979,8 @@ "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." msgstr "" -"Percorso del dispositivo mostra il percorso persistente del dispositivo.\n" +"Percorso del dispositivo mostra il percorso persistente del " +"dispositivo.\n" "Il campo può essere vuoto." #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -7027,8 +7276,12 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Impossibile ridimensionare a causa di un file system inconsistente. Provare a controllare il file system in Windows." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Impossibile ridimensionare a causa di un file system inconsistente. Provare a " +"controllare il file system in Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -7065,7 +7318,8 @@ "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" -"Per creare una proposta basata su LVM, scegliere il pulsante corrispondente.\n" +"Per creare una proposta basata su LVM, scegliere il pulsante " +"corrispondente.\n" "La proposta basata su LVN può essere cifrata.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -7077,8 +7331,10 @@ "size for the root partition." msgstr "" "Il file system per la partizione radice può essere selezionato con la\n" -"corrispondente casella combinata. Nel caso del file system Btrfs la proposta può\n" -"abilitare automaticamente le istantanee con snapper. Questo causerà l'incremento\n" +"corrispondente casella combinata. Nel caso del file system Btrfs la proposta " +"può\n" +"abilitare automaticamente le istantanee con snapper. Questo causerà " +"l'incremento\n" "dello spazio per la partizione radice." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -7087,8 +7343,10 @@ "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"La proposta può creare una partizione separata per le home. Il file system\n" -"per la partizione delle home può essere selezionata con la corrispondente casella combinata." +"La proposta può creare una partizione separata per le home. Il file " +"system\n" +"per la partizione delle home può essere selezionata con la corrispondente " +"casella combinata." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 @@ -7096,7 +7354,8 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"La partizione di swap può essere fatta larga abbastanza per essere usata per sospendere\n" +"La partizione di swap può essere fatta larga abbastanza per essere usata " +"per sospendere\n" "il sistema su disco nella maggior parte dei casi." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90473 - trunk/lcn/el/po
by iosifidis＠svn2.opensuse.org 29 Oct '14

29 Oct '14

Author: iosifidis Date: 2014-10-30 00:48:54 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90473 Modified: trunk/lcn/el/po/update-desktop-files-kde-services.el.po trunk/lcn/el/po/update-desktop-files-kde.el.po trunk/lcn/el/po/update-desktop-files.el.po trunk/lcn/el/po/zypper.el.po Log: Some files need review, some files need more translation. Modified: trunk/lcn/el/po/update-desktop-files-kde-services.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/el/po/update-desktop-files-kde-services.el.po 2014-10-29 22:46:16 UTC (rev 90472) +++ trunk/lcn/el/po/update-desktop-files-kde-services.el.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files-kde-services.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-13 10:23+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-28 10:24+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 00:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -2794,7 +2794,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/knote_config_collection.desktop msgctxt "Name(knote_config_collection.desktop)" msgid "Collections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Συλλογές" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kcm_colord.desktop msgctxt "Name(kcm_colord.desktop)" @@ -5816,7 +5816,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/marble_thumbnail_gpx.desktop msgctxt "Name(marble_thumbnail_gpx.desktop)" msgid "GPX Geographic Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Γεωγραφικά δεδομένα GPX" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/phononbackends/gstreamer.desktop msgctxt "Name(gstreamer.desktop)" @@ -9210,7 +9210,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kcm_kdevpythondocfiles.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kcm_kdevpythondocfiles.desktop)" msgid "Manage documentation files used by the Python plugin" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαχείριση αρχείων τεκμηρίωσης με χρήση πρόσθετου Python" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma-runner-solid.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma-runner-solid.desktop)" @@ -9674,7 +9674,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma-scriptengine-kimono-dataengine.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-scriptengine-kimono-dataengine.desktop)" msgid "Mono/.NET Data Engine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μηχανή δεδομένων Mono/.NET" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma-scriptengine-kimono-applet.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-scriptengine-kimono-applet.desktop)" @@ -11878,7 +11878,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kdevpythonsupport.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kdevpythonsupport.desktop)" msgid "Python Language Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Υποστήριξη γλώσσας Python" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/pate.desktop msgctxt "Name(pate.desktop)" @@ -11898,12 +11898,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kdevpythonsupport.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(kdevpythonsupport.desktop)" msgid "Python Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Υποστήριξη Python" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kdevpythonsupport.desktop msgctxt "Name(kdevpythonsupport.desktop)" msgid "Python Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Υποστήριξη Python" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/katepate_python_utils.desktop msgctxt "Name(katepate_python_utils.desktop)" @@ -11923,7 +11923,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kcm_kdevpythondocfiles.desktop msgctxt "Name(kcm_kdevpythondocfiles.desktop)" msgid "Python documentation data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Δεδομένα τεκμηρίωσης Python" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kcm_kdevpythonpep8.desktop msgctxt "Name(kcm_kdevpythonpep8.desktop)" @@ -12086,7 +12086,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/searchproviders/qwant.desktop msgctxt "Name(qwant.desktop)" msgid "Qwant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qwant" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/searchproviders/qwant_images.desktop msgctxt "Name(qwant_images.desktop)" @@ -12547,7 +12547,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/plasma-applet-ruby-analogclock.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-applet-ruby-analogclock.desktop)" msgid "Ruby Analog Clock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αναλογικό ρολόι Ruby" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/searchproviders/ruby_application_archive.desktop msgctxt "Name(ruby_application_archive.desktop)" @@ -12762,7 +12762,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ServiceMenus/kvirustotal_servicemenu.desktop msgctxt "Name(kvirustotal_servicemenu.desktop)" msgid "Scan with KVirusTotal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Σάρωση με το KVirusTotal" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/ktbwschedulerplugin.desktop msgctxt "Comment(ktbwschedulerplugin.desktop)" @@ -14793,12 +14793,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kcm_synaptiks.desktop msgctxt "Name(kcm_synaptiks.desktop)" msgid "Touchpad" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιφάνεια αφής" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kcm_synaptiks.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kcm_synaptiks.desktop)" msgid "Touchpad configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις επιφάνειας αφής" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kwin/trackmouse.desktop msgctxt "Name(trackmouse.desktop)" @@ -16417,7 +16417,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kdevpdb.desktop msgctxt "Name(kdevpdb.desktop)" msgid "kdevpdb" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kdevpdb" #: /usr/share/kde4/services/kerfuffle_libarchive.desktop msgctxt "Name(kerfuffle_libarchive.desktop)" Modified: trunk/lcn/el/po/update-desktop-files-kde.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/el/po/update-desktop-files-kde.el.po 2014-10-29 22:46:16 UTC (rev 90472) +++ trunk/lcn/el/po/update-desktop-files-kde.el.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files-kde.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-13 10:23+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-28 10:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 00:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -6078,7 +6078,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/config/SuSE/default/live-installer.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(live-installer.desktop)" msgid "Install running system to your hard drive" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση λειτουργικού συστήματος στον σκληρό σας δίσκο" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.ktp-contactlist/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" Modified: trunk/lcn/el/po/update-desktop-files.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/el/po/update-desktop-files.el.po 2014-10-29 22:46:16 UTC (rev 90472) +++ trunk/lcn/el/po/update-desktop-files.el.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) @@ -11,14 +11,13 @@ "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-13 10:23+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-26 20:47+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 01:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: /usr/share/akonadi/agents/icaldirresource.desktop @@ -244,7 +243,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcmaccess.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kcmaccess.desktop)" msgid "Accessibility Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιλογές προσβασιμότητας" #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-personalization-accountdetails.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-personalization-accountdetails.desktop)" @@ -289,7 +288,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/kactivitymanagerd-plugin-activitytemplates.desktop msgctxt "Name(kactivitymanagerd-plugin-activitytemplates.desktop)" msgid "Activity Templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πρότυπα ενεργειών" #: /usr/share/kservicetypes5/kactivitymanagerd-plugin.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kactivitymanagerd-plugin.desktop)" @@ -299,12 +298,12 @@ #: /usr/share/autoinstall/modules/files.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(files.desktop)" msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προσθήκη αρχείων ολοκληρωμένων ρυθμίσεων" #: /usr/share/autoinstall/modules/scripts.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(scripts.desktop)" msgid "Add or Edit Custom Scripts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προσθήκη ή επεξεργασία προσαρμοσμένων δέσμεων ενεργειών" #: /usr/share/xfce4/panel/plugins/separator.desktop msgctxt "Comment(separator.desktop)" @@ -327,7 +326,7 @@ #: /usr/share/xfce4/panel/plugins/mixer.desktop msgctxt "Comment(mixer.desktop)" msgid "Adjust volume levels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προσαρμογή επιπέδων έντασης" #: /usr/share/kservices5/powerdevilglobalconfig.desktop msgctxt "Comment(powerdevilglobalconfig.desktop)" @@ -392,7 +391,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Aghi/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Aghi" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aghi" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Air/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -417,7 +416,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/al/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Albania" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αλβανία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/al/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -507,7 +506,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/alta-badia.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(alta-badia.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Alta Badia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alta Badia" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/centralamerica.desktop msgctxt "Name(centralamerica.desktop)" @@ -527,7 +526,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/as/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "American Samoa" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αμερικανική Σαμόα" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/as/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -589,7 +588,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/ao/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Angola" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ανγκόλα" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/ao/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -641,7 +640,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-appearance.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-appearance.desktop)" msgid "Appearance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εμφάνιση" #: /usr/share/kservices5/colors.desktop msgctxt "Comment(colors.desktop)" @@ -671,22 +670,22 @@ #: /usr/share/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.plasma.kicker/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Application Menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μενού Εφαρμογών" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-applet-org.kde.plasma.kicker.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-applet-org.kde.plasma.kicker.desktop)" msgid "Application Menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μενού Εφαρμογών" #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-appearance-applicationstyle.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-appearance-applicationstyle.desktop)" msgid "Application Style" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Στυλ Εφαρμογών" #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-personalization-applications.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-personalization-applications.desktop)" msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εφαρμογές" #: /usr/share/tracker/miners/tracker-miner-applications.desktop msgctxt "Name(tracker-miner-applications.desktop)" @@ -756,7 +755,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/am/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Armenia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρμενία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/am/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -771,7 +770,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/aw/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Aruba" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρούμπα" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/aw/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -821,12 +820,12 @@ #: /usr/share/xfce4/panel/plugins/mixer.desktop msgctxt "Name(mixer.desktop)" msgid "Audio Mixer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μίκτης ήχου" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcm_phonon.desktop msgctxt "Name(kcm_phonon.desktop)" msgid "Audio and Video" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ήχος και Βίντεο" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/aurora.svgz.desktop msgctxt "Name(aurora.svgz.desktop)" @@ -841,7 +840,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/au/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Australia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αυστραλία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/au/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -886,7 +885,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/az/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Azerbaijan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αζερμπαϊτζάν" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/az/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -911,17 +910,17 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/Administration/System/BIND.desktop msgctxt "Name(BIND.desktop)" msgid "BIND" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BIND" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcmkded.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kcmkded.desktop)" msgid "Background Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εκτέλεση υπηρεσιών στο παρασκήνιο" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcmkded.desktop msgctxt "Name(kcmkded.desktop)" msgid "Background Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εκτέλεση υπηρεσιών στο παρασκήνιο" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/backintime.desktop msgctxt "Name(backintime.desktop)" @@ -1036,12 +1035,12 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Bear.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(Bear.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Bear" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρκούδα" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/by/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Belarus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λευκορωσία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/by/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -1223,7 +1222,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/bw/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Botswana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μποτσουάνα" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/bw/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -1238,7 +1237,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Boulders.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(Boulders.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Boulders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ογκόλιθοι" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/br/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -1268,17 +1267,17 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwin/kwin4_decoration_qml_breeze.desktop msgctxt "Name(kwin4_decoration_qml_breeze.desktop)" msgid "Breeze" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αεράκι" #: /usr/share/kwin/decorations/kwin4_decoration_qml_breeze/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Breeze" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αεράκι" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-lookandfeel-org.kde.breeze.desktop.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-lookandfeel-org.kde.breeze.desktop.desktop)" msgid "Breeze" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αεράκι" #: /usr/share/plasma/desktoptheme/breeze-dark/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -1333,7 +1332,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/bg/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Bulgaria" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Βουλγαρία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/bg/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -1373,7 +1372,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/bi/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Burundi" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μπουρούντι" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/bi/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -1408,7 +1407,7 @@ #: /usr/share/xfce4/exo-1/helpers/caja.desktop msgctxt "Name(caja.desktop)" msgid "Caja File Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαχειριστής αρχείων Caja" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-applet-org.kde.plasma.calculator.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma-applet-org.kde.plasma.calculator.desktop)" @@ -1468,7 +1467,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/ca/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Canada" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Καναδάς" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/ca/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -1623,7 +1622,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/cn/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "China" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κίνα" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/cn/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -1643,7 +1642,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/chloroblinds.png.desktop msgctxt "Name(chloroblinds.png.desktop)" msgid "Chloroblinds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chloroblinds" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/cx/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -1673,17 +1672,17 @@ #: /usr/share/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.plasma.clipboard/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Clipboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πρόχειρο" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-applet-org.kde.plasma.clipboard.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-applet-org.kde.plasma.clipboard.desktop)" msgid "Clipboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πρόχειρο" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-dataengine-clipboard.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-dataengine-clipboard.desktop)" msgid "Clipboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πρόχειρο" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/parcellite-startup.desktop msgctxt "Comment(parcellite-startup.desktop)" @@ -1768,7 +1767,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-appearance-color.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-appearance-color.desktop)" msgid "Color" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Χρώμα" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Colorado_Farm/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -1808,12 +1807,12 @@ #: /usr/share/compiz-manager/Compiz.desktop msgctxt "Name(Compiz.desktop)" msgid "Compiz" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compiz" #: /usr/share/autoinstall/modules/files.desktop msgctxt "Name(files.desktop)" msgid "Complete Configuration Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρχεία ολοκληρωμένων ρυθμίσεων" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwincompositing.desktop msgctxt "Name(kwincompositing.desktop)" @@ -1828,7 +1827,7 @@ #: /usr/share/enlightenment/data/config/standard/profile.desktop msgctxt "Name(profile.desktop)" msgid "Computer (Standard Enlightenment)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Υπολογιστής (Καθιερωμένο Enlightenment)" #: /usr/share/enlightenment/data/config/standard/profile.desktop msgctxt "Comment(profile.desktop)" @@ -1873,7 +1872,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcm_plasmasearch.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kcm_plasmasearch.desktop)" msgid "Configure Search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Παραμετροποίηση αναζήτησης" #: /usr/share/plasma/kcms/kcm_lookandfeel/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" @@ -1928,7 +1927,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-network-connectivity.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-network-connectivity.desktop)" msgid "Connectivity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Συνδεσιμότητα" #: /usr/share/akonadi/agents/pop3resource.desktop msgctxt "Comment(pop3resource.desktop)" @@ -1993,7 +1992,7 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/Development/Libraries/cppunit-devel.desktop msgctxt "Name(cppunit-devel.desktop)" msgid "CppUnit API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CppUnit API" #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/Development/Libraries/cppunit-devel.desktop msgctxt "Comment(cppunit-devel.desktop)" @@ -2003,7 +2002,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/NatureSeries004.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(NatureSeries004.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Crabapple" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αγριόμηλο" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/tracker-miner-fs.desktop msgctxt "Comment(tracker-miner-fs.desktop)" @@ -2018,7 +2017,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/hr/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Croatia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κροατία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/hr/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -2068,7 +2067,7 @@ #: /usr/share/autoinstall/modules/scripts.desktop msgctxt "Name(scripts.desktop)" msgid "Custom Scripts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένες δέσμες ενεργειών" #: /usr/share/locale/currency/cyp.desktop msgctxt "Name(cyp.desktop)" @@ -2113,7 +2112,7 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/Development/Libraries/dbus-1.desktop msgctxt "Name(dbus-1.desktop)" msgid "D-Bus API Documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση D-Bus API" #: /usr/share/akonadi/agents/davgroupwareresource.desktop msgctxt "Name(davgroupwareresource.desktop)" @@ -2137,7 +2136,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Dance_of_the_Spirits/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Dance of the Spirits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Χορός των πνευμάτων" #: /usr/share/locale/da/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -2167,7 +2166,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/clock.desktop msgctxt "Comment(clock.desktop)" msgid "Date and Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ημερομηνία και Ώρα" #: /usr/share/xfce4/panel/plugins/datetime.desktop msgctxt "Comment(datetime.desktop)" @@ -2202,7 +2201,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/deepwired.png.desktop msgctxt "Name(deepwired.png.desktop)" msgid "Deepwired" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deepwired" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/C/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -2212,7 +2211,7 @@ #: /usr/share/gdict-1.0/sources/default.desktop msgctxt "Name(default.desktop)" msgid "Default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλογή" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/C/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -2227,7 +2226,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/componentchooser.desktop msgctxt "Comment(componentchooser.desktop)" msgid "Default Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλεγμένες εφαρμογές" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/default_blue.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(default_blue.jpg.desktop)" @@ -2243,32 +2242,32 @@ msgctxt "" "Name(plasma-layout-template-org.kde.plasma.desktop.defaultPanel.desktop)" msgid "Default Panel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλεγμένος πίνακα" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/gos-wallpapers/suse102-1600x1200.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(suse102-1600x1200.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Default openSUSE 10.2 (1600x1200)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλογή openSUSE 10.2 (1600x1200)" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/gos-wallpapers/suse102-1920x1200.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(suse102-1920x1200.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Default openSUSE 10.2 16:10 (1920x1200)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλογή openSUSE 10.2 16:10 (1920x1200)" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/gos-wallpapers/suse103-1600x1200.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(suse103-1600x1200.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Default openSUSE 10.3 (1600x1200)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλογή openSUSE 10.3 (1600x1200)" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/gos-wallpapers/suse103-1920x1200.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(suse103-1920x1200.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Default openSUSE 10.3 16:10 (1920x1200)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλογή openSUSE 10.3 16:10 (1920x1200)" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/gos-wallpapers/openSUSE110-1600x1200.png.desktop msgctxt "Name(openSUSE110-1600x1200.png.desktop)" msgid "Default openSUSE 11.0 (1600x1200)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλογή openSUSE 11.0 (1600x1200)" #: /usr/share/kservicetypes5/plasma-lookandfeel.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma-lookandfeel.desktop)" @@ -2288,7 +2287,7 @@ #: /usr/share/enlightenment/data/favorites/desktop.desktop msgctxt "Name(desktop.desktop)" msgid "Desktop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιφάνεια εργασίας" #: /usr/share/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.desktopcontainment/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -2308,7 +2307,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-workspace-desktopbehavior.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-workspace-desktopbehavior.desktop)" msgid "Desktop Behavior" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Συμπεριφορά επιφάνειας εργασίας" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwin-script-desktopchangeosd.desktop msgctxt "Name(kwin-script-desktopchangeosd.desktop)" @@ -2318,27 +2317,27 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcmkwineffects.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kcmkwineffects.desktop)" msgid "Desktop Effects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εφέ επιφάνεια εργασίας" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcmkwineffects.desktop msgctxt "Name(kcmkwineffects.desktop)" msgid "Desktop Effects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εφέ επιφάνεια εργασίας" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcmsmserver.desktop msgctxt "Name(kcmsmserver.desktop)" msgid "Desktop Session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Συνεδρία επιφάνειας εργασίας" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcmsmserver.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kcmsmserver.desktop)" msgid "Desktop Session Login and Logout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Είσοδος και έξοδος συνεδρίας επιφάνειας εργασίας" #: /usr/share/kservices5/desktoptheme.desktop msgctxt "Comment(desktoptheme.desktop)" msgid "Desktop Theme" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Θέμα επιφάνειας εργασίας" #: /usr/share/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.plasma.notes/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" @@ -2388,12 +2387,12 @@ #: /usr/share/xfce4/exo-1/helpers/dillo.desktop msgctxt "Name(dillo.desktop)" msgid "Dillo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dillo" #: /usr/share/kservices5/powerdevildimdisplayaction.desktop msgctxt "Name(powerdevildimdisplayaction.desktop)" msgid "Dim screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Σκοτείνιασμα οθόνης" #: /usr/share/xfce4/panel/plugins/directorymenu.desktop msgctxt "Name(directorymenu.desktop)" @@ -2562,7 +2561,7 @@ #: /usr/share/geeqie/applications/geeqie-ufraw-id.desktop msgctxt "Name(geeqie-ufraw-id.desktop)" msgid "Edit UFRaw ID file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία αρχείου UFRaw ID" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/eekboard-autostart.desktop msgctxt "Name(eekboard-autostart.desktop)" @@ -2602,7 +2601,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/NatureSeries002.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(NatureSeries002.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Electric Flower" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ηλεκτρικό λουλούδι" #: /usr/share/kservices5/emoticons.desktop msgctxt "Comment(emoticons.desktop)" @@ -2627,7 +2626,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/powerdevilprofilesconfig.desktop msgctxt "Comment(powerdevilprofilesconfig.desktop)" msgid "Energy Saving" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εξοικονόμηση Ενέργειας" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwin-script-enforcedeco.desktop msgctxt "Name(kwin-script-enforcedeco.desktop)" @@ -2696,7 +2695,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/ee/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Estonia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εσθονία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/ee/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -2856,7 +2855,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/fo/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Faroe Islands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Νησιά Φερόε" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/fo/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -2896,7 +2895,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/fj/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Fiji" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Φίτζι" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/fj/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -2941,12 +2940,12 @@ #: /usr/share/enlightenment/data/favorites/desktop.desktop msgctxt "Comment(desktop.desktop)" msgid "Files on your Desktop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρχεία στην επιφάνεια εργασίας σας" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Finally_Summer_in_Germany/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Finally Summer in Germany" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιτέλους καλοκαίρι στη Γερμανία" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/fi/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -3026,12 +3025,12 @@ #: /usr/share/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.plasma.folder/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Folder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Φάκελος" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-applet-org.kde.plasma.folder.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-applet-org.kde.plasma.folder.desktop)" msgid "Folder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Φάκελος" #: /usr/share/akonadi/agents/folderarchiveagent.desktop msgctxt "Name(folderarchiveagent.desktop)" @@ -3061,22 +3060,22 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-appearance-font.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-appearance-font.desktop)" msgid "Font" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Γραμματοσειρά" #: /usr/share/kservices5/fontinst.desktop msgctxt "Comment(fontinst.desktop)" msgid "Font Installation, Preview and Removal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση, προεπισκόπηση και αφαίρεση γραμματοσειράς" #: /usr/share/kservices5/fonts.desktop msgctxt "Comment(fonts.desktop)" msgid "Fonts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Γραμματοσειρές" #: /usr/share/kservices5/formats.desktop msgctxt "Name(formats.desktop)" msgid "Formats" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαμορφώσεις" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/fr/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -3111,7 +3110,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/gf/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "French Guiana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Γαλλική Γουιάνα" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/gf/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -3131,7 +3130,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Fresh_Morning/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Fresh Morning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Φρέσκο πρωινό" #: /usr/share/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.plasma.fuzzyclock/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -3146,7 +3145,7 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/lessons4lizards_en/index/cha_gnome.desktop msgctxt "Name(cha_gnome.desktop)" msgid "GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GNOME" #: /usr/share/xsessions/gnome.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnome.desktop)" @@ -3186,7 +3185,7 @@ #: /usr/share/gnome/autostart/libcanberra-login-sound.desktop msgctxt "Name(libcanberra-login-sound.desktop)" msgid "GNOME Login Sound" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ήχος εισόδου GNOME" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/gnome-settings-daemon.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnome-settings-daemon.desktop)" @@ -3196,17 +3195,17 @@ #: /usr/share/gdm/greeter/applications/setup-shell.desktop msgctxt "Name(setup-shell.desktop)" msgid "GNOME Shell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κέλυφος GNOME" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/gnome-software-service.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnome-software-service.desktop)" msgid "GNOME Software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λογισμικό GNOME" #: /usr/share/gdm/autostart/LoginWindow/libcanberra-ready-sound.desktop msgctxt "Name(libcanberra-ready-sound.desktop)" msgid "GNOME System Ready Sound" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ήχος έτοιμου συστήματος GNOME" #: /usr/share/wayland-sessions/gnome-wayland.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnome-wayland.desktop)" @@ -3221,7 +3220,7 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/lessons4lizards_en/app_gfdl.desktop msgctxt "Name(app_gfdl.desktop)" msgid "GNU Free Documentation License" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Άδεια Ελεύθερης Τεκμηρίωσης GNU" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/gnome-keyring-gpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnome-keyring-gpg.desktop)" @@ -3281,7 +3280,7 @@ #: /usr/share/autoinstall/modules/general.desktop msgctxt "Name(general.desktop)" msgid "General Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Γενικές Επιλογές" #: /usr/share/xfce4/panel/plugins/genmon.desktop msgctxt "Name(genmon.desktop)" @@ -3296,7 +3295,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/ge/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Georgia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Γεωργία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/ge/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -3326,7 +3325,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/de/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Germany" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Γερμανία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/de/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -3376,7 +3375,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/keys.desktop msgctxt "Comment(keys.desktop)" msgid "Global Keyboard Shortcuts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Γενικές Συντομεύσεις Πληκτρολογίου" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kactivitymanagerd-plugin-globalshortcuts.desktop msgctxt "Name(kactivitymanagerd-plugin-globalshortcuts.desktop)" @@ -3386,7 +3385,7 @@ #: /usr/share/gnome/autostart/setOOmailer.desktop msgctxt "Name(setOOmailer.desktop)" msgid "Gnome Gmail Open Office Configurator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση Open Office Gnome Gmail" #: /usr/share/locale/currency/xau.desktop msgctxt "Name(xau.desktop)" @@ -3421,7 +3420,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/gr/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Greece" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ελλάδα" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/gr/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -3446,7 +3445,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Green.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(Green.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Green" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πράσινο" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Green_Concentration/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -3456,7 +3455,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/NatureSeries007.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(NatureSeries007.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Green Leaf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πράσινο φύλλο" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/gl/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -3675,7 +3674,7 @@ #: /usr/share/enlightenment/data/favorites/home.desktop msgctxt "Name(home.desktop)" msgid "Home" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προσωπικός φάκελος" #: /usr/share/locale/currency/hnl.desktop msgctxt "Name(hnl.desktop)" @@ -3735,7 +3734,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/hu/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Hungary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ουγγαρία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/hu/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -3770,7 +3769,7 @@ #: /usr/share/xfce4/exo-1/helpers/icecat.desktop msgctxt "Name(icecat.desktop)" msgid "Icecat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Icecat" #: /usr/share/xfce4/exo-1/helpers/icedove.desktop msgctxt "Name(icedove.desktop)" @@ -3780,7 +3779,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/is/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Iceland" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ισλανδία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/is/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -3820,12 +3819,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/icons.desktop msgctxt "Comment(icons.desktop)" msgid "Icon Theme" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Θέμα εικονιδίων" #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-appearance-icons.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-appearance-icons.desktop)" msgid "Icons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εικονίδια" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-applet-org.kde.plasma.icontasks.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-applet-org.kde.plasma.icontasks.desktop)" @@ -3975,7 +3974,7 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/lessons4lizards_en/index/cha_installation.desktop msgctxt "Name(cha_installation.desktop)" msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση" #: /usr/share/locale/ia/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -4025,7 +4024,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/ie/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Ireland" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ιρλανδία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/ie/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -4090,7 +4089,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/it/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Italy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ιταλία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/it/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -4120,7 +4119,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/jp/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Japan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ιαπωνία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/jp/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -4170,12 +4169,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/joystick.desktop msgctxt "Comment(joystick.desktop)" msgid "Joystick" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Joystick" #: /usr/share/xfce4/exo-1/helpers/jumanji.desktop msgctxt "Name(jumanji.desktop)" msgid "Jumanji" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jumanji" #: /usr/share/autostart/kalarm.autostart.desktop msgctxt "Name(kalarm.autostart.desktop)" @@ -4200,7 +4199,7 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/lessons4lizards_en/index/cha_kde.desktop msgctxt "Name(cha_kde.desktop)" msgid "KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDE" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/KDE34.png.desktop msgctxt "Name(KDE34.png.desktop)" @@ -4230,12 +4229,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwin/kwin4_decoration_qml_breeze.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwin4_decoration_qml_breeze.desktop)" msgid "KDE theme" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Θέμα KDE" #: /usr/share/kwin/decorations/kwin4_decoration_qml_breeze/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "KDE theme" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Θέμα KDE" #: /usr/share/xsessions/openbox-kde.desktop msgctxt "Name(openbox-kde.desktop)" @@ -4275,7 +4274,7 @@ #: /etc/xdg/autostart/krunner.desktop msgctxt "Name(krunner.desktop)" msgid "KRunner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KRunner" #: /usr/share/locale/kn/kf5_entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(kf5_entry.desktop)" @@ -4295,7 +4294,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/kz/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Kazakhstan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Καζακστάν" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/kz/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -4395,7 +4394,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/konqui.svgz.desktop msgctxt "Name(konqui.svgz.desktop)" msgid "Konqui" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konqui" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Korea/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -4420,7 +4419,7 @@ #: /usr/share/mimelink/application/x-kst2.desktop msgctxt "Name(x-kst2.desktop)" msgid "Kst2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kst2" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/kw/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -4490,7 +4489,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/lv/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Latvia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λετονία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/lv/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -4585,12 +4584,12 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/lessons4lizards_en/.directory msgctxt "Comment(.directory)" msgid "Lessons for Lizards (en)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μαθήματα για Σαύρες (en)" #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/lessons4lizards_en/.directory msgctxt "Name(.directory)" msgid "Lessons for Lizards (en)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μαθήματα για Σαύρες (en)" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/lr/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -4655,7 +4654,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/lt/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Lithuania" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λιθουανία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/lt/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -4786,22 +4785,22 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcm_lookandfeel.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kcm_lookandfeel.desktop)" msgid "Look And Feel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eμφάνιση και Aίσθση" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcm_lookandfeel.desktop msgctxt "Name(kcm_lookandfeel.desktop)" msgid "Look And Feel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eμφάνιση και Aίσθση" #: /usr/share/plasma/kcms/kcm_lookandfeel/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Look And Feel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eμφάνιση και Aίσθση" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-kcm_lookandfeel-kcm_lookandfeel.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-kcm_lookandfeel-kcm_lookandfeel.desktop)" msgid "Look And Feel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eμφάνιση και Aίσθση" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwindecoration.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwindecoration.desktop)" @@ -4821,7 +4820,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/lu/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Luxembourg" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λουξεμβούργο" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/lu/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -4846,7 +4845,7 @@ #: /etc/xdg/autostart/user-dirs-update-mate.desktop msgctxt "Name(user-dirs-update-mate.desktop)" msgid "MATE Desktop user folders update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ενημέρωση φακέλων χρήστη επιφάνειας εργασίας MATE" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/mate-settings-daemon.desktop msgctxt "Name(mate-settings-daemon.desktop)" @@ -4876,7 +4875,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/mk/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Macedonia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FYROM" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/mk/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -4896,7 +4895,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/mg/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Madagascar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μαδαγασκάρη" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/mg/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -4966,7 +4965,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/mw/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Malawi" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μαλάουι" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/mw/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -4986,7 +4985,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/my/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Malaysia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μαλαισία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/my/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -5031,7 +5030,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/mt/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Malta" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μάλτα" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/mt/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -5081,7 +5080,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/mh/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Marshall Islands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Νησιά Μάρσαλ" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/mh/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -5101,7 +5100,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/mr/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Mauritania" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μαυριτανία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/mr/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -5136,7 +5135,7 @@ #: /etc/xdg/autostart/mate-maximus-autostart.desktop msgctxt "Name(mate-maximus-autostart.desktop)" msgid "Maximus Window Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαχειριστής Παραθύρων Maximus" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/yt/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -5247,12 +5246,12 @@ #: /usr/share/enlightenment/data/config/mobile/profile.desktop msgctxt "Name(profile.desktop)" msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κινητό" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/md/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Moldova" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μολδαβία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/md/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -5277,7 +5276,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/mn/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Mongolia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μογγολία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/mn/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -5357,7 +5356,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Mountains.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(Mountains.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Mountains" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Βουνά" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwinactions.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwinactions.desktop)" @@ -5372,12 +5371,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/cursortheme.desktop msgctxt "Comment(cursortheme.desktop)" msgid "Mouse Cursor Theme" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Θέματα δρομέα ποντικιού" #: /usr/share/sax3/modules.d/mouse.desktop msgctxt "Comment(mouse.desktop)" msgid "Mouse SaX3 Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Άρθρωμα δρομέα SaX3" #: /usr/share/locale/currency/mzm.desktop msgctxt "Name(mzm.desktop)" @@ -5502,17 +5501,17 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwintabbox.desktop msgctxt "Comment(kwintabbox.desktop)" msgid "Navigation Through Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πλοήγηση μεταξύ παραθύρων" #: /usr/share/kservices5/desktop.desktop msgctxt "Comment(desktop.desktop)" msgid "Navigation, Number and Layout of Virtual Desktops" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πλοήγηση, αριθμός και διάταξη των εικονικών επιφανειών εργασίας" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/np/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Nepal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Νεπάλ" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/np/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -5572,7 +5571,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-network.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-network.desktop)" msgid "Network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Δίκτυο" #: /usr/share/xfce4/panel-plugins/netload.desktop msgctxt "Name(netload.desktop)" @@ -5582,7 +5581,7 @@ #: /usr/share/xfce4/panel-plugins/xfce4-netspeed-plugin.desktop msgctxt "Name(xfce4-netspeed-plugin.desktop)" msgid "Network Speed Monitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Παρακολούθηση ταχύτητας δικτύου" #: /usr/share/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.plasma.networkmanagement/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" @@ -5592,12 +5591,12 @@ #: /usr/share/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.plasma.networkmanagement/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Networks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Δίκτυα" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/nc/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "New Caledonia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Νέα Καληδονία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/nc/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -5632,7 +5631,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Next/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επόμενο" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/ni/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -5792,7 +5791,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-personalization-notification.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-personalization-notification.desktop)" msgid "Notification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ειδοποίηση" #: /usr/share/xfce4/panel/plugins/systray.desktop msgctxt "Name(systray.desktop)" @@ -5802,7 +5801,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/kcmnotify.desktop msgctxt "Name(kcmnotify.desktop)" msgid "Notifications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ειδοποιήσεις" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-applet-org.kde.plasma.notifications.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-applet-org.kde.plasma.notifications.desktop)" @@ -5822,7 +5821,7 @@ #: /usr/share/parole/parole-plugins-0/notify.desktop msgctxt "Name(notify.desktop)" msgid "Notify" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ειδοποίηση" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/curvy2.png.desktop msgctxt "Name(curvy2.png.desktop)" @@ -6077,7 +6076,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/NatureSeries008.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(NatureSeries008.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Parallel Veins" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Παράλληλες φλέβες" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/parcellite-startup.desktop msgctxt "Name(parcellite-startup.desktop)" @@ -6087,7 +6086,7 @@ #: /usr/share/autoinstall/modules/partitioning.desktop msgctxt "Name(partitioning.desktop)" msgid "Partitioning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κατάτμηση" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-dataengine-share-addon-pasteopensuseorg.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma-dataengine-share-addon-pasteopensuseorg.desktop)" @@ -6102,12 +6101,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/desktoppath.desktop msgctxt "Comment(desktoppath.desktop)" msgid "Paths to Personal Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαδρομές σε προσωπικά αρχεία" #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-hardware-peripherals.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-hardware-peripherals.desktop)" msgid "Peripherals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Περιφερειακά" #: /usr/share/akonadi/agents/contactsresource.desktop msgctxt "Name(contactsresource.desktop)" @@ -6122,12 +6121,12 @@ #: /etc/xdg/autostart/mate-user-share-webdav.desktop msgctxt "Name(mate-user-share-webdav.desktop)" msgid "Personal File Sharing webdav" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προσωπικός διαμοιρασμός αρχείων webdav" #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-personalization.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-personalization.desktop)" msgid "Personalization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εξατομίκευση" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/pe/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -6192,7 +6191,7 @@ #: /usr/share/xsessions/plasma5.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma5.desktop)" msgid "Plasma 5" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plasma 5" #: /usr/share/autostart/plasma-desktop.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-desktop.desktop)" @@ -6207,7 +6206,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservicetypes5/plasma-lookandfeel.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-lookandfeel.desktop)" msgid "Plasma Look and Feel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εμφάνιση και Αίσθση Plasma" #: /usr/share/kservicetypes5/plasma-generic.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-generic.desktop)" @@ -6500,7 +6499,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/qa/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Qatar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κατάρ" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/qa/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -6555,7 +6554,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/NatureSeries005.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(NatureSeries005.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Rain Drops" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Σταγόνες βροχής" #: /usr/share/soprano/plugins/raptorparser.desktop msgctxt "Name(raptorparser.desktop)" @@ -6615,7 +6614,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/ro/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Romania" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ρουμανία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/ro/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -6650,12 +6649,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/powerdevilrunscriptaction.desktop msgctxt "Name(powerdevilrunscriptaction.desktop)" msgid "Run script" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εκτέλεση δέσμης ενεργειών" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/ru/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Russia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ρωσία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/ru/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -6715,7 +6714,7 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/Development/Libraries/sqlite2.desktop msgctxt "Name(sqlite2.desktop)" msgid "SQLite" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SQLite" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/gnome-keyring-ssh.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnome-keyring-ssh.desktop)" @@ -6775,7 +6774,7 @@ #: /usr/share/xfce4/exo-1/helpers/sakura.desktop msgctxt "Name(sakura.desktop)" msgid "Sakura" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sakura" #: /usr/share/locale/currency/svc.desktop msgctxt "Name(svc.desktop)" @@ -6785,12 +6784,12 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/Administration/System/Samba.desktop msgctxt "Name(Samba.desktop)" msgid "Samba" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Samba" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/ws/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Samoa" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Σαμόα" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/ws/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -6905,27 +6904,27 @@ #: /usr/share/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.milou/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-applet-org.kde.milou.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-applet-org.kde.milou.desktop)" msgid "Search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση" #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-workspace-search.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-workspace-search.desktop)" msgid "Search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση" #: /usr/share/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.milou/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Search and Launch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση και εκκίνηση" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-applet-org.kde.milou.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma-applet-org.kde.milou.desktop)" msgid "Search and Launch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση και εκκίνηση" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/gnome-keyring-secrets.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnome-keyring-secrets.desktop)" @@ -6975,7 +6974,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/rs/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Serbia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Σερβία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/rs/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -7020,7 +7019,7 @@ #: /usr/share/soprano/plugins/sesame2backend.desktop msgctxt "Name(sesame2backend.desktop)" msgid "Sesame2Backend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sesame2Backend" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/gsynaptics-init.desktop msgctxt "Comment(gsynaptics-init.desktop)" @@ -7039,7 +7038,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/settings-network-networksettings.desktop msgctxt "Name(settings-network-networksettings.desktop)" msgid "Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις" #: /usr/share/gnome/autostart/tsc-autostart.desktop msgctxt "Comment(tsc-autostart.desktop)" @@ -7180,7 +7179,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Silence.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(Silence.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Silence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ησυχία" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/silkx.png.desktop msgctxt "Name(silkx.png.desktop)" @@ -7265,7 +7264,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/sk/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Slovakia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Σλοβακία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/sk/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -7275,7 +7274,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/si/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Slovenia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Σλοβενία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/si/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -7345,7 +7344,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/so/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Somalia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Σομαλία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/so/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -7601,7 +7600,7 @@ #: /etc/xdg/autostart/xiccd.desktop msgctxt "Comment(xiccd.desktop)" msgid "Start the XICCD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Έναρξη του XICCD" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/zeitgeist-datahub.desktop msgctxt "Comment(zeitgeist-datahub.desktop)" @@ -7636,12 +7635,12 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/Manuals/Productivity/SuSEfirewall2.desktop msgctxt "Comment(SuSEfirewall2.desktop)" msgid "SuSEfirewall2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEfirewall2" #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/Manuals/Productivity/SuSEfirewall2.desktop msgctxt "Name(SuSEfirewall2.desktop)" msgid "SuSEfirewall2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEfirewall2" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/sd/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -7716,7 +7715,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/se/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Sweden" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Σουηδία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/se/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -7741,7 +7740,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/NatureSeries001.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(NatureSeries001.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Swirled Leaf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Στροβιλιζόμενο φύλλο" #: /usr/share/locale/currency/chf.desktop msgctxt "Name(chf.desktop)" @@ -7901,7 +7900,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/tj/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Tajikistan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Τατζικιστάν" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/tj/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -7957,22 +7956,22 @@ #: /usr/share/geeqie/template.desktop msgctxt "Name(template.desktop)" msgid "Template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πρότυπο" #: /usr/share/enlightenment/data/favorites/tmp.desktop msgctxt "Comment(tmp.desktop)" msgid "Temporary files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προσωρινά αρχεία" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/NatureSeries003.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(NatureSeries003.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Tendril" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tendril" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/tennebon.png.desktop msgctxt "Name(tennebon.png.desktop)" msgid "Tennebon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tennebon" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/tennebone.png.desktop msgctxt "Name(tennebone.png.desktop)" @@ -8027,7 +8026,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/th/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Thailand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ταϊλάνδη" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/th/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -8331,7 +8330,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kservices5/translations.desktop msgctxt "Name(translations.desktop)" msgid "Translations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μεταφράσεις" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kwin/kwin4_effect_translucency.desktop msgctxt "Name(kwin4_effect_translucency.desktop)" @@ -8396,7 +8395,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/tr/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Turkey" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Τουρκία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/tr/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -8426,7 +8425,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/tm/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Turkmenistan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Τουρκμενιστάν" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/tm/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -8456,7 +8455,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Turtle.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(Turtle.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Turtle" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Χελώνα" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/tv/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -8486,7 +8485,7 @@ #: /usr/share/locale/en_US/kf5_entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(kf5_entry.desktop)" msgid "US English" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αγγλικά ΗΠΑ" #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/ug/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" @@ -8506,7 +8505,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/ua/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Ukraine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ουκρανία" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/ua/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -8662,7 +8661,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/uz/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Uzbekistan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ουζμπεκιστάν" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/uz/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -8747,7 +8746,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kf5/locale/countries/vn/country.desktop msgctxt "Name(country.desktop)" msgid "Vietnam" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Βιετνάμ" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/vn/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -8872,7 +8871,7 @@ #: /etc/xdg/autostart/gnome-welcome-tour.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnome-welcome-tour.desktop)" msgid "Welcome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Καλώς ήλθατε" #: /usr/share/locale/currency/xof.desktop msgctxt "Name(xof.desktop)" @@ -9006,7 +9005,7 @@ #: /etc/xdg/autostart/xiccd.desktop msgctxt "Name(xiccd.desktop)" msgid "X11 ICC Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Υπηρεσία X11 ICC" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/xfce4-volumed.desktop msgctxt "Name(xfce4-volumed.desktop)" @@ -9026,7 +9025,7 @@ #: /usr/share/xfce4/exo-1/helpers/xfe.desktop msgctxt "Name(xfe.desktop)" msgid "Xfe File Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαχειριστής αρχείων Xfe" #: /etc/xdg/autostart/xfsettingsd.desktop msgctxt "Name(xfsettingsd.desktop)" @@ -9036,7 +9035,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/NatureSeries009.jpg.desktop msgctxt "Name(NatureSeries009.jpg.desktop)" msgid "Yellow Flower" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κίτρινο λουλούδι" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/Yellow_Flowers/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -9151,22 +9150,22 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/gos-wallpapers/openSUSE111-1600x1200.png.desktop msgctxt "Name(openSUSE111-1600x1200.png.desktop)" msgid "openSUSE 11.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "openSUSE 11.1" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/gos-wallpapers/openSUSE112-1600x1200.png.desktop msgctxt "Name(openSUSE112-1600x1200.png.desktop)" msgid "openSUSE 11.2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "openSUSE 11.2" #: /usr/share/enlightenment/data/config/openSUSE-classic/profile.desktop msgctxt "Name(profile.desktop)" msgid "openSUSE Classic Desktop " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κλασική επιφάνεια εργασίας openSUSE" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "openSUSE default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "προεπιλογή openSUSE" #: /usr/share/enlightenment/data/config/openSUSE-classic/profile.desktop msgctxt "Comment(profile.desktop)" @@ -9204,12 +9203,12 @@ #: /usr/share/gdict-1.0/sources/spanish.desktop msgctxt "Name(spanish.desktop)" msgid "spanish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ισπανικά" #: /usr/share/autostart/synaptiks_autostart.desktop msgctxt "Name(synaptiks_autostart.desktop)" msgid "synaptiks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "synaptiks" #: /usr/share/qtcreator/templates/shared/app.desktop msgctxt "Name(app.desktop)" @@ -9229,7 +9228,7 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/Manuals/Productivity/vdr.desktop msgctxt "Name(vdr.desktop)" msgid "vdr" -msgstr "" +msgstr "vdr" #: /usr/share/kservices5/plasma-dataengine-share-addon-wklej.desktop msgctxt "Name(plasma-dataengine-share-addon-wklej.desktop)" Modified: trunk/lcn/el/po/zypper.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/el/po/zypper.el.po 2014-10-29 22:46:16 UTC (rev 90472) +++ trunk/lcn/el/po/zypper.el.po 2014-10-29 23:48:54 UTC (rev 90473) @@ -19,14 +19,13 @@ "Project-Id-Version: zypper.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-09 01:13+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 15:42+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Efstathios Agrapidis <stathisagrapidis(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 00:43+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: src/info.cc:76 @@ -1688,7 +1687,7 @@ #: src/repos.cc:675 #, c-format msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Σάρωση περιεχομένου του απενεργοποιημένου αποθετηρίου '%s'." #: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736 #, c-format @@ -1721,12 +1720,12 @@ #: src/repos.cc:774 #, c-format msgid "Temporarily enabling repository '%s'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προσωρινή ενεργοποίσηση αποθετηρίου '%s'." #: src/repos.cc:782 #, c-format msgid "Repository '%s' stays disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Το αποθετήριο '%s' παραμένει απενεργοποιημένο." #: src/repos.cc:821 msgid "Initializing Target" @@ -3954,6 +3953,11 @@ "\n" "This is an alias for '%s'.\n" msgstr "" +"patch-info <patchname> ...\n" +"\n" +"Εμφάνιση λεπτομερών πληροφοριών για διορθώσεις.\n" +"\n" +"Αυτό είναι ένα ψευδώνυμο για το '%s'.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2320 #, c-format @@ -3974,6 +3978,11 @@ "\n" "This is an alias for '%s'.\n" msgstr "" +"product-info <product_name> ...\n" +"\n" +"Εμφάνιση λεπτομερών πληροφοριών για τα προϊόντα.\n" +"\n" +"Αυτό είναι ένα ψευδώνυμο για το '%s'.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2356 msgid "" @@ -4269,6 +4278,10 @@ "Search for patches matching given search strings. This is an alias for " "'%s'.\n" msgstr "" +"patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n" +"\n" +"Αναζήτηση διορθώσεων που ταιριάζουν στις αναζητούμενες συμβολοσειρές. Αυτό " +"είναι ένα ψευδώνυμο για το '%s'.\n" #. translators: this is just a legacy command #: src/Zypper.cc:2786 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

← Newer
1
...
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
...
97
Older →

Jump to page: